As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2007
Registration No. 333-144894
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 4
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
K12 INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware
  8211   95-4774688
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
K12 Inc.
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Herndon, VA 20171
(703) 483-7000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
Ronald J. Packard
Chief Executive Officer
K12 Inc.
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Herndon, VA 20171
(703) 483-7000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
         
William P. O’Neill, Esq.     Howard D. Polsky, Esq.   Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
Blaise F. Brennan, Esq.   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   Davis Polk & Wardwell
Latham & Watkins LLP   K12 Inc.   450 Lexington Avenue
555 Eleventh Street, N.W   2300 Corporate Park Drive   New York, NY 10017
Washington, D.C. 20004   Herndon, VA 20171   (212) 450-4674
(202) 637-2200   (703) 483-7000    
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
             
Title of Each Class of
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Securities to be Registered     Aggregate Offering Price(a)(b)     Registration Fee
Common stock, $0.0001 par value     $172,500,000     $5,296(c)
             
 
(a) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
(b) Including shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters to cover overallotments, if any.
(c) Previously paid.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued November 8, 2007
 
           Shares
 
(K12 LOG)
 
K12 Inc.
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
K12 Inc. is offering           shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering      shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per share.
 
In addition to the shares that we are offering herein, we have entered into an agreement to sell to a non-U.S. person in a transaction outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act, concurrently with and contingent upon the closing of this offering and at the initial public offering price, that number of shares of common stock that can be purchased for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000,000. Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on this cover, we will sell      shares of common stock in such transaction.
 
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks.  See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
 
 
 
 
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LRN.”
 
 
 
 
                                 
          Underwriting
          Proceeds to
 
          Discounts and
    Proceeds to
    Selling
 
    Price to Public     Commissions     K12 Inc.     Stockholders  
 
Per Share
  $             $             $             $          
Total
  $       $       $       $  
 
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional        shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over allotments, if any. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders in this offering or any shares sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about          , 2007.
 
Morgan Stanley Credit Suisse
 
 
 
 
Merrill Lynch & Co.
Robert W. Baird & Co.  
  BMO Capital Markets  
  ThinkEquity Partners LLC
 
 
 
 
          , 2007


 

(GRAPHIC)


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
Prospectus Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    8  
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    22  
Use of Proceeds
    23  
Dividend Policy
    23  
Capitalization
    24  
Dilution
    25  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    27  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    29  
Business
    51  
Regulation
    70  
Management
    75  
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
    83  
Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions
    100  
Principal and Selling Stockholders
    102  
Description of Capital Stock
    106  
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders
    109  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
    112  
Underwriting
    114  
Notice to Canadian Residents
    118  
Sales Outside the United States Other Than Canada
    119  
Legal Matters
    122  
Experts
    122  
Where You Can Find More Information
    122  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-1  
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy our common stock in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the date of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.
 
Until and including          , 2007, 25 days after the commencement of this offering, all dealers that affect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


i


 

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding us and our common stock being sold in the offering, including the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. For convenience in this prospectus, “the Company,” “K12,” “K 12 ,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to K12 Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. References to fiscal years refer to the fiscal year ended June 30 of the year indicated.
 
K12 Inc.
 
Our Company
 
We are a technology-based education company. We offer proprietary curriculum and educational services created for online delivery to students in kindergarten through 12th grade, or K-12. Our mission is to maximize a child’s potential by providing access to an engaging and effective education, regardless of geographic location or socio-economic background. Since our inception, we have invested more than $100 million to develop curriculum and an online learning platform that promotes mastery of core concepts and skills for students of all abilities. This learning system combines a cognitive research-based curriculum with an individualized learning approach well-suited for virtual schools and other educational applications. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased average enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve from approximately 11,000 students to 27,000 students, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 35%. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we increased average enrollments 50% to approximately 39,500, as compared to the same period in the prior year. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased revenues from $71.4 million to $140.6 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 25%, and improved from a net loss of $7.4 million to net income of $3.9 million. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we increased revenues to $59.4 million, representing a growth rate of 57%, as compared to the same period in the prior year. Over the same period, we increased net income to $5.7 million (excluding an income tax benefit of $7.1 million) from $4.7 million.
 
We believe we are unique in the education industry because of our direct involvement in every component of the educational development and delivery process. Most educational content, software and service providers typically concentrate on only a portion of that process, such as publishing textbooks, managing schools or providing testing and assessment services. This traditional segmented approach has resulted in an uncoordinated and unsatisfactory education for many students. Unburdened by legacy, we have taken a holistic approach to the design of our learning system. We have developed an engaging curriculum which includes online lessons delivered over our proprietary school platform. We combine this with a rigorous system to test and assess students and processes to manage school performance and compliance. In addition, our professional development programs enable teachers to better utilize technology for instruction. Our end-to-end learning system is designed to optimize the performance of the schools we serve and enhance student academic achievement.
 
As evidence of the benefit of our holistic approach, the virtual public schools we serve generally test near, and in some cases above, state averages on standardized achievement tests. These results have been achieved despite the enrollment of a significant number of new students each school year who have had limited exposure to our learning system prior to taking these required state tests. Students using our learning system for at least three years usually perform better on standardized tests relative to state averages than students using it for one year or less. The efficacy of our learning system has also helped us achieve high levels of customer satisfaction. According to a 2006 internal survey of parents of students enrolled in virtual public schools we serve (with an approximately 33% response rate), approximately 97% of respondents stated that they were either satisfied or very satisfied with our curriculum and 95% of respondents stated that they would recommend our curriculum to other families.
 
We deliver our learning system to students primarily through virtual public schools. As with any public school, these schools must meet state educational standards, administer proctored exams and are subject to fiscal oversight.


1


 

The fundamental difference is that students attend virtual public schools primarily over the Internet instead of traveling to a physical classroom. In their online learning environment, students receive assignments, complete lessons, and obtain instruction from certified teachers with whom they interact online, telephonically, and face-to-face. Virtual public schools provide families with a publicly funded alternative to a traditional classroom-based education when relocating or private schooling is not an option, making them the “most public” of schools.
 
We offer virtual schools our proprietary curriculum, online learning platform and varying levels of academic and management services, which can range from targeted programs to complete turnkey solutions, under long-term contracts. These contracts provide the basis for a recurring revenue stream as students progress through successive grades. Additionally, without the requirement of a physical classroom, virtual schools can be scaled quickly to accommodate a large dispersed student population, and allow more capital resources to be allocated towards teaching, curriculum and technology rather than towards a physical infrastructure.
 
Substantially all of our enrollments are served through 25 virtual public schools to which we provide full turnkey solutions and seven virtual public schools to which we provide limited management services, located in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Parents can also purchase our curriculum and online learning platform directly to facilitate or supplement their children’s education. Additionally, we have piloted our curriculum in brick and mortar classrooms with promising academic results. We also believe there is additional widespread applicability for our learning system internationally.
 
Our Market
 
The U.S. market for K-12 education is large and growing. For example:
 
  •  According to the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), a division of the U.S. Department of Education, there were more than 49 million students in K-12 public schools during the 2005-06 school year. In addition, according to National Home Education Research, approximately two million students are home schooled and, according to a March 2006 NCES report, approximately five million students are enrolled in private schools.
 
  •  According to the NCES, the public school system alone encompassed more than 98,000 schools and 17,000 school districts during the 2005-06 school year.
 
  •  The NCES estimates that total spending in the public K-12 market was $558 billion for the 2005-06 school year.
 
Parents and lawmakers are demanding increased standards and accountability in an effort to improve academic performance in U.S. public schools. As a result, each state is now required to establish performance standards and to regularly assess student progress relative to these standards. We expect continued focus on academic standards, assessments and accountability in the near future.
 
Many parents and educators are also seeking alternatives to traditional classroom-based education that can help improve academic achievement. Demand for these alternatives is evident in the growing number of choices available to parents and students. For example, charter schools emerged in 1988 to provide an alternative to traditional public schools. Similarly, acceptance of online learning initiatives, including not only virtual schools but also online testing and Internet-based professional development, has become widespread. As of September 2006, 38 states had some form of online learning initiative.
 
Virtual public schools represent one approach to online learning that is gaining acceptance. According to the Center for Education Reform, as of January 2007 there were 173 virtual schools with total enrollment exceeding 92,000 students, operating in 18 states compared to just 86 virtual schools in 13 states with total enrollment of approximately 31,000 students in the 2004-05 school year. Virtual schools can offer a comprehensive curriculum and flexible delivery model; therefore, we believe that a growing number of families will pursue virtual public schools as an attractive public school alternative. Given these statistics and the nascence of this market, we believe there is a significant opportunity for a high-quality, trusted, national education provider to serve virtual public schools.


2


 

 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe the following to be our key competitive strengths:
 
Proprietary Curriculum Specifically Designed for a Technology-Enabled Environment.   We specifically designed our curriculum for online learning, in contrast to other online curriculum providers who often just digitize classroom textbooks for transmission over the Internet. Our cognitive research-based curriculum contains more than 11,000 discrete lessons that utilize a combination of innovative technologies, including flash animations, online interactivity and real-time individualized feedback, which we combine with textbooks and other offline course materials to create an engaging and highly effective curriculum and drive greater, more consistent academic achievement.
 
Flexible, Integrated Online Learning Platform.   Our online learning platform provides a highly flexible and effective means for delivering educational content to students and allows us to update the content on a real-time basis. Our platform offers assessment capabilities to identify the current and targeted academic level of achievement for each student, measures mastery of each learning objective, updates each student’s lesson plan for completed lessons and enables us to track the effectiveness of each lesson with each student on a real-time basis.
 
Expertise in Opening Channels for Virtual Schooling.   Our education policy experts and established relationships with key educational authorities have allowed us to help individual educational policymakers understand the benefits of virtual schools and establish highly effective, publicly funded education alternatives for parents and their children.
 
Track Record of Student Achievement and Customer Satisfaction.   The virtual public schools we serve generally test near, and in some cases above, state averages on standardized achievement tests. The efficacy of our learning system has also helped us achieve high levels of customer satisfaction, which has been a strong contributor to our growth, helps drive new student referrals and leads to re-enrollments.
 
Highly Scalable Model.   We have built our educational model, systems and management team to successfully and efficiently serve the academic needs of a large, dispersed student population. Our ability to leverage the historical investment we made in developing our learning system and our ability to deliver our offering over the Internet enables us to successfully serve a greater number of students at a reduced level of capital investment.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We intend to pursue the following strategies to drive our future growth:
 
Generate Enrollment Growth at Existing Virtual Public Schools.   In the 2007-08 school year, we are serving virtual public schools in 17 states and the District of Columbia. We intend to continue to drive increased enrollments at the virtual public schools we serve through targeted marketing and recruiting efforts as well as through referrals.
 
Enhance Curriculum to Include a Complete High School Offering.   We believe that serving virtual public high schools represents a significant growth opportunity for online education delivery given the increased independence of high school students and the wide variance in academic achievement levels and objectives of students who are entering high school. In the 2005-06 and 2006-07 school years, we began enrolling 9th and 10th grade students, respectively, and with the launch of our 11th and 12th grades in the 2007-08 school year, we are able to provide a complete high school offering to satisfy the broad range of high school student interests.
 
Expand Virtual Public School Presence into Additional States.   The flexibility and comprehensiveness of our learning system allows us to efficiently adapt our curriculum to meet the individual educational standards of any state with minimal capital investment. We intend to continue to seek opportunities to assist states in establishing virtual public schools and to contract with them to provide our curriculum, online learning platform and related services.
 
Strengthen Awareness and Recognition of the K 12 Brand.   The K 12 brand already enjoys strong recognition within the virtual public school community. We have developed a comprehensive brand strategy and intend to invest in further developing awareness of both the K 12 brand and the core philosophy behind our learning system outside the virtual public school community.
 
Pursue International Opportunities to Offer Our Learning System.   We believe there is strong worldwide demand for high-quality, flexible education alternatives. Given the highly flexible design and technology-based


3


 

nature of our platform, it can be adapted to other languages and cultures efficiently and with modest capital investment. Additionally, our ability to operate virtually is not constrained by the need for a physical classroom or local teachers, which makes our learning system ideal for use internationally.
 
Develop Additional Channels Through Which to Deliver our Learning System.   We intend to regularly evaluate additional delivery channels and to pursue opportunities where we believe there is likely to be significant demand for our offering, such as direct classroom instruction, hybrid classroom models, supplemental educational offerings, and individual products packaged and sold directly to parents and students.
 
Certain Risk Factors
 
Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in our common stock and review the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
  •  Most of our revenues depend on per pupil funding amounts remaining near the levels existing at the time we execute service agreements with the virtual public schools we serve. If those funding levels are materially reduced, new restrictions adopted or payments delayed, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
  •  The poor performance or misconduct of other virtual public school operators could tarnish the reputation of all virtual public school operators, which could have a negative influence on our business.
 
  •  Opponents of virtual public schools have sought to challenge the establishment and expansion of such schools through the judicial process. If their interests prevail, it could damage our ability to sustain or grow our current business in certain jurisdictions.
 
  •  We have a limited operating history, and sustained losses of approximately $90 million before only recently achieving profitability. If we fail to remain profitable or achieve further marketplace acceptance for our products and services, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
  •  Highly qualified teachers are critical to the success of our learning system. If we are not able to continue to recruit, train and retain quality certified teachers, our lessons might not be effectively delivered to students, compromising their academic performance and our reputation with the virtual public schools we serve. As a result, our brand, business and operating results may be adversely affected.
 
The Regulation S Transaction
 
On November 6, 2007, we entered into a stock subscription agreement pursuant to which we agreed to sell to a non-U.S. person in a transaction outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act, concurrently with and contingent upon the closing of this offering and at the initial public offering price, that number of shares of common stock that can be purchased for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000,000. We refer to this transaction herein as the “Regulation S Transaction.” Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we will sell           shares of common stock in such transaction. The shares to be sold in the Regulation S Transaction are not registered by the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and have not been registered under the Securities Act, and may be offered or sold only pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant to the terms of Regulation S. Additionally, the shares to be sold in the Regulation S Transaction are subject to a lock-up pursuant to which the investor has agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated in Delaware in December 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, VA 20171. Our telephone number is (703) 483-7000. Our website address is www.K12.com . These are textual references only. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, any of our websites into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our websites as part of this prospectus.


4


 

 
The Offering
         
Common Stock offered by us
             shares
Common Stock offered by the selling stockholders
      shares
         
Total
      shares
         
Common Stock outstanding after the offering
      shares
Overallotment option
      shares from the selling stockholders
 
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol “LRN”
 
Use of proceeds from this offering We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $      million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share (which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and the development of new courses and product offerings, to repay approximately $15.0 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility and to pay a cash dividend of approximately $6.4 million to the holders of our Series C Preferred Stock, which will become payable upon the closing of this offering. The net proceeds will also provide us with the financial flexibility to make acquisitions and strategic investments. We will receive no proceeds from the sale of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering or any shares to be sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option. In addition, we anticipate that we will receive net proceeds of $14.9 million from the sale of additional shares in the Regulation S Transaction. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering:
 
  •  is based on 2,045,217 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2007;
 
  •  gives effect to the automatic conversion of all 101,386,536 of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 19,879,675 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
 
  •  gives effect to the sale of           shares of common stock pursuant to the Regulation S Transaction concurrently with the consummation of the offering (assuming an initial offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus);
 
  •  excludes 4,860,973 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2007 at a weighted average exercise price of $10.37 per share, 2,328,358 shares of preferred stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2007 (or upon the consummation of the offering, 456,540 shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of such warrants at a purchase price of $6.83 per share), all of which are currently exercisable at a purchase price of $1.34 per share, and 21,299 shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2007, all of which are exercisable at a purchase price of $8.16 per share;
 
  •  excludes an additional 784,313 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the K12 Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan;
 
  •  excludes an additional 588,235 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the K12 Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  a 1 for 5.10 stock split of our common stock that was effected on November 2, 2007, as a result of which each 5.10 shares of preferred stock are now convertible into one share of common stock;
 
  •  an initial offering price of $     per share (which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus); and
 
  •  the underwriters’ option to purchase up to           additional shares of common stock is not exercised.


5


 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
We derived the summary consolidated financial data presented below as of June 30, 2006 and 2007 and for each of the three years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated financial data presented below as of June 30, 2005 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We have derived our consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 and consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements, and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and their related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    September 30,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 59,353     $ 37,743     $ 140,556     $ 116,902     $ 85,310  
Cost and expenses:
                                       
Instructional costs and services
    34,778       19,177       76,064       64,828       49,130  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    16,039       11,385       51,159       41,660       30,031  
Product development expenses
    2,527       2,206       8,611       8,568       9,410  
                                         
Total costs and expenses
    53,344       32,768       135,834       115,056       88,571  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    6,009       4,975       4,722       1,846       (3,261 )
Interest expense, net
    (304 )     (94 )     (639 )     (488 )     (279 )
                                         
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    5,705       4,881       4,083       1,358       (3,540 )
Income tax benefit (expense)
    7,117       (146 )     (218 )            
                                         
Net income (loss)
    12,822       4,735       3,865       1,358       (3,540 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    (1,671 )     (1,519 )     (6,378 )     (5,851 )     (5,261 )
Preferred stock accretion
    (6,560 )     (5,367 )     (22,353 )     (18,697 )     (15,947 )
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ 4,591     $ (2,151 )   $ (24,866 )   $ (23,190 )   $ (24,748 )
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ 2.25     $ (1.08 )   $ (12.42 )   $ (11.73 )   $ (12.54 )
Diluted
  $ 0.20     $ (1.08 )   $ (12.42 )   $ (11.73 )   $ (12.54 )
Basic (pro forma) (1)
  $ 0.58       n/a     $ 0.18       n/a       n/a  
Diluted (pro forma)
  $ 0.56       n/a     $ 0.18       n/a       n/a  
Weighted average shares used in computing per share amounts:
                                       
Basic
    2,043,589       1,998,853       2,001,661       1,977,195       1,973,053  
Diluted
    22,744,525       1,998,853       2,001,661       1,977,195       1,973,053  
Basic (pro forma) (1)
    21,923,244       n/a       21,881,316       n/a       n/a  
Diluted (pro forma) (1)
    22,744,525       n/a       21,890,720       n/a       n/a  
                                         
Other Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (2,740 )   $ 3,398     $ 5,563     $ 3,625     $ 9,697  
Depreciation and amortization
  $       2,252     $       1,224     $ 7,404     $ 4,986     $ 5,509  
Capital expenditures (2)
  $ 8,494     $ 4,784     $ 13,418     $ 10,842     $ 5,133  
EBITDA (3)
  $ 8,261     $ 6,199     $ 12,126     $ 6,832     $ 2,248  
Average enrollments (4)
    39,493       26,405       27,005       20,220       15,097  
 


6


 

                                 
    As of
       
    September 30,     As of June 30,  
    2007     2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,903     $ 1,660     $ 9,475     $ 19,953  
Total assets
    106,202       61,212       48,485       41,968  
Total short-term debt
    12,500       1,500              
Total long-term obligations
    13,406       7,135       4,025       4,466  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
    237,787       229,556       200,825       176,277  
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (192,891 )     (197,807 )     (173,451 )     (150,299 )
Working capital
    9,939       8,548       15,421       22,953  
 
 
(1) Pro forma net income per common share gives effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the completion to this offering. Assuming the completion of this offering on September 30, 2007, all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock would convert into 19,879,675 shares of common stock.
(2) Capital expenditures consist of the purchase of property and equipment, capitalized software and new capital lease obligations.
(3) EBITDA consists of net income (loss) minus interest income, plus interest expense, plus income tax expense and plus depreciation and amortization. Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on short-term investments or cash deposits. Interest expense primarily consists of interest expense for capital leases, long-term and short-term borrowings. We use EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Furthermore, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for our management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments.
 
  We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired.
 
Our management uses EBITDA:
 
  •  as a measurement of operating performance, because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it removes depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes; and
 
  •  in presentations to the members of our board of directors to enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating performance as is used by management to compare our current operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the results of other companies in our industry.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA:
 
                                         
    Three Months
   
    Ended
   
    September 30,   Year Ended June 30,
    2007   2006   2007   2006   2005
    (dollars in thousands)
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 12,822     $ 4,735     $ 3,865     $ 1,358     $ (3,540 )
Interest expense, net
    304       94       639       488       279  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (7,117 )     146       218              
Depreciation and amortization
    2,252       1,224       7,404       4,986       5,509  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 8,261     $ 6,199     $ 12,126     $ 6,832     $ 2,248  
                                         
 
(4) To ensure that all schools are reflected in our measure of enrollments, we consider our enrollments as of the end of September to be our opening enrollment level, and the number of students enrolled at the end of May to be our ending enrollment level. To provide comparability, we do not consider enrollment levels for June, July and August as all schools are not open during these months. For each period, average enrollments represent the average of the month end enrollment levels for each month that has transpired between September and the end of the period, up to and including the month of May.

7


 

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Government Funding and Regulation of Public Education
 
Most of our revenues depend on per pupil funding amounts remaining near the levels existing at the time we execute service agreements with the virtual public schools we serve. If those funding levels are materially reduced, new restrictions adopted or payments delayed, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
The public schools we contract with are financed with government funding from federal, state and local taxpayers. Our business is primarily dependent upon those funds. Budget appropriations for education at all levels of government are determined through the political process and, as a result, funding for the virtual public schools we serve may fluctuate. This political process creates a number of risks that could have an adverse affect on our business including the following:
 
  •  legislative proposals could result in budget cuts for the virtual public schools we serve, and therefore reduce or eliminate the products and services those schools purchase from us, causing our revenues to decline. From time to time, proposals are introduced in state legislatures that single out virtual public schools for disparate treatment. For example, in its fiscal year 2007-09 education budget appropriation, the Indiana legislature decided not to fund any virtual public school that provided for the online delivery of more than 50 percent of its instruction to students. As a result, we decided not to open a virtual public school in Indiana that was already approved by a chartering authority and therefore the anticipated associated revenues were not realized. Other examples include laws that decrease per pupil funding for virtual public schools or alter eligibility and attendance criteria or other funding conditions that could decrease our revenues and limit our ability to grow;
 
  •  as a public company, we will be required to file periodic financial and other disclosure reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. This information may be referenced in the legislative process, including budgetary considerations, related to the funding of alternative public school options, including virtual public schools. The disclosure of this information by a for-profit education company, regardless of parent satisfaction and student academic achievement, may nonetheless be used by opponents of virtual public schools to propose funding reductions; and
 
  •  from time to time, government funding to schools is not provided when due, which sometimes causes the affected schools to delay or cease payments to us for our products and services. These payment delays have occurred in the past and can deprive us of significant working capital until the matter is resolved, which could hinder our ability to implement our growth strategies and conduct our business. For example, in 2003 the Pennsylvania state legislature withheld monthly payments for every school because it was unable to approve an education budget for six months, which necessitated our borrowing of funds to continue operations.
 
The poor performance or misconduct of other virtual public school operators could tarnish the reputation of all virtual public school operators, which could have a negative impact on our business.
 
As a relatively new form of public education, virtual school operators will be subject to scrutiny, perhaps even greater than that applied to traditional public schools or charter schools. Not all virtual public school operators will have successful academic programs or operate efficiently, and new entrants may not perform well either. Such underperforming operators could create the impression that virtual schooling is not an effective way to educate students, whether or not our learning system achieves solid performance. Moreover, some virtual school operators


8


 

have been subject to governmental investigations alleging the misuse of public funds or financial irregularities. These allegations have attracted significant adverse media coverage and have prompted legislative hearings and regulatory responses. Although these investigations have focused on specific companies and individuals, they may negatively impact public perceptions of virtual public school providers generally, including us. The precise impact of these negative public perceptions on our business is difficult to discern, in part because of the number of states in which we operate and the range of particular malfeasance or performance issues involved. We have incurred significant lobbying costs in several states advocating against harmful legislation which, in our opinion, was aggravated by negative media coverage of particular virtual school operators. If these few situations, or any additional misconduct, cause all virtual public school providers to be viewed by the public and/or policymakers unfavorably, we may find it difficult to enter into or renew contracts to operate virtual schools. In addition, this perception could serve as the impetus for more restrictive legislation, which could limit our future business opportunities.
 
Opponents of virtual public schools have sought to challenge the establishment and expansion of such schools through the judicial process. If these interests prevail, it could damage our ability to sustain or grow our current business or expand in certain jurisdictions.
 
We have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to lawsuits filed against virtual public schools by those who do not share our belief in the value of this form of public education. Legal claims have involved challenges to the constitutionality of authorizing statutes, methods of instructional delivery, funding provisions and the respective roles of parents and teachers. We currently face two such lawsuits pertaining to the Wisconsin Virtual Academy and the Chicago Virtual Charter School. See “Business — Legal Proceedings”. An adverse judgment in these cases could serve as a negative precedent in other jurisdictions where we do business, and new lawsuits could result in unexpected liabilities and limit our ability to grow.
 
The failure of the virtual public schools we serve to comply with applicable government regulations could result in a loss of funding and an obligation to repay funds previously received, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Once authorized by law, virtual public schools are generally subject to extensive regulation. These regulations cover specific program standards and financial requirements including, but not limited to: (i) student eligibility standards; (ii) numeric and geographic limitations on enrollments; (iii) prescribed teacher funding allocations from per pupil revenue; (iv) state-specific curriculum requirements; and (v) restrictions on open-enrollment policies by and among districts. State and federal funding authorities conduct regular program and financial audits of virtual public schools, including the virtual public schools we serve, to ensure compliance with applicable regulations. Two virtual public schools we serve are currently undergoing such audits. See “Business — Distribution Channels”. If a virtual public school we serve is found to be noncompliant, it can be barred from receiving additional funds and could be required to repay funds received during the period of non-compliance, which could impair that school’s ability to pay us for services in a timely manner, if at all. Additionally, the indemnity provisions in our standard service agreements with virtual public schools may require us to return any contested funds on behalf of the school. For a more detailed discussion of the regulations affecting our business, see “Regulation.”
 
Virtual public schools are relatively new, and enabling legislation therefore is often ambiguous and subject to discrepancies in interpretation by regulatory authorities, which may lead to disputes over our ability to invoice and receive payments for services rendered.
 
Statutory language providing for virtual public schools is sometimes interpreted by regulatory authorities in ways that may vary from year to year, making compliance subject to uncertainty. For example, in Colorado, the regulators’ approach to determining the eligibility of virtual school students for funding purposes, which is based on a student’s substantial completion of a semester in a public school, has undergone varying interpretations. These regulatory uncertainties may lead to disputes over our ability to invoice and receive payments for services rendered, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


9


 

The operation of virtual public schools depends on the maintenance of the authorizing charter and compliance with applicable laws. If these charters are not renewed, our contracts with these schools would be terminated.
 
In many cases, virtual public schools operate under a charter that is granted by a state or local authority to the charter holder, such as a community group or an established not-for-profit corporation, which typically is required by state law to qualify for student funding. In fiscal year 2007, approximately 90% of our revenues were derived from virtual public schools operating under a charter. The service agreement for these schools is with the charter holder or the charter board. Non-profit charter schools qualifying for exemption from federal taxation under Internal Revenue Code Section 501(c)(3) as charitable organizations must also operate in accordance with Internal Revenue Service rules and policies to maintain that status and their funding eligibility. In addition, all state charter school statutes require periodic reauthorization. While none of the virtual public schools we serve have failed to maintain their authorizing charter, if a virtual public school we serve fails to maintain its tax-exempt status and funding eligibility, or if its charter is revoked for non-performance or other reasons that may be due to actions of the independent charter board completely outside of our control, our contract with that school would be terminated.
 
Actual or alleged misconduct by our senior management and directors would make it more difficult for us to enter into new contracts or renew existing contracts.
 
If any of our directors, officers or key employees are accused or found to be guilty of serious crimes, including the mismanagement of public funds, the schools we serve could be barred from entering into or renewing service agreements with us or otherwise discouraged from contracting with us and, as a result, our business and revenues would be adversely affected.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
 
We have a limited operating history, and sustained losses of approximately $90 million before only recently achieving profitability. If we fail to remain profitable or achieve further marketplace acceptance for our products and services, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
The virtual public schools we serve began enrolling students in the 2002-03 school year. As a result, we have only a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Since our inception, we have recorded losses totaling approximately $90 million until we recently achieved profitability. We recorded our first profit in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. There can be no assurance that we will remain profitable, or that our products and services will achieve further marketplace acceptance. Our marketing efforts may not generate a sufficient number of student enrollments to sustain our business plan; our capital and operating costs may exceed planned levels; and we may be unable to develop and enhance our service offerings to meet the demands of virtual public schools and students to the extent that such demands and preferences change. If we are not successful in managing our business and operations, our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
Highly qualified teachers are critical to the success of our learning system. If we are not able to continue to recruit, train and retain quality certified teachers, our curriculum might not be effectively delivered to students, compromising their academic performance and our reputation with the virtual public schools we serve. As a result, our brand, business and operating results may be adversely affected.
 
Effective teachers are critical to maintaining the quality of our learning system and assisting students with their daily lessons. Teachers in virtual public schools must be state certified and have strong interpersonal communications skills to be able to effectively instruct students in a virtual school setting. They must also possess the technical skills to use our technology-based learning system. There is a limited pool of teachers with these specialized attributes and the virtual public schools we serve must provide competitive compensation packages to attract and retain such qualified teachers.
 
The teachers in most virtual public schools we serve are not our employees and the ultimate authority relating to those teachers resides with the governing body overseeing the schools. However, under many of our service agreements with virtual public schools, we have responsibility to recruit, train and manage these teachers. We must also provide continuous training to virtual public school teachers so that they can stay abreast of changes in student demands, academic standards and other key trends necessary to teach online effectively. We may not be able to


10


 

recruit, train and retain enough qualified teachers to keep pace with our growth while maintaining consistent teaching quality in the various virtual public schools we serve. Shortages of qualified teachers or decreases in the quality of our instruction, whether actual or perceived, would have an adverse effect on our business.
 
The schools we contract with and serve are governed by independent governing bodies who may shift their priorities or change objectives in ways adverse to us.
 
We contract with and provide a majority of our products and services to virtual public schools governed by independent boards or similar governing bodies. While we typically share a common objective at the outset of our business relationship, over time our interests could diverge. If these independent boards of the schools we serve subsequently shift their priorities or change objectives, and as a result reduce the scope or terminate their relationship with us, our ability to generate revenues would be adversely affected.
 
Our contracts with the virtual public schools we serve are subject to periodic renewal, and each year several of these agreements are set to expire. If we are unable to renew several such contracts or if a single significant contract expires during a given year, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.
 
For the 2007-08 school year, we have contracts to provide our full range of products and services to virtual public schools in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Several of these contracts are scheduled to expire in any given year. For example, five such contracts are scheduled to expire in 2008, and we usually begin to engage in renewal negotiations during the final year of these contracts. In order to renew these contracts, we have to enter into negotiations with the independent boards of these virtual public schools. Historically we have been successful in renewing these contracts, but such renewals typically contain revised terms, which may be more or less favorable then the terms of the original contract. For example, a school in Pennsylvania reduced the term of its contract from five years to three years when renewing its contract in 2006, whereas a school in Ohio increased the term of its contract from five years to 10 years upon renewal in 2007. While we have no reason to believe that schools will not continue to renew their contracts upon expiration, we recognize that each renegotiation is unique and, if we are unable to renew several such contracts or one significant contract expiring during a given year, or if such renewals have significantly less favorable terms than existing contracts, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.
 
We generate significant revenues from four virtual public schools, and the termination, revocation, expiration or modification of our contracts with these virtual public schools could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.
 
In fiscal year 2007, we derived more than 10% of our revenues from each of the Ohio Virtual Academy, the Arizona Virtual Academy, the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School and the Colorado Virtual Academy. In aggregate, these schools accounted for 49% of our total revenues. If our contracts with any of these virtual public schools are terminated, the charters to operate any of these schools are not renewed or are revoked, enrollments decline substantially, funding is reduced, or more restrictive legislation is enacted, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
We may not be able to effectively address the execution risks associated with our expansion into the virtual high school market. Our failure to do so could substantially harm our growth strategy.
 
The virtual high school market presents us with a number of challenges, including the launch of 11th and 12th grade offerings. We are currently using third-party platforms and some third-party curriculum in our high school offering. If the quality of the third-party curriculum or platforms is unsatisfactory, student enrollments could decline. Furthermore, the subject matter expertise and skills necessary to teach in high school are fundamentally different than those necessary to teach kindergarten through 8th grade. If the high school instructional experience does not meet the expectations of students previously enrolled in our kindergarten through 8th grade programs, or new enrollees experience performance issues with our high school program delivery, the virtual public schools we serve may decline to offer our high school program and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.


11


 

Our growth strategy anticipates that we will create new products and distribution channels and expand existing distribution channels. If we are unable to effectively manage these initiatives, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be adversely affected.
 
As we create new products and distribution channels and expand our existing distribution channels, we expect to face challenges distinct from those we currently encounter, including:
 
  •  our development of public hybrid schools, which will produce different operational challenges than those we currently encounter. In addition to the online component, hybrid schools require us to lease facilities for classrooms, staff classrooms with teachers, provide meals, adhere to local safety and fire codes, purchase additional insurance and fulfill many other responsibilities;
 
  •  our expansion into international markets may require us to conduct our business differently than we do in the United States. For example, we may attempt to open a tuition-based private school or establish a traditional brick and mortar school. Additionally, we may have difficulty training and retaining qualified teachers or generating sufficient demand for our products and services in international markets. International opportunities will also produce different operational challenges than those we currently encounter; and
 
  •  our use of our curriculum in classrooms will produce challenges with respect to adapting our curriculum for effective use in a traditional classroom setting.
 
Our failure to manage these new distribution channels, or any new distribution channels we pursue, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Increasing competition in the market segments that we serve could lead to pricing pressures, reduced operating margins, loss of market share and increased capital expenditures.
 
We face varying degrees of competition from several discrete education providers because our learning system integrates all the elements of the education development and delivery process, including curriculum development, textbook publishing, teacher training and support, lesson planning, testing and assessment, and school performance and compliance management. We compete most directly with companies that provide online curriculum and support services to K-12 virtual public schools. Additionally, we expect increased competition from for-profit post-secondary and supplementary education providers that have begun to offer virtual high school curriculum and services. In certain jurisdictions and states where we currently serve virtual public schools, we expect intense competition from existing providers and new entrants. Our competitors may adopt similar curriculum delivery, school support and marketing approaches, with different pricing and service packages that may have greater appeal in the market. If we are unable to successfully compete for new business, win and renew contracts or maintain current levels of academic achievement, our revenue growth and operating margins may decline. Price competition from our current and future competitors could also result in reduced revenues, reduced margins or the failure of our product and service offerings to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance.
 
We may also face direct competition from publishers of traditional educational materials that are substantially larger than we are and have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources. As a result, they may be able to devote more resources to develop products and services that are superior to our platform and technologies. We may not have the resources necessary to acquire or compete with technologies being developed by our competitors, which may render our online delivery format less competitive or obsolete.
 
Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to maintain a competitive position with our curriculum and our technology, as well as our ability to increase capital expenditures to sustain the competitive position of our product. We cannot assure you that we will have the financial resources, technical expertise, marketing, distribution or support capabilities to compete effectively.
 
If demand for increased options in public schooling does not continue or if additional jurisdictions do not authorize or adequately fund virtual public schools, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
According to the Center for Education Reform, as of January 2007 there were 173 virtual schools with total enrollments exceeding 92,000 students, operating in 18 states. However, if the demand for virtual public schools


12


 

does not increase, if additional jurisdictions do not authorize new virtual schools or if the funding of such schools is inadequate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and adversely impact the market price of our common stock.
 
Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to the number of months in a fiscal quarter that our virtual public schools are fully operational and serving students. In the typical academic year, our first and fourth fiscal quarters may have fewer than three full months of operations, whereas our second and third fiscal quarters will have three complete months of operations. We ship offline learning kits to students in the beginning of the school year, our first fiscal quarter, generally resulting in higher offline learning kit revenues and margins in the first fiscal quarter relative to the other quarters. In aggregate, the seasonality of our revenues has generally produced higher revenues in the first fiscal quarter and lower revenues in the fourth fiscal quarter.
 
Our operating expenses are also seasonal. Instructional costs and services increase in the first fiscal quarter primarily due to the costs incurred to ship offline learning kits at the beginning of the school year. These instructional costs may increase significantly quarter-to-quarter as school operating expenses increase. The majority of our selling and marketing expenses are incurred in the first and fourth fiscal quarters, as our primary enrollment season is July through September.
 
We expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results to continue. These fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect our cash flow. As our business grows, these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. As a result, we believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results may not be reliable as an indication of future performance.
 
Our revenues for a fiscal year are based in part on our estimate of the total funds each school will receive in a particular school year and our estimate of the full year deficits to be incurred by each school. As a result, differences between our estimates and the actual funds received and deficits incurred could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows.
 
We recognize revenues from certain of our fees ratably over the course of our fiscal year. To determine the amount of revenues to recognize, we estimate the total funds each school will receive in a particular school year. Additionally, we take responsibility for any operating deficits at most of the virtual schools we serve. Because these operating deficits may impair our ability to collect the full amount invoiced in a period and collection cannot reasonably be assured, we reduce revenues by the estimated amount of these deficits. We review our estimates of total funds and operating deficits periodically, and we revise as necessary, amortizing any adjustments over the remaining portion of the fiscal year. Actual funding received and operating deficits incurred may vary from our estimates or revisions and could adversely impact our results of operation and cash flows.
 
The continued development of our brand identity is important to our business. If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and operating results may suffer.
 
Expanding brand awareness is critical to attracting and retaining students, and for serving additional virtual public schools. In order to expand brand awareness, we intend to spend significant resources on a brand-enhancement strategy, which includes sales and marketing efforts directed to targeted locations as well as the national marketplace, the educational community at large, key political groups, image-makers and the media. We believe that the quality of our curriculum and management services has contributed significantly to the success of our brand. As we continue to increase enrollments and extend our geographic reach, maintaining quality and consistency across all of our services and products may become more difficult to achieve, and any significant and well-publicized failure to maintain this quality and consistency will have a detrimental effect on our brand. We cannot provide assurances that our new sales and marketing efforts will be successful in further promoting our brand in a competitive and cost effective manner. If we are unable to further enhance our brand recognition and increase awareness of our products and services, or if we incur excessive sales and marketing expenses, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.


13


 

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products, services and brand.
 
Our patent, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual property rights are important assets for us. For example, we have been granted a patent relating to the hardware and network infrastructure of our online school, including the system components for creating and administering assessment tests and our lesson progress tracker. Additionally, we are the copyright owner of over 11,000 lessons in the courses comprising our proprietary curriculum and we have registered copyrights or filed copyright applications that cover nearly all of these lessons. Various events outside of our control pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. For example, effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our products and services are distributed or made available through the Internet. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete. Also, protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. Any unauthorized use of our intellectual property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results.
 
Although we seek to obtain patent protection for our innovations, it is possible that we may not be able to protect some of these innovations. In addition, given the costs of obtaining patent protection, we may choose not to protect certain innovations that later turn out to be important. Furthermore, there is always the possibility, despite our efforts, that the scope of the protection gained will be insufficient or that an issued patent may be deemed invalid or unenforceable.
 
We also seek to maintain certain intellectual property as trade secrets. This secrecy could be compromised by outside parties, or by our employees intentionally or accidentally, which would cause us to lose the competitive advantage resulting from these trade secrets.
 
We must monitor and protect our Internet domain names to preserve their value.
 
We own the domain names K12 (.com and .org) and K-12 (.com, .net, and .org) as well as the service mark K 12 . Third parties may acquire substantially similar domain names that decrease the value of our domain names and trademarks and other proprietary rights which may hurt our business. The regulation of domain names in the United States and foreign countries is subject to change. Governing bodies could appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. Governing bodies could also establish additional “top-level” domains, which are the portion of the Web address that appears to the right of the “dot,” such as “com,” “gov,” or “org.” As a result, we may not maintain exclusive rights to all potentially relevant domain names in the United States or in other countries in which we conduct business.
 
We may be sued for infringing the intellectual property rights of others and such actions would be costly to defend, could require us to pay damages and could limit our ability or increase our costs to use certain technologies in the future.
 
Companies in the Internet, technology, education, curriculum and media industries own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. As we grow, the likelihood that we may be subject to such claims also increases. Regardless of the merits, intellectual property claims are often time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle. In addition, to the extent claims against us are successful, we may have to pay substantial monetary damages or discontinue any of our products, services or practices that are found to be in violation of another party’s rights. We also may have to seek a license and make royalty payments to continue offering our products and services or following such practices, which may significantly increase our operating expenses.
 
We may be subject to legal liability resulting from the actions of third parties, including independent contractors and teachers, which could cause us to incur substantial costs and damage our reputation.
 
We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to legal claims associated with the actions of our independent contractors and teachers. In the event of accidents or injuries or other harm to students, we could face claims alleging that we were negligent, provided inadequate supervision or were otherwise liable for their injuries. Additionally, we could face claims alleging that our independent curriculum contractors or teachers infringed the


14


 

intellectual property rights of third parties. A liability claim against us or any of our independent contractors or teachers could adversely affect our reputation, enrollment and revenues. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could create unfavorable publicity, cause us to incur substantial expenses and divert the time and attention of management.
 
Unauthorized disclosure or manipulation of student, teacher and other sensitive data, whether through breach of our network security or otherwise, could expose us to costly litigation or could jeopardize our contracts with virtual public schools.
 
Maintaining our network security is of critical importance because our Student Administration Management System (SAMS) stores proprietary and confidential student and teacher information, such as names, addresses, and other personal information. Individuals and groups may develop and deploy viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that attack or attempt to infiltrate SAMS. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, third parties may be able to access student records and we could be subject to liability or our business could be interrupted. Penetration of our network security could have a negative impact on our reputation and could lead virtual public schools and parents to choose competitive offerings. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to provide additional protection from the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches.
 
We rely on the Internet to enroll students and to deliver our products and services to children, which exposes us to a growing number of legal risks and increasing regulation.
 
We collect information regarding students during the online enrollment process, and a significant amount of our curriculum content is delivered over the Internet. As a result, specific federal and state laws that could have an impact on our business include the following:
 
  •  the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, which restricts the distribution of certain materials deemed harmful to children and imposes additional restrictions on the ability of online companies to collect personal information from children under the age of 13; and
 
  •  the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, which imposes parental or student consent requirements for specified disclosures of student information, including online information.
 
In addition, the laws applicable to the Internet are still developing. These laws impact pricing, advertising, taxation, consumer protection, quality of products and services, and are in a state of change. New laws may also be enacted, which could increase the costs of regulatory compliance for us or force us to change our business practices. As a result, we may be exposed to substantial liability, including significant expenses necessary to comply with such laws and regulations.
 
System disruptions and vulnerability from security risks to our online computer networks could impact our ability to generate revenues and damage our reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.
 
The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and ability to attract and retain virtual public schools, parents and students. Any sustained system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could limit access to our learning system, and therefore, damage our ability to generate revenues. Our technology infrastructure could be vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters, terrorist activities and telecommunications failures.
 
Substantially all of the inventory for our offline learning kits is located in one warehouse facility. Any damage or disruption at this facility would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Substantially all of the inventory for our offline learning kits is located in one warehouse facility operated by a third-party. A natural disaster, fire, power interruption, work stoppage or other unanticipated catastrophic event, especially during the period from May through September when we have received most of the curriculum materials for the school year and have not yet shipped such materials to students, could significantly disrupt our ability to deliver our products and operate our business. If any of our material inventory were to experience any significant damage, we would be unable to meet our contractual obligations and our business would suffer.


15


 

Any significant interruption in the operations of our data center could cause a loss of data and disrupt our ability to manage our network hardware and software and technological infrastructure.
 
We host our products and serve all of our students from a third-party data center facility. While we are developing a risk mitigation plan, such a plan may not be able to prevent a significant interruption in the operation of this facility or the loss of school and operational data due to a natural disaster, fire, power interruption, act of terrorism or other unanticipated catastrophic event. Any significant interruption in the operation of this facility, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or manage our transition to utilizing the expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to manage our network and technological infrastructure, which could result in lost sales, enrollment terminations and impact our brand reputation.
 
Additionally, we do not control the operation of this facility and must rely on a third-party to provide the physical security, facilities management and communications infrastructure services related to our data center. Although we believe we would be able to enter into a similar relationship with another third-party should this relationship fail or terminate for any reason, our reliance on a third-party vendor exposes us to risks outside of our control. If this third-party vendor encounters financial difficulty such as bankruptcy or other events beyond our control that causes it to fail to secure adequately and maintain its hosting facilities or provide the required data communications capacity, students of the virtual public schools we serve may experience interruptions in our service or the loss or theft of important customer data.
 
Any significant interruption in the operations of our call center could disrupt our ability to respond to service requests and process orders and to deliver our products in a timely manner.
 
Our call center is housed in a single facility. We do not currently have a fully functional back-up system in place for this facility. While we are developing a risk mitigation plan, such a plan may not be able to prevent a significant interruption in the operation of this facility due to natural disasters, accidents, failures of the inventory locator or automated packing and shipping systems we use or other events. Any significant interruption in the operation of this facility, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or to manage these expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to respond to service requests, receive and process orders and provide products and services, which could result in lost and cancelled sales, and damage to our brand reputation.
 
Capacity limits on some of our technology, transaction processing systems and network hardware and software may be difficult to project and we may not be able to expand and upgrade our systems in a timely manner to meet significant unexpected increased demand.
 
As the number of virtual public schools we serve increases and our student base grows, the traffic on our transaction processing systems and network hardware and software will rise. We may be unable to accurately project the rate of increase in the use of our transaction processing systems and network hardware and software. In addition, we may not be able to expand and upgrade our systems and network hardware and software capabilities to accommodate significant unexpected increased use. If we are unable to appropriately upgrade our systems and network hardware and software in a timely manner, our operations and processes may be temporarily disrupted.
 
We may be unable to manage and adapt to changes in technology.
 
We will need to respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to remain competitive. The need to respond to technological changes may require us to make substantial, unanticipated expenditures. There can be no assurance that we will be able to respond successfully to technological change.
 
We may be unable to attract and retain skilled employees.
 
Our success depends in large part on continued employment of senior management and key personnel who can effectively operate our business. If any of these employees leave us and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new personnel, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected.


16


 

Our success also depends on our having highly trained financial, technical, recruiting, sales and marketing personnel. We will need to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows. A shortage in the number of people with these skills or our failure to attract them to our Company could impede our ability to increase revenues from our existing products and services and to launch new product offerings, and would have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, which could impair our ability to operate profitably.
 
We have experienced significant expansion since our inception, which has sometimes strained our managerial, operational, financial and other resources. A substantial increase in our enrollment or the addition of new schools in a short period of time could strain our current resources and increase capital expenditures, without an immediate increase in revenues. Our failure to successfully manage our growth in a cost efficient manner and add and retain personnel to adequately support our growth could disrupt our business and decrease profitability.
 
We may need additional capital in the future, but there is no assurance that funds will be available on acceptable terms.
 
We may need to raise additional funds in order to achieve growth or fund other business initiatives. This financing may not be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us and may be dilutive to existing stockholders. Additionally, any securities issued to raise funds may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to expand, develop or enhance services or products, or respond to competitive pressures will be limited.
 
Our curriculum and approach to instruction may not achieve widespread acceptance, which would limit our growth and profitability.
 
Our curriculum and approach to instruction are based on the structured delivery, clarification, verification and practice of lesson subject matter. The goal of this approach is to make students proficient at the fundamentals and to instill confidence in a subject prior to confronting new and complex concepts. This approach, however, is not accepted by all academics and educators, who may favor less formalistic methods. Accordingly, some academics and educators are opposed to the principles and methodologies associated with our approach to learning, and have the ability to negatively influence the market for our products and services.
 
If student performance falls or parent and student satisfaction declines, a significant number of students may not remain enrolled in a virtual public school that we serve, and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
The success of our business depends on a family’s decision to have their child continue his or her education in a virtual public school that we serve. This decision is based on many factors, including student achievement and parent and student satisfaction. Students may perform significantly below state averages or the virtual school may fail to meet the standards of the No Child Left Behind Act. For instance, in the 2005-06 school year, an increase in certain enrollments in two of the virtual schools we served created the need to monitor two subgroups that did not meet Adequate Yearly Progress requirements of NCLB, causing those schools not to meet the Adequate Yearly Progress requirements for that year. We expect that, as our enrollments increase and the portion of students that have not used our learning system for multiple years increases, the average performance of all students using our learning system may decrease, even if the individual performance of other students improves over time. Additionally, parent and student satisfaction may decline as not all parents and students are able to devote the substantial time and energy necessary to complete our curriculum. A student’s satisfaction may also suffer if his or her relationship with the virtual school teacher does not meet expectations. If a student’s performance or satisfaction declines, students may decide not to remain enrolled in a virtual public school that we serve and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
Although we do not currently transact business in a foreign country, we intend to expand into international markets, which will subject us to additional economic, operational and political risks that could increase our costs and make it difficult for us to continue to operate profitably.
 
One of our growth strategies is to pursue international opportunities that leverage our current product and service offerings. The addition of international operations may require significant expenditure of financial and


17


 

management resources and result in increased administrative and compliance costs. As a result of such expansion, we will be increasingly subject to the risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including:
 
  •  foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in reduced revenues and increased operating expenses;
 
  •  potentially longer payment and sales cycles;
 
  •  difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;
 
  •  the effect of applicable foreign tax structures, including tax rates that may be higher than tax rates in the United States or taxes that may be duplicative of those imposed in the United States;
 
  •  tariffs and trade barriers;
 
  •  general economic and political conditions in each country;
 
  •  inadequate intellectual property protection in foreign countries;
 
  •  uncertainty regarding liability for information retrieved and replicated in foreign countries;
 
  •  the difficulties and increased expenses in complying with a variety of U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and
 
  •  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements.
 
Risks Related to this Offering
 
The price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations and may trade below the initial public offering price.
 
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters based on numerous factors, including those that we discuss under “Underwriting.” This price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. The market price of our common stock also could be subject to significant fluctuations. As a result, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock quickly or at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.
 
Among the factors that could affect our common stock price are the risks described in this section and other factors, including:
 
  •  quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations;
 
  •  changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates or reports by securities analysts;
 
  •  changes in market valuations of similar companies;
 
  •  liquidity and activity in the market for our common stock;
 
  •  sales of our common stock by our stockholders;
 
  •  strategic moves by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
 
  •  general market conditions; and
 
  •  domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.
 
Stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price of our common stock and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.
 
After the completion of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding. This number is comprised of all the shares of our common stock that we and the selling stockholders are selling in this


18


 

offering and any shares sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option (including           shares that we expect to be issued upon exercise of stock options by certain of the selling stockholders and resold in this offering), which may be resold immediately in the public market, and the           shares we will sell pursuant to the Regulation S Transaction concurrently with this offering (assuming an initial offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Subject to certain exceptions described under the caption “Underwriting,” we and all of our directors and executive officers and certain of our stockholders and optionholders have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. When this period expires we and our locked-up stockholders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. As of          , 2007,           of our outstanding shares were subject to the lock-up restrictions. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or early release, of the lock-up (or the perception that such sales may occur) could cause our share price to fall.
 
We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our common stock, or the availability of common stock for future sale, will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following our initial public offering, including a secondary offering by the Company, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.
 
We also may issue our shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares that we may issue may in turn be significant. In addition, we may also grant registration rights covering those shares in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.
 
Upon completion of this offering,           of our shares of common stock will be restricted or control securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (           shares of common stock if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full). The rules affecting the sale of these securities are summarized under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
 
Our principal stockholders hold (and following completion of this offering will continue to hold) shares of our common stock in which they have a large unrealized gain, and these stockholders may wish, to the extent they may permissibly do so, to realize some or all of that gain relatively quickly by selling some or all of their shares.
 
Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution after giving effect to the net proceeds from this offering and the Regulation S Transaction.
 
The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per outstanding share of our common stock immediately after this offering and the Regulation S Transaction. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $      per share in the net tangible book value of our common stock from the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, there will be an additional dilution of $      per share in the net tangible book value of our common stock, assuming the same public offering price. See “Dilution.” In addition, if outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock are exercised, there could be substantial additional dilution.
 
Antitakeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
 
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the consummation of this offering may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. These provisions will include prohibition on actions by written consent of our stockholders and the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or


19


 

combining with us. Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to receive higher bids by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.
 
As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting and will be subject to other requirements that will be burdensome and costly. We may not timely complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which could adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.
 
We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 404), to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our auditors will issue an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting.
 
We are just beginning the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation before we perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to issue an unqualified opinion that we maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Failure to comply with the new rules might make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage and/or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors, or as executive officers.
 
In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and our administrative staff will be required to perform additional tasks. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we will need to create or revise the roles and duties of our board committees, adopt disclosure controls and procedures, retain a transfer agent, adopt an insider trading policy and bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under federal securities laws. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, and related regulations implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.
 
Our largest stockholders will continue to have significant control over us after this offering, and they may make decisions with which you disagree.
 
Following the offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, our current stockholders will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of common stock (or approximately     % of the shares of common stock on a fully diluted basis, after giving effect to the exercise of all outstanding options and other rights to acquire common stock). As a result, such current stockholders may have the ability to


20


 

control the election of our directors and the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of discouraging potential take-over attempts and may make attempts by stockholders to change our management more difficult.
 
We have not paid and do not expect to pay dividends, and any return on your investment will likely be limited to the appreciation of our common stock.
 
We have never paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we decide to pay dividends on our common stock in the future, the payment of dividends will depend on our earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of directors may consider relevant. In addition, our credit facility with PNC Bank, N.A. (PNC Bank) contains covenants prohibiting the payment of cash dividends without their consent. Accordingly, for the foreseeable future, any return on your investment will be related to the appreciation of our stock price.
 
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and the Regulation S Transaction and may not use them effectively.
 
We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering and the Regulation S Transaction. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds.” The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering and the Regulation S Transaction in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
 
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.


21


 

 
CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, encourages companies to disclose forward-looking information so that investors can better understand a company’s future prospects and make informed investment decisions. This prospectus contains such “forward-looking statements.”
 
All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including our disclosure and analysis concerning our operations, cash flows and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives, including, in particular, the likelihood of our success developing and expanding our business, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. These statements are only predictions. All forward-looking statements are management’s present expectations of future events and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. These risks include, but are not limited to, the risks and uncertainties set forth in “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus.
 
In light of these assumptions, risks and uncertainties, the results and events discussed in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus might not occur. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We are not under any obligation, and we expressly disclaim any obligation, to update or alter any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. All subsequent forward-looking statements attributable to us or to any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section.
 
This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other industry data. These data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified the statistical and other industry data generated by independent parties and contained in this prospectus and, accordingly, we cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.


22


 

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $      million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses of $      million payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering or any shares to be sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, we anticipate that we will receive net proceeds of $14.9 million from the sale of additional shares in the Regulation S Transaction.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and from the Regulation S Transaction for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and the development of new courses and product offerings. In addition, we intend to repay approximately $15.0 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility, which bears interest at rates of approximately 6.0% to 7.0%, with various maturity dates on or before November 13, 2007 that may be renewed at the then current interest rate, and to pay a cash dividend of approximately $6.4 million to the holders of our Series C Preferred Stock, which will become payable upon the closing of this offering. The net proceeds will also provide us with the financial flexibility to make acquisitions and strategic investments. Management will have broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering and from the Regulation S Transaction. Depending upon future events, we may determine at a later time to use the net proceeds for different purposes. Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never paid or declared a dividend on our common stock, and we intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock for the indefinite future, and our credit facility with PNC Bank, N.A. limits our ability to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock. The decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our board of directors in light of conditions then existing, including factors such as our results of operations, financial condition and requirements, business conditions, and covenants under any applicable contractual arrangements.


23


 

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2007:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 19,879,675 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma basis as discussed in the prior bullet point, as adjusted to give effect to (i) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of           shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $     , the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in the Regulation S Transaction, assuming the sale of           shares of common stock (based on the same assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, which is the midpoint of the range shown on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated expenses payable by us, and our use of proceeds from this offering and the Regulation S Transaction to repay approximately $15.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility and to pay a cash dividend of approximately $6.4 million to the holders of our Series C Preferred Stock, which will become payable upon the closing of this offering.
 
You should read this table in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of September 30, 2007  
                Pro forma
 
    Actual     Pro forma     as adjusted (1)  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,903     $ 2,903     $  
                         
Total debt
    25,906       25,906          
                         
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
                       
Redeemable Convertible Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 55,000,000 shares authorized, 49,861,562 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    95,571                
Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 76,000,000 shares authorized; 51,524,974 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    142,216                
                         
Stockholders’ deficit:
                       
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 33,362,500 shares authorized, 2,045,217 issued and outstanding, actual; 21,924,892 issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares authorized,          issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted (2)
    1       11          
Additional paid-in capital
          237,777          
Accumulated deficit
    (192,892 )     (192,892 )        
                         
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (192,891 )     44,896                  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 70,802     $ 70,802     $  
                         
 
 
(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease (increase) the number of shares issued and outstanding by approximately      shares, assuming the $15.0 million purchase price of the Regulation S Transaction remains the same.


24


 

 
DILUTION
 
Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the common stock to be sold in the offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of common stock after the offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.
 
Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2007 was ($192.9) million, or ($94.31) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2007 was $44.9 million, or $2.05 per share after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our preferred stock into shares of common stock in accordance with their terms immediately prior to the consummation of the offering. This represents an increase of $237.8 million or $96.36 per share. After giving effect to (i) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $     , the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in the Regulation S Transaction, assuming the sale of      shares of common stock (based on an initial offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting estimated expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2007 would have been approximately $      million, or $      per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $      per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. The following table illustrates this substantial and immediate per share dilution to new investors:
 
                 
          Per Share  
 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $        
Pro forma net tangible book value before this offering
  $ 0.40          
Increase per share attributable to our investors in this offering
               
Increase per share attributable to the investor in the Regulation S Transaction
               
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering and the Regulation S Transaction
               
                 
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
          $    
                 
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease), the as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $     , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same but adjusting the number of shares sold by us in the Regulation S Transaction in accordance with the terms thereof, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and expenses of the Regulation S Transaction payable by us.
 
The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2007, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with the offering:
 
  •  the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders, by the investor in the Regulation S Transaction and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering;
 
  •  the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders, by the investor in the Regulation S Transaction and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share and the sale of      shares in the Regulation S Transaction (before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering and expenses of the Regulation S Transaction); and


25


 

 
  •  the average price per share paid by existing stockholders, by the investor in the Regulation S Transaction and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:
 
                                         
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Per Share  
 
Existing stockholders
    21,924,892       %   $ 118,146,270       %   $ 5.39  
Investor in the Regulation S Transaction
            %     15,000,000       %        
Investors in the offering
            %             %        
                                         
Total
            100 %   $         100 %   $  
                                         
 
The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of:
 
  •  stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2007 to purchase 4,860,973 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $10.37 per share;
 
  •  2,328,358 shares of preferred stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2007, all of which are currently exercisable at a purchase price of $1.34 per share (or upon the consummation of the offering, 456,540 shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of such warrants at a purchase price of $6.83 per share), and 21,299 shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2007, all of which are exercisable at a purchase price of $8.16 per share; or
 
  •  the underwriters’ overallotment option.
 
To the extent any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For example, if, immediately after the offering, we were to issue (i) all 4,860,973 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and (ii) all 477,839 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and, in each case, we receive the aggregate exercise price therefrom, our net tangible book value would be approximately $      million, or $      per share. This would represent immediate further dilution of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares at the initial public offering price.


26


 

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. We have derived our selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and our balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and 2007, from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived our selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004, and our balance sheet data as of June 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We have derived our consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 and consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements, and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and their related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    September 30,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
                                                         
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $ 59,353     $ 37,743     $ 140,556     $ 116,902     $ 85,310     $ 71,434     $ 30,930  
Cost and expenses
                                                       
Instructional costs and services
    34,778       19,177       76,064       64,828       49,130       39,943       25,580  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    16,039       11,385       51,159       41,660       30,031       25,656       20,903  
Product development expenses
    2,527       2,206       8,611       8,568       9,410       12,750       12,416  
                                                         
Total costs and expenses
    53,344       32,768       135,834       115,056       88,571       78,349       58,899  
                                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    6,009       4,975       4,722       1,846       (3,261 )     (6,915 )     (27,969 )
Interest expense, net
    (304 )     (94 )     (639 )     (488 )     (279 )     (516 )     (388 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) before taxes
    5,705       4,881       4,083       1,358       (3,540 )     (7,431 )     (28,357 )
Income tax benefit (expense)
    7,117       (146 )     (218 )                        
                                                         
Net income (loss)
    12,822       4,735       3,865       1,358       (3,540 )     (7,431 )     (28,357 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    (1,671 )     (1,519 )     (6,378 )     (5,851 )     (5,261 )     (2,667 )      
Preferred stock accretion
    (6,560 )     (5,367 )     (22,353 )     (18,697 )     (15,947 )     (15,768 )     (11,912 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ 4,591     $ (2,151 )   $ (24,866 )   $ (23,190 )   $ (24,748 )   $ (25,866 )   $ (40,269 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per share:
                                                       
Basic
  $ 2.25     $ (1.08 )   $ (12.42 )   $ (11.73 )   $ (12.54 )   $ (13.17 )   $ (20.52 )
Diluted
  $ 0.20     $ (1.08 )   $ (12.42 )   $ (11.73 )   $ (12.54 )   $ (13.17 )   $ (20.52 )
Basic (pro forma) (1)
  $ 0.58       n/a     $ 0.18     $ n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Diluted (pro forma) (1)
  $ 0.56       n/a     $ 0.18       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Weighted average shares used in computing per share amounts:
                                                       
Basic
    2,043,589       1,998,853       2,001,661       1,977,195       1,973,053       1,964,147       1,962,726  
Diluted
    22,744,525       1,998,853       2,001,661       1,977,195       1,973,053       1,964,147       1,962,726  
Basic (pro forma) (1)
    21,923,244       n/a       21,881,316       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Diluted (pro forma) (1)
    22,744,525       n/a       21,890,720       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Other Data:
                                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (2,740 )   $ 3,398     $ 5,563     $ 3,625     $ 9,697     $ (8,020 )   $ (15,990 )
Depreciation and amortization
  $       2,252     $       1,224     $       7,404     $       4,986     $      5,509     $      4,922     $      4,005  
Capital expenditures (2)
  $ 8,494     $ 4,784     $ 13,418     $ 10,842     $ 5,133     $ 4,643     $ 4,677  
EBITDA (3)
  $ 8,261     $ 6,199     $ 12,126     $ 6,832     $ 2,248     $ (1,993 )   $ (23,964 )
Average enrollments (4)
    39,493       26,405       27,005       20,220       15,097       11,158       5,872  
 


27


 

                                                 
    As of
       
    September 30,     As of June 30,  
    2007     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,903     $ 1,660     $ 9,475     $ 19,953     $ 15,881     $ 7,727  
Total assets
    106,202       61,212       48,485       41,968       42,714       21,331  
Total short-term debt
    12,500       1,500                          
Total long-term obligations
    13,406       7,135       4,025       4,466       3,432       1,697  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
    237,787       229,556       200,825       176,277       155,069       111,634  
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (192,891 )     (197,807 )     (173,451 )     (150,299 )     (125,621 )     (99,762 )
Working capital
    9,939       8,548       15,421       22,953       24,130       6,823  
 
 
(1) Pro forma net income per common share gives effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the completion to this offering. Assuming the completion of this offering on September 30, 2007, all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock would convert into 19,879,675 shares of common stock.
(2) Capital expenditures consist of the purchase of property and equipment, capitalized software and new capital lease obligations.
(3) EBITDA consists of net income (loss) minus interest income, plus interest expense, plus income tax expense and plus depreciation and amortization. Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on short-term investments or cash deposits. Interest expense primarily consists of interest expense for capital leases, long-term and short-term borrowings. We use EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Furthermore, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for our management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments.
 
     We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired. Our management uses EBITDA:
 
  •  as a measurement of operating performance, because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it removes depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes; and
 
  •  in presentations to the members of our board of directors to enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating performance as is used by management to compare our current operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the results of other companies in our industry.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA:
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended September 30,   Year Ended June 30,    
    2007   2006   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003    
    (dollars in thousands)    
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 12,822     $ 4,735     $ 3,865     $ 1,358     $ (3,540 )   $ (7,431 )   $ (28,357 )        
Interest expense, net
    304       94       639       488       279       516       388          
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (7,117 )     146       218                                  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,252       1,224       7,404       4,986       5,509       4,922       4,005          
                                                                 
EBITDA
  $ 8,261     $ 6,199     $ 12,126     $ 6,832     $ 2,248     $ (1,993 )   $ (23,964 )        
                                                                 
 
(4) To ensure that all schools are reflected in our measure of enrollments, we consider our enrollments as of the end of September to be our opening enrollment level, and the number of students enrolled at the end of May to be our ending enrollment level. To provide comparability, we do not consider enrollment levels for June, July and August as all schools are not open during these months. For each period, average enrollments represent the average of the month end enrollment levels for each month that has transpired between September and the end of the period, up to and including the month of May.

28


 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Our Company
 
We are a technology-based education company. We offer proprietary curriculum and educational services created for online delivery to students in kindergarten through 12th grade, or K-12. Our mission is to maximize a child’s potential by providing access to an engaging and effective education, regardless of geographic location or socio-economic background. Since our inception, we have invested more than $100 million to develop curriculum and an online learning platform that promotes mastery of core concepts and skills for students of all abilities. This learning system combines a cognitive research-based curriculum with an individualized learning approach well-suited for virtual schools and other educational applications. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased average enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve from approximately 11,000 students to 27,000 students, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 35%. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we increased average enrollments 50% to approximately 39,500, as compared to the same period in the prior year. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased revenues from $71.4 million to $140.6 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 25%, and improved from a net loss of $7.4 million to net income of $3.9 million. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we increased revenues to $59.4 million, representing a growth rate of 57%, as compared to the same period in the prior year. Over the same period, we increased net income to $5.7 million (excluding an income tax benefit of $7.1 million) from $4.7 million.
 
We deliver our learning system to students primarily through virtual public schools. Many states have embraced virtual public schools as a means to provide families with a publicly funded alternative to a traditional classroom-based education. We offer virtual schools our proprietary curriculum, online learning platform and varying levels of academic and management services, which can range from targeted programs to complete turnkey solutions, under long-term contracts. These contracts provide the basis for a recurring revenue stream as students progress through successive grades. Additionally, without the requirement of a physical classroom, virtual schools can be scaled quickly to accommodate a large dispersed student population, and allow more capital resources to be allocated towards teaching, curriculum and technology rather than towards a physical infrastructure.
 
Our proprietary curriculum is currently used primarily by public school students in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Parents can also purchase our curriculum and online learning platform directly to facilitate or supplement their children’s education. Additionally, we have piloted our curriculum in brick and mortar classrooms with promising academic results. We also believe there is additional widespread applicability for our learning system internationally.
 
Our History
 
We were founded in 2000 to utilize the advances in technology to provide children access to a high-quality public school education regardless of their geographic location or socio-economic background. Given the geographic flexibility of technology-based education, we believed that the pursuit of this mission could help address the growing concerns regarding the regionalized disparity in the quality of public school education, both in the United States and abroad. These concerns were reflected in the passage of the No Child Left Behind (NCLB) Act in 2000, which implemented new standards and accountability requirements for public K-12 education. The convergence of these concerns and rapid advances in Internet technology created the opportunity to make a significant impact by deploying a high quality learning system on a flexible, online platform.
 
In September 2001, after 18 months of research and development on our curriculum, we launched our kindergarten through 2nd grade offering. We initially launched our learning system in virtual public schools in Pennsylvania and Colorado, serving approximately 900 students in the two states combined. During the 2002-03


29


 

school year, we added our 3rd through 5th grade offering and entered into contracts to operate virtual public schools in California, Idaho, Ohio, Minnesota and Arkansas, increasing our average enrollment to approximately 5,900 students during the 2002-03 school year. For the 2003-04 school year, we added our 6th and 7th grade offerings. During the 2004-05 school year, we added our 8th grade offering and entered into contracts to operate virtual public schools in Wisconsin, Arizona and Florida. By the end of the 2004-05 school year, we had increased enrollment to approximately 15,100 students. In the 2005-06 school year, we added contracts to operate virtual public schools in Washington, Illinois and Texas. Additionally during the 2006-07 school year, we implemented a hybrid school offering in Chicago that combines face-to-face time in the classroom with online instruction. We recently entered the virtual high school market, enrolling 9th and 10th grade students at the start of the 2005-06 and 2006-07 school years, respectively, and enrolling 11th and 12th grade students at the start of the 2007-08 school year. Finally, we added contracts to operate virtual public schools in Georgia and Nevada for the 2007-08 school year.
 
We believe we have significant growth potential. Therefore over the last three years, we have put a great deal of effort into developing the infrastructure necessary to scale our business. We further developed our logistics and technological infrastructure and implemented sophisticated financial systems to allow us to more effectively operate a large and growing company.
 
Key Aspects and Trends of Our Operations
 
Revenues
 
We generate a significant portion of our revenues from enrollments in virtual public schools. In each of the past four years, more than 90% of our revenues have been derived through contracts with these schools. We anticipate that these revenues will continue to represent the bulk of our total revenues over the next 12-24 months, although the percentage may decline over the longer term as we identify new channels through which to market our curriculum and educational services. These contracts provide the channels through which we can enroll students into the school, and we execute marketing and recruiting programs designed to create awareness and generate enrollments for these schools. We generate our revenues by providing each student with access to our online lessons and offline learning kits, including use of a personal computer. In addition, we provide a variety of management and academic support services to virtual public schools, ranging from turnkey end-to-end management solutions to a single service to meet a school’s specific needs. We also generate revenues from sales of our curriculum and offline learning kits through other channels, including directly to consumers and pilots in a traditional classroom environment.
 
Factors affecting our revenues include: (i) the number of enrollments; (ii) the nature and extent of the management services provided to the schools and school districts; (iii) state or district per student funding levels; and (iv) prices for our products and services.
 
We define an enrollment as a full-time student using our provided courses as their primary curriculum. We consider full-time students to be those utilizing our curriculum regardless of the nature and extent of the management services we provide to the virtual public school. Generally, a full-time student will take five or six courses, except for kindergarten students who participate in half-day programs. We count each half-day kindergarten student as an enrollment.
 
School sessions generally begin in August or September and end in May or June. We consider the duration of a school year to be 10 months. To ensure that all schools are reflected in our measure of enrollments, we consider the number of students on the last day of September to be our opening enrollment level, and the number of students enrolled on the last day of May to be our ending enrollment level. To provide comparability, we do not consider enrollment levels for June, July and August as most schools are not open during these months. For each period, average enrollments represent the average of the month-end enrollment levels for each month that has transpired between September and the end of the period, up to and including the month of May. We continually evaluate our enrollment levels by state, by school and by grade. We track new student enrollments and withdrawals throughout the year.
 
We believe that the number of enrollments depends upon the following:
 
  •  the number of states and school districts in which we operate;


30


 

 
  •  the appeal of our curriculum to students and families;
 
  •  the effectiveness of our program in delivering favorable academic outcomes;
 
  •  the quality of the teachers working in the virtual public schools we serve; and
 
  •  the effectiveness of our marketing and recruiting programs.
 
We continually evaluate our trends in revenues by monitoring the number of enrollments in total, by state, by school and by grade, assessing the impact of changes in funding levels and the pricing of our curriculum and educational services. We track enrollments throughout the year, as students enroll and withdraw. We also provide our courses for use in a traditional classroom setting and we sell our courses directly to consumers. Our classroom course revenues are generally for single courses. Consumers typically purchase from one to six courses in a year, however, we do not monitor the progress of these students. Therefore, we do not include classroom or consumer students in our enrollment totals.
 
We closely monitor the financial performance of the virtual public schools to which we provide turnkey management services. Under the contracts with these schools, we take responsibility for any operating deficits that they may incur in a given school year. These operating deficits represent the excess of costs over revenues incurred by the virtual public schools as reflected on their financial statements. The costs include our charges to the schools. These operating deficits may result from a combination of cost increases or funding reductions attributable to the following: 1) costs associated with new schools including the initial hiring of teachers and the establishment of school infrastructure; 2) school requirements to establish contingency reserves; 3) one-time costs such as a legal claim; 4) funding reductions due to the inability to qualify specific students for funding; and 5) regulatory or academic performance thresholds which may initially restrict the ability of a school to fund all expenses. In these cases, because a deficit may impair our ability to collect our invoices in full, we reduce revenues by the sum of these deficits. Over the past three years, these deficits and the related reduction to revenues have grown substantially faster than overall revenue growth reflecting a significant number of new school start-ups, the time required to meet performance thresholds in certain states and funding adjustments in two states related to the disqualification of certain past enrollments. We expect these deficits to continue to grow faster than overall revenue growth as we expand into new states, continue investment in educational programs, and incur the higher costs associated with our high school offering.
 
Our annual growth in revenues may be materially affected by changes in the level of management services we provide to certain schools. Currently a significant portion of our enrollments are associated with virtual public schools to which we provide turnkey management services. We are responsible for the complete management of these schools and therefore, we recognize as revenues the funds received by the schools, up to the level of costs incurred. These costs are substantial, as they include the cost of teacher compensation and other ancillary school expenses. Accordingly, enrollments in these schools generate substantially more revenues than enrollments in other schools where we provide limited or no management services. In these situations, our revenues are limited to direct invoices and are independent of the total funds received by the school from a state or district. As a result, changes in the number of enrollments associated with schools operating under turnkey arrangements relative to total enrollments may have a disproportionate impact on average revenues per enrollment and growth in revenues relative to the growth in enrollments.
 
The percentage of enrollments associated with turnkey management service schools was 81% for the three months ended September 30, 2007 as compared to 76% for the three months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to the enrollments at new schools in Georgia and Nevada. The percentage of enrollments associated with turnkey management service schools was 77% in fiscal year 2007 as compared to 92% in fiscal year 2006. This decline was attributable to a reduction in management services in one large school. Changes in the mix of enrollments associated with turnkey management services compared with limited management services may change the average revenues per enrollment and accordingly impact total revenues. As we renew our existing management contracts, the extent of the management services we provide may change. Where it is beneficial to do so, management intends to renew these contracts as they expire. Our turnkey management contracts have terms from three to ten years and none expire prior to the end of fiscal year 2008. Consequently, we anticipate that the percentage of enrollments associated with turnkey management services will remain relatively


31


 

constant through fiscal year 2008. As a result, we expect this factor to increase average per enrollment revenue in fiscal year 2008 as compared to fiscal year 2007.
 
In fiscal year 2007, we derived more than 10% of our revenues from each of the Ohio Virtual Academy, the Arizona Virtual Academy, the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School and the Colorado Virtual Academy. In aggregate, these schools accounted for 49% of our total revenues. We provide our full turnkey management solution pursuant to our contract with the Ohio Virtual Academy, which terminates June 30, 2017 and provides for the parties to renew the agreement in 2012. This agreement is renewable automatically for an additional two years unless the school notifies us one year prior to the expiration that it elects to terminate the contract. We provide our full turnkey solution to the Arizona Virtual Academy, pursuant to a contract with Portable Practical Education Inc., an Arizona not-for-profit organization holding the charter under which the school operates, that expires June 30, 2010. We provide our curriculum and online learning platform to the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School pursuant to a contract that terminates June 30, 2009, and which automatically renews for an additional three-years unless the school notifies us one year prior to expiration that it elects to terminate the contract. We provide our full turnkey solution pursuant to our contract with the Colorado Virtual Academy, which terminates June 30, 2008. We are currently engaged in negotiations with the Colorado Virtual Academy for a new contract. Each of the contracts with these schools provides for termination of the agreement if the school ceases to hold a valid and effective charter from the charter-issuing authority in their respective states or if there is a material reduction in the per enrollment funding level. The annual revenues generated under each of these contracts represent a material portion of our total revenues in fiscal year 2007 and we expect this to continue in fiscal year 2008.
 
Our annual growth in revenues will also be impacted by changes in state or district per enrollment funding levels. These funding levels are typically established on an annual basis, are usually consistent from grade to grade, and generally increase at modest levels from year to year. Over our operating history, per enrollment funding levels have increased annually in almost every school we operate. These increases are essential to enable schools to provide for an annual increase in teachers’ wages and to offset the impact of inflation on other school operating costs. For these reasons, we anticipate that per enrollment funding levels will continue to increase at modest levels over time. Finally, we may generate modest growth in revenues from increases in the prices of our curriculum and educational services. We evaluate our pricing annually against market benchmarks and conditions and raise them as we deem appropriate. We do not expect our price increases to have a significant incremental impact as they are encompassed within increases in per enrollment funding levels.
 
Instructional Costs and Services Expenses
 
Instructional costs and services expenses include expenses directly attributable to the educational products and services we provide. The virtual public schools we manage are the primary drivers of these costs, including teacher and administrator salaries and benefits and expenses of related support services. Instructional costs also include fulfillment costs of student textbooks and materials, depreciation and reclamation costs of computers provided for student use, and the cost of any third-party online courses. In addition, we include in instructional costs the amortization of capitalized curriculum and related systems. We measure, track and manage instructional costs and services as a percentage of revenues and on a per enrollment basis as these are key indicators of performance and operating efficiency. As a percentage of revenues, instructional costs and services expenses decreased slightly for the year ended June 30, 2007, as compared to the year ended June 30, 2006 primarily due to lower costs associated with a renewed virtual school contract that no longer includes turnkey management services. This was partially offset by higher school operating costs and the start-up costs of new schools. We expect instructional costs and services expenses as a percentage of revenues to increase as we expand our high school enrollments, develop new delivery models, and incur start-up costs for new schools. Reflecting the impact of these items, instructional costs and services expenses increased to 58.6% of revenue for the three-months ended September 30, 2007 compared with 50.8% for the three-months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Over time, we expect high school enrollments to grow as a percentage of total enrollments. Our high school offering requires increased instructional costs as a percentage of revenues compared to our kindergarten to 8th grade offering. This is due to the following: (i) demand for numerous electives which requires licensing of third-party courses to augment our proprietary curriculum; (ii) generally lower student-to-teacher ratios; (iii) higher


32


 

compensation costs for teachers due to the need for subject-matter expertise; and (iv) ancillary costs for required student support services including college placement, SAT preparation and guidance counseling.
 
We are developing new delivery models, such as the hybrid model, where students receive both face-to-face and online instruction. Development costs may include instructional research and curriculum development. These models necessitate additional costs including facilities related costs and additional administrative support, which are generally not required to operate typical virtual public schools. As a result, instructional costs as a percentage of revenues may be higher than our typical offering. In addition, we are pursuing expansion into new states. If we are successful, we will incur start-up costs and other expenses associated with the initial launch of a virtual public school, which may result in increased instructional costs as a percentage of revenues.
 
Selling, Administrative and Other Operating Expenses
 
Selling, administrative and other operating expenses include the salaries, benefits and related costs of employees engaged in business development, sales and marketing, and administrative functions. We measure and track selling, administrative and other operating expenses as a percentage of revenues to track performance and efficiency of these areas. In addition, we track measures of sales and marketing efficiency including the number of new enrollment prospects for virtual public schools and our ability to convert these prospects into enrollments. We also track various operating, call center and information technology statistics as indicators of operating efficiency and customer service. Over the past three years, our selling, administrative and other operating expenses as a percentage of revenues have remained relatively stable. Over this period, we have significantly increased our marketing and selling expenses and expanded our management team and administrative staff. We expect the trend in marketing and selling expenses to continue as we increase our marketing and student recruitment programs, pursue schools in new states and explore new business opportunities. However, we believe our current management and administrative infrastructure, which includes executive management, and personnel in the areas of finance, legal, information technology, facilities, human resources and logistics management, can support significant growth in revenue and enrollments without a corresponding increase in expense growth. As a result of these factors, we expect our selling, administrative and other operating expenses to decline over time as a percentage of revenues.
 
Product Development Expenses
 
Product development expenses include research and development costs and overhead costs associated with the management of projects to develop curriculum and internal systems. In addition, product development expenses include the amortization and internal systems and any impairment charges. We measure and track our product development expenditures on a per course or project basis to measure and assess our development efficiency. In addition, we monitor employee utilization to evaluate our workforce efficiency. We plan to invest in additional curriculum development and related software in the future, primarily to produce additional high school courses, new releases of existing courses and to upgrade our content management system and our Online School (OLS). We capitalize most of the costs incurred to develop our curriculum and software, beginning with application development, through production and testing.
 
We account for impairment of capitalized curriculum development costs in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 (SFAS No. 144,) Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates”. We did not record any impairment charge for the three months ended September 30, 2007 or for the year ended June 30, 2007. Impairment charges recorded were $0.4 million and $3.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In fiscal year 2006, we recognized impairment of capitalized curriculum as the potential to earn revenues from the use of our curriculum in a traditional classroom was uncertain. In 2005, we recognized impairment as we generated a net loss in that year and development costs exceeded future cash flows.
 
Other Factors That May Affect Comparability
 
Public Company Expenses.   Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a public company, and our shares of common stock will be publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the New


33


 

York Stock Exchange. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and independent registered public accountants to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company, it will make it more expensive for us to obtain directors and officers liability insurance.
 
Stock Option Expense.   The adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123R, “Share Based Payments” (SFAS No. 123R), requires that we recognize an expense for stock options granted beginning July 1, 2006. We incurred approximately $0.3 million in stock compensation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2007. We expect stock option expense to increase in the future as we grant additional stock options.
 
Income Tax Benefits Resulting from Decrease of Valuation Allowance.   In the period from our inception through fiscal year 2005, we incurred significant operating losses that resulted in a net operating loss carryforward for tax purposes and net deferred tax assets. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we recognized a $9.7 million tax benefit as we expect to be able to utilize a portion of our net deferred tax assets. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we recorded income tax expense of $2.6 million. Continued positive earnings in future years will require management to re-evaluate the realizability of the remaining deferred tax asset and determine if a further release of the valuation allowance is warranted.
 
Public Funding and Regulation.   Our public school customers are financed with federal, state and local government funding. Budget appropriations for education at all levels of government are determined through a political process and, as a result, our revenues may be affected by changes in appropriations. Decreases in funding could result in an adverse affect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Competition.   The market for providing online education for grades K-12 is becoming increasingly competitive and attracting significant new entrants. If we are unable to successfully compete for new business and contract renewals, our growth in revenues and operating margins may decline. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect this competition to intensify.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements. Our critical accounting policies have been discussed with the audit committee of our board of directors.
 
We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
 
Revenue Recognition
 
In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB No. 104), we recognize revenues when each of the following conditions is met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery of physical goods or rendering of services is complete; (3) the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Once these conditions are satisfied, the amount of revenues we record is determined in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF 99-19), Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent .”


34


 

We generate almost all of our revenues through long-term contracts with virtual public schools. These schools are generally funded by state or local governments on a per student basis. Under these contracts, we are responsible for providing each enrolled student with access to our OLS, our online lessons, offline learning kits and student support services required for their complete education. In most cases, we are also responsible for providing complete management and technology services required for the operation of the school. The revenues derived from these long-term agreements are primarily dependent upon the number of students enrolled, the extent of the management services contracted for by the school, and the level of funding provided to the school for each student.
 
We have determined that the elements of our contracts are valuable to schools in combination, but do not have standalone value. In addition, we have determined that we do not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value for each element of our contracts. As a result, the elements within our multiple-element contracts do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, we account for revenues received under multiple element arrangements as a single unit of accounting and recognize the entire arrangement based upon the approximate rate at which we incur the costs associated with each element.
 
We invoice virtual public schools in accordance with the established contractual terms. Generally, this means that for each enrolled student, we invoice their school for the following items: (1) access to our online school and online lessons; (2) offline learning kits; (3) student personal computers; and (4) management and technology services. We apply SAB No. 104 to each of these items as follows:
 
  •  Access to the K 12 Online School and Online Lessons.   Our OLS revenues come primarily from contracts with charter schools and school districts. Students are provided access to the OLS and online lessons at the start of the school year for which they have enrolled. On a per student basis, we invoice schools an upfront fee at the beginning of the school year or at the time a student enrolls and a monthly fee for each month during the school year in which the student is enrolled. A school year generally consists of 10 months. The upfront fee is initially recorded as deferred revenue and is recognized as revenues ratably over the remaining months of the current school year. If a student withdraws prior to the end of a school year, any remaining deferred revenue related to the upfront fee is recognized ratably over the remaining months of the school year. The monthly fees are recognized in the month in which they are earned.
 
The majority of our enrollments occur at the beginning of the school year in August or September, depending upon the state. Because upfront fees are generally charged at the beginning of the school year, the balance in our deferred revenue account tends to be at its highest point at the end of the first quarter. Generally, the balance will decline over the course of the year and all deferred revenue related to virtual public schools will be fully recognized by the end of our fiscal year on June 30.
 
  •  Offline Learning Kits.   Our offline learning kit revenues come primarily from contracts with virtual public schools and our curriculum blends which online and offline content. The lessons in our online school are meant to be used in conjunction with selected printed materials, workbooks, laboratory materials and other manipulative items which we provide to students. We generally ship all offline learning kits to a student when their enrollment is approved and invoice the schools in full for the materials at that time. Once materials have been shipped, our efforts are substantially complete. Therefore, we recognize revenues upon shipment. Because offline learning kits revenues are recognized near the time of enrollment in its entirety, we generate a majority of these revenues in our first fiscal quarter which coincides with the start of the school year.
 
  •  Student Personal Computers.   In most of our contracts with virtual public schools, we are responsible for ensuring that each enrolled student has the ability to access our online school. To accomplish this, we generally provide each enrolled student with the use of a personal computer, complete technical support through our call center, and reclamation services when a student withdraws or a computer needs to be exchanged. Schools are invoiced on a per student basis for each enrolled student to whom we have provided a personal computer. This may include an upfront fee at the beginning of the school year or at the time a student enrolls and a monthly fee for each month during the school year in which the student is enrolled. A school year generally consists of 10 months. The upfront fee is initially recorded as deferred revenue and is recognized as revenues ratably over the remaining months of the current school year. If a student withdraws prior to the end of a school year, any remaining deferred revenue related to the upfront fee is recognized ratably over the remaining months of the school year. All deferred revenue will be recognized by the end of our fiscal year, June 30. The monthly fees are recognized in the month in which they are earned.


35


 

 
  •  Management and Technology Services.   Under most of our school contracts, we provide the boards of the virtual public schools we serve with turnkey management and technology services. We take responsibility for all academic and fiscal outcomes. This includes responsibility for all aspects of the management of the schools, including monitoring academic achievement, teacher recruitment and training, compensation of school personnel, financial management, enrollment processing and procurement of curriculum, equipment and required services. Management and technology fees are generally determined based upon a percentage of the funding received by the virtual public school. We generally invoice schools for management and technology services in the month in which they receive such funding.
 
We recognize the revenues from turnkey management and technology fees ratably over the course of our fiscal year. We use 12 months as a basis for recognition because administrative offices of the school remain open for the entire year. To determine the amount of revenues to recognize in our fiscal year, we estimate the total funds that each school will receive in a particular school year, and our related fees associated with the estimated funding. Our management and technology service fees are generally a contracted percentage of yearly school revenues. We review our estimates of funding periodically, and revise as necessary, amortizing any adjustments over the remaining portion of the fiscal year. Actual school funding may vary from these estimates or revisions, and the impact of these differences could have a material impact on our results of operations. Since the end of the school year coincides with the end of our fiscal year, we are generally able to base our annual revenues on actual school revenues. As a result, on an annual basis, we have not had to make any material adjustments to our estimates of revenue over the last three years.
 
Under most contracts, we provide the virtual schools we manage with turnkey management services and agree to operate the school within per enrollment funding levels. This includes assuming responsibility for any operating deficits that the schools may incur in a given school year. These operating deficits represent the excess of costs over revenues incurred by the virtual public schools as reflected on their financial statements. The costs include our charges to the schools. Such deficits may arise from school start-up costs, from funding shortfalls, from temporary or long-term incremental cost requirements for a particular school, or due to specific one-time expenses that a school may incur. Up to the level of school revenues, our collections are reasonably assured. We consider the operating deficits to estimate any impairment of collection, and our recognized revenue reflects this impairment. The fact that a school has an operating deficit does not mean we anticipate losing money on the contract. We recognize the impact of these operating deficits by estimating the full year revenues and full year deficits of schools at the beginning of the fiscal year. We amortize the estimated deficits against recognized revenues based upon the percentage of actual revenues in the period to total estimated revenues for the fiscal year. We periodically review our estimates of full year school revenues and full year operating deficits and amortize the impact of any changes to these estimates over the remainder of our fiscal year. Actual school operating deficits may vary from these estimates or revisions, and the impact of these differences could have a material impact on our results of operations. Since the end of the school year coincides with the end of our fiscal year, we are generally able to base our annual revenues on actual school revenues and use actual costs incurred in our calculation of school operating deficits. As a result, on an annual basis, we have not had to make any material adjustments to our estimates of realizable revenue over the last three years.
 
The amount of revenues we record is determined in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent, EITF 99-19. For these schools, we have determined that we are the primary obligor for substantially all expenses of the school. Accordingly, we report revenues on a gross basis by recording the associated per student revenues received by the school from its funding state or school district up to the expenses incurred by the school. Revenues are recognized when the underlying expenses are incurred by the school. For the small percentage of contracts where we provide individually selected services for the school, we invoice on a per student or per service basis and recognize revenues in accordance with SAB No. 104. Under these contracts, where we do not assume responsibility for operating deficits, we record revenues on a net basis.
 
We also generate a small percentage of our revenues through the sale of our online courses and offline learning kits directly to consumers. Online course sales are generally subscriptions for periods of 12 to 24 months and customers have the option of paying a discounted amount in full upfront or paying in monthly installments.


36


 

Payments are generally made with charge cards. For those customers electing to pay these subscription fees in their entirety upfront, we record the payment as deferred revenue and amortize the revenues over the life of the subscription. For customers paying monthly, we recognize these payments as revenues in the month earned. Revenues for offline learning kits are recognized when shipped. Within 30 days of enrollment, customers can receive a full refund, however customers terminating after 30 days will receive a pro rata refund for the unused portion of their subscription less a termination fee. Historically, the impact of refunds has been immaterial.
 
Capitalized Curriculum Development Costs
 
Our curriculum is primarily developed by our employees and to a lesser extent, by independent contractors. Generally, our courses cover traditional subjects and utilize examples and references designed to remain relevant for long periods of time. The online nature of our curriculum allows us to incorporate user feedback rapidly and make ongoing corrections and improvements. For these reasons, we believe that our courses, once developed, have an extended useful life, similar to computer software. Our curriculum is integral to our learning system. Our customers do not acquire our curriculum or future rights to it.
 
We capitalize curriculum development costs incurred during the application development stage in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. SOP 98-1 provides guidance for the treatment of costs associated with computer software development and defines those costs to be capitalized and those to be expensed. Costs that qualify for capitalization are external direct costs, payroll, payroll-related costs, and interest costs. Costs related to general and administrative functions are not capitalizable and are expensed as incurred. We capitalize curriculum development costs when the projects under development reach technological feasibility. Many of our new courses leverage off of proven delivery platforms and are primarily content, which has no technological hurdles. As a result, a significant portion of our courseware development costs qualify for capitalization due to the concentration of our development efforts on the content of the courseware. Technological feasibility is established when we have completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities necessary to establish that a course can be produced to meet its design specifications. Capitalization ends when a course is available for general release to our customers, at which time amortization of the capitalized costs begins. The period of time over which these development costs will be amortized is generally five years. This is consistent with the capitalization period used by others in our industry and corresponds with our product development lifecycle.
 
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use
 
We develop our own proprietary computer software programs to provide specific functionality to support both our unique education offering and the student and school management services. These programs enable us to develop courses, process student enrollments, meet state documentation requirements, track student academic progress, deliver online courses to students, coordinate and track the delivery of course-specific materials to students and provide teacher support and training. These applications are integral to our learning system and we continue to enhance existing applications and create new applications. Our customers do not acquire our software or future rights to it.
 
We capitalize software development costs incurred during the development stage of these applications in accordance with SOP 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . These development costs are generally amortized over three years.
 
Impairment of Long-lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets include property, equipment, capitalized curriculum and software developed or obtained for internal use. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 (SFAS No. 144), Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , we review our recorded long-lived assets for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. We determine the extent to which an asset may be impaired based upon our expectation of the asset’s future usability as well as on a reasonable assurance that the future cash flows associated with the asset will be in excess of its carrying


37


 

amount. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between fair value and the carrying value of the asset.
 
Accounting for Stock-based Compensation
 
Prior to July 1, 2006, we accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB No. 25 and related interpretations. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options generally was measured as the excess, if any, of the estimated fair value of our common stock over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the common stock on the date that both the exercise price and the number of shares to be acquired pursuant to the option are fixed. We had adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123 which was released in May 1995, and used the minimum value method of valuing stock options as allowed for non-public companies.
 
In December 2004, SFAS No. 123R revised SFAS No. 123 and superseded APB No. 25. SFAS No. 123R requires the measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the measurement date of grant, with the cost being recognized over the applicable requisite service period. In addition, SFAS No. 123R requires an entity to provide certain disclosures in order to assist in understanding the nature of share-based payment transactions and the effects of those transactions on the financial statements. The provisions of SFAS No. 123R are required to be applied as of the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period of the entity’s first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2005.
 
Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R using the prospective transition method, which requires the Company to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 123R only to awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled after the effective date. Under this transition method, stock- based compensation expense recognized beginning July 1, 2006 is based on the fair value of stock awards as of the grant date. As the Company had used the minimum value method for valuing its stock options under the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, all options granted prior to July 1, 2006 continue to be accounted for under APB No. 25.
 
The computation of non-cash compensation charges requires a determination of the fair value of our common stock at various dates. Such determinations require complex and subjective judgments. We considered several methodologies to estimate our enterprise value, including guideline public company analysis, an analysis of comparable company transactions, and a discounted cash flow analysis. The results of the public company and comparable company transactions components of the analyses vary not only with factors such as our revenue, EBITDA, and income levels, but also with the performance and public market valuation of the companies and transactions used in the analyses. Although the market-based analyses did not include companies directly comparable to us, the analysis provided useful benchmarks.
 
We also considered several equity allocation methodologies to allocate the estimate of enterprise value to our two classes of stock including the current value method, the option pricing method, and the probability weighted expected return method (PWERM). The final valuation conclusion was based upon the PWERM equity allocation because it considers the value that would be attributable to each equity interest under different scenarios.
 
The PWERM assessed the value of common stock based upon possible scenarios including completion of an initial public offering, an advantageous strategic sale of the Company, and remaining a private company. The significant factors included preliminary estimates of the public offering price range from underwriters, the value of comparable company transactions, and discounted cash flow analysis. Key assumptions included the relative probability of the three scenarios. The relative probabilities were based upon where the Company was in the initial public offering registration process, empirical analysis of companies that go public after the registration process, and qualitative characteristics of the Company. The value of common stock was estimated by applying the relative probability to the value of common stock under each scenario. Based upon the foregoing, we believe the analysis provides a reasonable basis for valuing the common stock.
 
For the three months ended September 30, 2007, all option grants took place in the month of July. For the year ended June 30, 2007, we granted stock options in July 2006, February 2007 and May 2007. The significant factor contributing to the difference between the fair value as of the date of each grant and our public offering price is the probability of completing a public offering used in the PWERM. The probability of completing an initial public


38


 

offering at each grant date was determined based on the progression of the Company in the initial public offering process. As the probability increased the relative fair value of the option increased. Specifically, for the options granted on February 1, February 27, May 17, July 3 and July 12, 2007, we discounted the value of our common stock by 70.8%, 62.6%, 47.1%, 39.1% and 39.1%, respectively, to account for the probability that a public offering would not occur. The amount of these discounts reflect, in February, a very low but increasing likelihood of completing such an offering as the Board had not yet affirmatively determined to pursue a public offering, in May, a higher likelihood of completing a public offering following the Board’s determination to pursue the offering and the Company’s progress in preparing its registration statement, and in July, a much higher likelihood of completing a public offering as a majority of the work in preparing for the initial filing of a registration statement had been completed. Since the date of the most recent grant, we have made progress on our business strategy, including the launch of the 11th and 12th grade offerings and enrolling new students for the 2007-08 school year. In addition, we expect the completion of our public offering to add value to our shares for a variety of reasons, such as strengthening our balance sheet, increased liquidity and marketability of our common stock, and increased capacity to consummate acquisitions. However, the amount of such additional value, if any, cannot be measured with either precision or certainty, and it is possible that the value of our common stock will decrease.
 
The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to nonemployees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and EITF 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services .
 
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
 
We account for income taxes as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (SFAS No. 109), Accounting for Income Taxes . SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and the related financial amounts, using currently enacted tax laws. If necessary, a valuation allowance is established, based on the weight of available evidence, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent upon achievement of sufficient future taxable income offset by deferred tax liabilities. We exercise significant judgment in determining our provisions for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and our future taxable income for purposes of assessing our ability to utilize any future tax benefit from our deferred tax assets. However, our ability to forecast sufficient future taxable income is subject to certain market factors that we may not be able to control such as a material reduction in per pupil funding levels, legislative budget cuts reducing or eliminating the products and services we provide and government regulation.
 
Since inception, the Company has generated significant losses. However, in the past two years, the Company has generated small amounts of operating profit; 1.2% of revenue in fiscal year 2006 and 2.9% of revenue in fiscal year 2007. In addition, the Company’s revenue is dependent upon the number of student enrollments, the majority of which are generated in the first quarter of the fiscal year in conjunction with the start of the school year. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, the Company generated a significant increase in enrollments with average enrollments climbing to 39,493, an increase of approximately 50% with a corresponding revenue increase of approximately 57%. When considering this positive evidence of future profitability, we also noted operating profits as a percentage of revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2007 decreased to 9.6% compared with 12.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2006. Nonetheless, the Company’s significant enrollment growth for the first quarter of fiscal year 2007 leads us to believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize some portion of our net deferred tax asset. Therefore, for the three months ended September 30, 2007, we have reversed approximately $9.7 million of the valuation allowance on our net deferred tax asset, or approximately 32.4% of the total allowance. We determined this amount based upon our estimated profitability for the remainder of fiscal year 2008 and for fiscal year 2009, beyond which we have significantly diminished visibility. We reflected this reversal entirely in the first quarter because average enrollments in the first quarter have historically tended to be highly correlated with average enrollments for the remainder of the year. Therefore, first quarter enrollment performance provided us with what we believe to be sufficient evidence to reduce the valuation allowance. In the future, we intend to evaluate our net deferred tax asset valuation allowance each quarter in light of events, including enrollment trends, in order to determine when further adjustments to the allowance are appropriate.


39


 

Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination involves significant judgments that could become subject to examination by tax authorities in the ordinary course of business. We periodically assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the impact on our deferred taxes and income tax liabilities and the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Changes in income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels, among other things, could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.
 
As of September 30, 2007, we had net operating loss carry-forwards of $59.2 million that expire between 2020 and 2028 if unused. We recorded a partial valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets, including deferred tax assets generated by net operating loss carry-forwards. The valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets was $18.9 million as of September 30, 2007.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table presents our selected consolidated statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of our total revenues for the periods indicated:
 
                                         
    Three Months
       
    Ended
    Year Ended
 
    September 30,     June 30,  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2005  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost and expenses
                                       
Instructional costs and services
    59       51       54       55       58  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    27       30       36       36       35  
Product development expenses
    4       6       6       7       11  
                                         
Total costs and expenses
    90       87       96       98       104  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    10       13       4       2       (4 )
Interest expense, net
                (1 )     (1 )      
                                         
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes
    10       13       3       1       (4 )
                                         
Income tax benefit (expense)
    12                          
                                         
Net income (loss)
    22 %     13 %     3 %     1 %     (4 )%
                                         
 
Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2007 and Three Months ended September 30, 2006
 
Revenues.   Our revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2007 were $59.4 million, representing an increase of $21.7 million, or 57.6%, as compared to revenues of $37.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. Average enrollments increased 49.6% to 39,493 for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from 26,405 for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in average enrollments was primarily attributable to enrollment growth in existing states. New school openings in Georgia and Nevada contributed approximately 9% to enrollment growth. For both new and existing states, high school enrollments contributed approximately 12% to overall enrollment growth. Also contributing to the growth in revenues was a 5% increase in average revenue per enrollment. This increase was partially attributable to an increase in the percentage of enrollments associated with managed schools which increased to 81% for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from 76% for the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.   Instructional costs and services expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2007 were $34.8 million, representing an increase of $15.6 million, or 81.3% as compared to instructional costs and services of $19.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to an $8.1 million increase in expenses to operate and manage the schools and a $7.1 million increase in costs to supply books, educational materials and computers to students, including depreciation and amortization. As a percentage of revenues, instructional costs increased to 58.6% for the three months ended


40


 

September 30, 2007, as compared to 50.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in instructional costs and service expenses as a percentage of revenues is primarily due to increased teacher and course costs for our high school offering, higher costs to procure and supply materials due to greater than anticipated enrollments, and an increase in enrollments associated with managed schools.
 
Selling, Administrative, and Other Operating Expenses.   Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses for three months ended September 30, 2007 were $16.0 million, representing an increase of $4.6 million, or 40.4%, as compared to selling, administrative and other operating expenses of $11.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. This increase is primarily attributable to a $2.2 million increase in personnel costs primarily due to increased headcount and higher average salaries due to annual salary increases in fiscal year 2008 and a $1.4 million increase in professional services. In addition, there was a $0.7 million increase in marketing, advertising and selling expenses. As a percentage of revenues, selling, administrative, and other operating expenses decreased to 27.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2007 compared to 30.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Product Development Expenses.   Product development expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2007 were $2.5 million, relatively stable compared to product development expenses of $2.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. As a percentage of revenues, product development expenses declined to 4.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from 5.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2006. Capitalized curriculum development costs for the three months ended September 30, 2007 were $1.6 million, representing a decrease of $0.5 million, as compared to capitalized curriculum development costs of $2.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. These investments were primarily attributable to the development of courses for our high school offering.
 
Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $0.3 million, an increase of $0.2 million, from $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in net interest expense is primarily due to interest charges on increased capital lease obligations and borrowings on our line of credit.
 
Income Taxes.   Our provision for income taxes for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $2.6 million. This was offset by a $9.7 million tax benefit we recognized as we were able to utilize a portion of our net deferred tax assets that were fully reserved for in prior periods. Our provision for income taxes was $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006, primarily attributable to state tax liabilities and the use of net operating loss carry-forwards that were fully reserved for in prior periods.
 
Net Income.   Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $12.8 million, representing an increase of $8.1 million, or 172.3%, as compared to net income of $4.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. Net income as a percentage of revenues increased to 21.6% for the three months ended September 30, 2007, as compared to 12.6% for the three months ended September 30, 2006, as a result of the factors discussed above.
 
Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006
 
Revenues.   Our revenues for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $140.6 million, representing an increase of $23.7 million, or 20.3%, as compared to revenues of $116.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. Average enrollments increased 33.6% to 27,005 for the year ended June 30, 2007 from 20,220 for the year ended June 30, 2006. Primarily offsetting the increased revenues related to enrollment growth, was a decline in average revenues per enrollment resulting from the impact of a substantial reduction in the percentage of enrollments associated with schools to which we provide turnkey management services, as a school to which we formerly provided turnkey management services switched to limited service contracts. For the year ended June 30, 2007, 76.9% of our enrollments were associated with turnkey management service schools, down from 91.7% for the corresponding period in 2006. The increase in average enrollments was primarily attributable to enrollment growth in existing states. New school openings in Washington and in Chicago, where we opened our first hybrid school, contributed approximately 7% to enrollment growth. In addition, we launched 10th grade in August 2006 attracting new students as well as prior year 9th grade students. High school enrollments contributed approximately 8% to overall enrollment growth. Price increases of approximately 2% also generated additional revenues. Finally, increased


41


 

operating deficits at certain schools partially offset the growth in revenues. These deficits were attributable to greater school operating expenses required to support increased enrollment and high school services as well as school funding adjustments of approximately $1.0 million each in schools we operate in California and Colorado resulting from enrollment audits. See “Business — Distribution Channels.”
 
Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.   Instructional costs and services expenses for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $76.1 million, representing an increase of $11.3 million, or 17.4% as compared to instructional costs and services of $64.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to a $6.6 million increase in expenses to operate and manage the schools and a $4.7 million increase in costs to supply books, educational materials and computers to students, including depreciation and amortization. As a percentage of revenues, instructional costs decreased by 1.4% to 54.1% for the year ended June 30, 2007, as compared to 55.5% for the year ended June 30, 2006. The decrease in instructional cost and service expenses as a percentage of revenues is primarily due to lower costs associated with a renegotiated management and services agreement, partially offset by a shift in the mix of enrollments to schools with higher operating costs and the start-up costs of new schools.
 
Selling, Administrative, and Other Operating Expenses .  Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses for year ended June 30, 2007 were $51.2 million, representing an increase of $9.5 million, or 22.8%, as compared to selling, administrative and other operating expenses of $41.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. This increase is primarily attributable to a $2.9 million increase in marketing, advertising and selling expenses and a $3.1 million increase in professional services. In addition, there was a $2.7 million increase in personnel costs primarily due to increased headcount and higher average salaries due to annual salary increases in fiscal year 2007. As a percentage of revenues, selling, administrative, and other operating expenses increased slightly to 36.4% for the year ended June 30, 2007 compared to 35.6% for the year ended June 30, 2006.
 
Product Development Expenses.   Product development expenses for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $8.6 million, relatively stable compared to product development expenses of $8.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. Employee headcount and contract labor increased, but was offset by greater utilization of these resources for capitalized curriculum. As a percentage of revenues, product development expenses declined to 6.1% for the year ended June 30, 2007 from 7.3% for the year ended June 30, 2006. Capitalized curriculum development costs for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $8.7 million, representing an increase of $8.0 million, as compared to capitalized curriculum development costs of $0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to the development of courses for our high school offering.
 
Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.6 million, an increase of $0.1 million, or 31%, from $0.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. The increase in net interest expense is primarily due to interest charges on increased capital lease obligations.
 
Income Taxes.   Our provision for income taxes for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.2 million, compared with no provision for the year ended June 30, 2006. Our tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2007 is primarily attributable to state tax liabilities. Effectively, no tax expense was recorded for the year ended June 30, 2006, as we were able to utilize net operating loss carry-forwards that were fully reserved for in prior periods.
 
Net Income.   Net income for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $3.9 million, representing an increase of $2.5 million, or 179%, as compared to net income of $1.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. Net income as a percentage of revenues increased to 2.8% for the year ended June 30, 2007, as compared to 1.2% for the year ended June 30, 2006, as a result of the factors discussed above.
 
Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
 
Revenues.   Our revenues for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $116.9 million, representing an increase of $31.6 million, or 37.0%, as compared to revenues of $85.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. Average enrollments increased 33.9% to 20,220 for the year ended June 30, 2006 from 15,097 average enrollments for the year ended June 30, 2005. Our enrollment growth was primarily attributable to enrollment growth in existing states. In addition, enrollment growth was driven by the addition of the 9th grade which attracted new students in addition to students enrolled in 8th grade in the prior year. Enrollments in 9th grade contributed approximately 7% to overall enrollment growth. Also, average price increases of approximately 4% were implemented in July 2005. Partially


42


 

offsetting growth in revenues as compared to enrollment growth was growth in the percentage of enrollments attributable to schools where we earn limited or no services revenues. Enrollments associated with schools to which we provide turnkey management services declined from 91.7% for the year ended June 30, 2006 from 94.7% for the corresponding period in 2005. Finally, increased operating deficits at certain schools partially offset the growth in revenues. These deficits were primarily attributable to greater school operating expenses to support increased enrollment and high school services. Included in these deficits is the impact of disallowed enrollments resulting from a regulatory audit in Colorado totaling $0.9 million. See “Business — Distribution Channels.”
 
Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.   Instructional costs and services expenses for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $64.8 million, representing an increase of $15.7 million, or 31.9%, as compared to instructional costs and services of $49.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. This increase was primarily attributable to a $9.0 million increase in expenses to operate and manage the schools, and a $6.6 million increase in costs to supply books, educational materials and computers to students. As a percentage of revenues, instructional costs and services decreased to 55.5% for the year ended June 30, 2006, as compared to 57.6% for the year ended June 30, 2005. The decrease in instructional costs and services as a percentage of revenues is primarily due to economies in scale in the operation of the virtual public schools partially offset by higher costs for books and materials.
 
Selling, Administrative, and Other Operating Expenses.   Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $41.7 million, representing an increase of $11.7 million, or 38.7%, as compared to selling, administrative and other operating expenses of $30.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable, to a $4.1 million increase in personnel costs primarily due to increased headcount and higher average salaries due to annual salary increases in fiscal year 2006. In addition, professional services expenses increased by $3.4 million and marketing, advertising and selling expenses by $1.5 million. As a percentage of revenues, selling, administrative, and other operating expenses remained relatively stable at 35.6% for the year ended June 30, 2006 compared to 35.2% for the year ended June 30, 2005.
 
Product Development Expenses.   Product development expenses for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $8.6 million, representing a decrease of $0.8 million, or 8.9%, as compared to product development expenses of $9.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. This decrease is primarily attributable to a year over year decrease of $2.9 million in impairment charges. Offsetting this decrease is an increase in personnel and contract labor. As a percentage of revenues, product development expenses decreased to 7.3% for the year ended June 30, 2006 compared to 11.0% for the year ended June 30, 2005. This decrease is primarily attributable to the factors described above and our ability to leverage these costs over an increasing number of enrollments. Capitalized curriculum development costs for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $0.7 million, representing a decrease of $3.1 million, as compared to capitalized curriculum development costs of $3.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. This decrease was primarily due to reduced curriculum development efforts as we launched our 9th grade offering with third-party curriculum.
 
Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2006 was $0.5 million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 66.7%, from $0.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. The increase in interest expense is primarily due to debt of $4.0 million borrowed in June 2005.
 
Income Taxes.   Our provision for income taxes for the year ended June 30, 2006 was zero as we were able to utilize net operating loss carry-forwards that were fully reserved for in prior periods. We also recorded no income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2005 as the Company had a net loss.
 
Net Income (Loss).   Net income for the year ended June 30, 2006 was $1.4 million, representing an increase of $4.9 million as compared to a net loss of $3.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. Net income as a percentage of revenues was 1.2% for the year ended June 30, 2006, as compared to a net loss of 4.1% for the year ended June 30, 2005, as a result of the factors discussed above.


43


 

Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the eight most recent quarters, as well as each line item expressed as a percentage of total revenues. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for such periods. This data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period
 
                                                                         
    Three Months Ended  
    Sep 30, 2005     Dec 31, 2005     Mar 31, 2006     Jun 30, 2006     Sep 30, 2006     Dec 31, 2006     Mar 31, 2007     Jun 30, 2007     Sep 30, 2007  
 
Revenues
  $ 31,176     $ 28,245     $ 30,667     $ 26,814     $ 37,743     $ 32,356     $ 34,831     $ 35,626     $ 59,353  
Cost and expenses
                                                                       
Instructional costs and services
    17,416       15,696       15,361       16,355       19,177       18,022       17,904       20,961       34,778  
Selling, administrative, and other
    8,742       8,402       11,259       13,257       11,385       11,030       12,644       16,100       16,039  
Product development expenses
    1,864       1,862       1,861       2,981       2,206       1,566       2,083       2,756       2,527  
                                                                         
Total costs and expenses
    28,022       25,960       28,481       32,593       32,768       30,618       32,631       39,817       53,344  
                                                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    3,154       2,285       2,186       (5,779 )     4,975       1,738       2,200       (4,191 )     6,009  
Interest expense, net
    (135 )     (127 )     (132 )     (94 )     (94 )     (263 )     (117 )     (165 )     (304 )
                                                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    3,019       2,158       2,054       (5,873 )     4,881       1,475       2,083       (4,356 )     5,705  
Income tax benefit (expense)
                            (146 )     (30 )     (51 )     9       7,117  
                                                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,019     $ 2,158     $ 2,054     $ (5,873 )   $ 4,735     $ 1,445     $ 2,032     $ (4,347 )   $ 12,822  
                                                                         
 
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:
 
                                                                         
    Three Months Ended  
    Sep 30, 2005     Dec 31, 2005     Mar 31, 2006     Jun 30, 2006     Sep 30, 2006     Dec 31, 2006     Mar 31, 2007     Jun 30, 2007     Sep 30, 2007  
 
Revenues
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost and expenses
                                                                       
Instructional costs and services
    56       56       50       61       51       56       52       59       59  
Selling, administrative, and other
    28       30       37       50       30       34       36       45       27  
Product development expenses
    6       6       6       11       6       5       6       8       4  
                                                                         
Total costs and expenses
    90       92       93       122       87       95       94       112       90  
                                                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    10       8       7       (22 )     13       5       6       (12 )     10  
Interest expense, net
                                  (1 )                  
                                                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    10       8       7       (22 )     13       4       6       (12 )     10  
Income tax benefit (expense), net
                                                    12  
                                                                         
Net income (loss)
    10 %     8 %     7 %     (22 )%     13 %     4 %     6 %     (12 )%     22 %
                                                                         


44


 

Discussion of Quarterly Results of Operations
 
Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to the number of months that our virtual public school are fully operational and serving students in a fiscal quarter. While school administrative offices are generally open year round, a school typically serves students during a 10 month academic year. A school’s academic year will typically start in August or September, our first fiscal quarter, and finish in May or June, our fourth fiscal quarter. Consequently, our first and fourth fiscal quarters may have fewer than three months of full operations when compared to the second and third fiscal quarters.
 
In the first and fourth fiscal quarters, online curriculum and computer revenues are generally lower as these revenues are primarily earned during the school academic year which may provide for only one or two months of these revenues in these quarters versus the second and third fiscal quarters. In addition, we ship materials to students in the beginning of the school year, our first fiscal quarter, generally resulting in higher materials revenues and margin in the first fiscal quarter versus other quarters. The overall impact of these factors is partially offset by students enrolling after the start of the academic year. The seasonality of our business produces higher revenues in the first fiscal quarter.
 
Operating expenses are also seasonal. Instruction costs and services expenses will increase in the first fiscal quarter primarily due to the costs incurred to ship student materials at the beginning of the school year. Instructional costs may increase significantly quarter-to-quarter as school operating expenses increase. For example, enrollment growth will require additional teaching staff, thereby increasing salary and benefits expense. School events may be seasonal, (e.g. professional development and community events,) impacting the quarterly change in instructional costs. The majority of our marketing and selling expenses are incurred in the first and fourth fiscal quarters, as our primary enrollment season is July through September.
 
Financial Condition
 
Certain accounts in our balance sheet are subject to seasonal fluctuations. The bulk of our materials are shipped to students prior to the beginning of the school year, usually in July or August. In order to prepare for the upcoming school year, we generally build up inventories during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. Therefore, inventories tend to be at the highest levels at the end of our fiscal year. In the first quarter of our fiscal year, inventories tend to decline significantly as materials are shipped to students. Accounts receivable balances tend to be at the highest levels in the first quarter of our fiscal year as we begin billing for all enrolled students and our billing arrangements include upfront fees for many of the elements of our offering. These upfront fees along with direct sales of subscriptions to private customers result in seasonal fluctuations to our deferred revenue balances. In general, this deferred revenue has not been a significant source of funds to the Company since the offsetting entry is usually to accounts receivable. In a few cases, virtual public schools may have funds to pay these invoices in a timely manner and this provides the Company with liquidity. However, in most cases, schools receive funding over the course of the year and pay invoices in a corresponding manner. Thus, liquidity associated with increases in deferred revenue is usually offset by increased accounts receivable balances. Since the upfront fees are charged to the schools at the time of enrollment, deferred revenue balances related to the schools tend to be highest in the first quarter, when the majority of students enroll. Since the deferred revenue is amortized over the course of the school year, which ends in June, the balance would be at its lowest at the end of our fiscal year. The deferred revenue related to our direct-to-consumer business results from advance payments for twelve and twenty-four month subscriptions to our on-line school. These advance payments are amortized over the life of the subscription and tend to be highest at the end of the fourth quarter and first quarter, when the majority of subscriptions are sold. Year end balances in deferred revenue are primarily related to the direct-to-consumer sales. Billings related to the direct-to-consumer sales are small relative to those of public virtual schools; however, they do represent a source of liquidity.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As of September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities during the three months ended September 30, 2007, was $2.7 million.
 
We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures during the three months ended September 30, 2007 through cash provided by operating activities, capital lease financing and short-term debt. During the years


45


 

ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we financed our operating activities and capital expenditures through a combination of cash provided by operating activities, long-term debt and capital lease financing. Prior to 2005, we financed our operating activities and capital expenditures primarily with sales of equity to private investors. From the Company’s founding in 2000 through December 2003, we raised over $115 million from the sale of equity.
 
In December 2006, we entered into a $15 million revolving credit agreement with PNC Bank (the Credit Agreement). Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, we agreed that the proceeds of the term loan facility were to be used primarily for working capital requirements and other general business or corporate purposes. Because of the seasonality of our business and timing of funds received, the school expenditures are higher in relation to funds received in certain periods during the year. The Credit Agreement provides the ability to fund these periods until cash is received from the schools; therefore, borrowings against the Credit Agreement are primarily going to be short-term.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based upon the term of the borrowings. Interest is charged, at our option, either at: (i) the higher of (a) the rate of interest announced by PNC Bank from time to time as its “prime rate” and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%; or (ii) the applicable London interbank offered rate (LIBOR) divided by a number equal to 1.00 minus the maximum aggregate reserve requirement which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “eurocurrency liabilities” plus the applicable margin for such loans, which ranges between 1.250% and 1.750%, based on the leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). We pay a quarterly commitment fee which varies between 0.150% and 0.250% on the unused portion of the credit agreement (depending on the leverage ratio). The working capital line includes a $5.0 million letter of credit facility. Issuances of letters of credit reduce the availability of permitted borrowings under the Credit Agreement.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets. The Credit Agreement contains a number of financial and other covenants that, among other things, restrict our and our subsidiaries’ abilities to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens or other security interests, make certain investments, become liable for contingent liabilities, make specified restricted payments including dividends, dispose of assets or stock, including the stock of its subsidiaries, or make capital expenditures above specified limits and engage in other matters customarily restricted in senior secured credit facilities. We must also maintain a minimum net worth (as defined in the credit agreement) and maximum debt leverage ratios. These covenants are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. Through September 30, 2007, we were in compliance with these covenants.
 
As of September 30, 2007, $12.5 million of borrowings were outstanding on the working capital line of credit and approximately $2.3 million outstanding for letters of credit. On October 5, 2007, we amended the Credit Agreement to increase the borrowing limit from $15 million to $20 million under substantially the same terms. This agreement expires on December 20, 2009. From October 1, 2007 to October 31, 2007, the Company borrowed additional funds of $4.0 million under the Credit Agreement at an interest rate of 6.4%. On November 2, 2007, the Company repaid $1.5 million of the outstanding balance on the working capital line of credit.
 
One of our subsidiaries has an equipment lease line of credit for new purchases with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company that expires on March 31, 2008 for new purchases on the line of credit. The interest rate on new borrowings under the equipment lease line is set quarterly. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we borrowed $7.0 million to finance the purchase of student computers and related equipment at an interest rate of 8.8%. These leases include a 36-month payment term with a bargain purchase option at the end of the term. Accordingly, we include this equipment in property and equipment and the related liability in capital lease obligations. In addition, we have pledged the assets financed with the equipment lease line to secure the amounts outstanding.
 
A substantial portion of our revenues are generated through our contractual arrangements with virtual public schools. The virtual public schools are generally funded on a per student basis by their state and local governments and the timing of funding varies by state. Funding receipts by an individual school may vary over the year and may be in arrears. Because our receivables represent obligations indirectly due from governments, we have not historically had an issue with non-payment and believe the risk of non-payment is minimal although we cannot guarantee this will continue.
 
Our operating requirements consist primarily of day-to-day operating expenses, capital expenditures and contractual obligations with respect to facility leases, capital equipment leases and other operating leases. Capital


46


 

expenditures are expected to increase in the next several years as we invest in additional courses, new releases of existing courses and purchase computers to support increases in virtual school enrollments. We expect our capital expenditures in the next 12 months will be approximately $22 million to $30 million for curriculum development and related systems as well as computers for students. We expect to be able to fund these capital expenditures with cash generated from operations, short-term debt and capital lease financing. We lease all of our office facilities. We expect to make future payments on existing leases from cash generated from operations. In addition, our Board of Directors has approved a cash dividend on our Series C Preferred Stock, contingent upon the closing of this offering, of approximately $6.4 million. We believe that our existing cash balances and continued cash generated from operations, our revolving credit facility, and in-part, the net proceeds from this offering and from the Regulation S Transaction, will provide sufficient resources to fund the cash dividend on the Series C Preferred Stock and to meet our projected operating requirements, start-up costs to open new schools, and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. In addition, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering and from the Regulation S Transaction will allow us to meet our long-term liquidity needs and provide us with the financial flexibility to execute our strategic objectives, including the ability to make acquisitions and strategic investments. Our ability to generate cash, however, is subject to our performance, general economic conditions, industry trends and other factors. To the extent that funds from this offering and from the Regulation S Transaction, combined with existing cash and operating cash flow are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing.
 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash used in operating activities during the three months ended September 30, 2007, was $2.7 million. Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $5.6 million, $3.6 million and $9.7 million, respectively.
 
The cash used in operations during the three months ended September 30, 2007 was primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable of $34.2 million, an increase in deferred tax assets of $7.1 million and a decrease in accrued compensation and benefits of $2.9 million. This was primarily offset by net income of $12.8 million, an increase in deferred revenue of $12.6 million, a decrease in inventory of $7.0 million, an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities totaling $6.5 million and depreciation and amortization of $2.3 million.
 
The cash provided by operations in fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to net income of $3.9 million, depreciation and amortization of $7.4 million and increases in deferred revenue of $1.2 million and accrued compensation and benefits of $1.1 million. This was primarily offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $3.2 million, an increase in inventory of $2.8 million, a change in accounts receivable allowance of $0.9 million, and a decrease in accrued liabilities of $0.8 million. The change in accounts receivable allowance of $0.9 million was related to the write-off of accounts receivable that were fully reserved in prior years and attempts to collect were unsuccessful. Because these accounts were fully reserved in prior years, there was no impact on our results of operations for the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
The cash provided by operations in fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to net income of $1.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $5.0 million, an increase in accounts payable of $1.6 million, an increase of accrued compensation and benefits of $1.8 million, and an increase in deferred rent of $1.6 million. This was primarily offset by an increase in inventory of $5.4 million and an increase of accounts receivable of $2.7 million.
 
The cash provided by operations in fiscal year 2005 was primarily due to depreciation and amortization of $5.5 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of $3.4 million, impairment charges of $3.3 million, an increase in accrued liabilities of $1.2 million, and an increase in accrued compensation and benefits of $1.0 million. This was primarily offset by a net loss of $3.5 million and an increase in inventories, prepaid and other assets of $1.5 million.
 
Investing Activities
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $3.4 million. Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $14.0 million, $11.5 million and $8.5 million, respectively.


47


 

 
Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was primarily due to capitalized curriculum of $1.6 million and purchases of property and equipment of $1.5 million. This does not include $7.0 million of student computers financed with capital leases. Purchases of property and equipment for the fiscal year ended 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $5.4 million, $10.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively. In fiscal year 2007, we also financed, with capital leases, purchases of property and equipment and student computers of $8.1 million. In fiscal year 2005, we also financed with capital leases, purchases of student computers in the amount of $0.4 million. Capitalized curriculum for the fiscal year ended 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $8.7 million, $0.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $7.4 million. This was primarily due to $11.0 million in borrowings against our revolving credit facility.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.7 million. This was primarily due to the release of cash from a restricted escrow account of $2.3 million, a bank overdraft of $1.6 million, and net borrowings from our revolving credit facility of $1.5 million. This was offset by a payment on a related party note payable of $4.0 million and repayments of capital lease obligations of $1.4 million. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal year 2006 was $2.6 million primarily attributable to cash invested in a restricted escrow account of $2.2 million and repayments for capital lease obligations of $0.4 million.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year 2005 was $2.9 million primarily due to proceeds from a related party note payable of $4.0 million and the release of cash from a restricted escrow account of $2.2 million. This was partially offset by repayments of capital lease obligations of $3.4 million.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
Our contractual obligations consist primarily of leases for office space, capital leases for equipment and other operating leases. The following summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of September 30, 2007:
 
                                                         
    For the Twelve Months Ending September 30,  
    Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Contractual Obligations at September 30, 2007
                                                       
Capital leases (1)
  $ 14,686     $ 6,105     $ 5,520     $ 3,061     $     $     $  
Operating leases
    16,712       2,126       2,130       1,396       1,404       1,376       8,280  
Line of credit (2)
    12,500       12,500                                          
Long-term obligations (1)
    335       193       101       41                          
                                                         
Total
  $ 44,233     $ 20,924     $ 7,751     $ 4,498     $ 1,404     $ 1,376     $ 8,280  
                                                         
 
(1) Includes interest expense.
(2) Pertains to revolving line of credit and excludes interest expense due to short-term repayment period.
 
Under most contracts, we provide the virtual schools we manage with turnkey management services and take responsibility for any operating deficits that the school may incur. These deficits are recorded as a reduction in revenues, and therefore are not included as a commitment or obligation in the above table.
 
In connection with our service agreement with the Northern Ozaukee School District (and the Wisconsin Virtual Academy), there is an indemnification provision which arguably could be asserted by the school district for certain expenses in the event the plaintiff prevails and the Court enjoins open enrollment payments to the district that otherwise would cover those expenses. We have assessed the likelihood of a claim as remote, and therefore it has not been included as a commitment or obligation in the table above.


48


 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.
 
Impact of Inflation
 
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for any of the years in the three year period ended June 30, 2007. We cannot assure you that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling $2.9 million, $1.7 million and $9.5 million as of September 30, 2007, June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively. Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are maintained primarily in non-interest bearing accounts and are used for working capital purposes. Because we currently do not have balances in interest bearing accounts, fluctuations in interest rates would not have a material impact on our investment income.
 
Our interest rate exposure is related to short-term debt obligations under our revolving credit facility. A significant portion of our interest expense is based upon changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate. Due to the short-term nature of our outstanding debt subject to variable interest rates as of September 30, 2007 of $12.5 million, fluctuations in the LIBOR rate would not have a material impact on our interest expense.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
 
We currently do not operate in a foreign country or transact business in a foreign currency and therefore we are not subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. However, we intend to pursue opportunities in international markets in the future. If we enter into any material transactions in a foreign currency or establish or acquire any subsidiaries that measure and record their financial condition and results of operation in a foreign currency, we will be exposed to currency transaction risk and/or currency translation risk. Exchange rates between U.S. dollars and many foreign currencies have fluctuated significantly over the last few years and may continue to do so in the future. Accordingly, we may decide in the future to undertake hedging strategies to minimize the effect of currency fluctuations on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, which revised SFAS No. 123, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using APB Opinion No. 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the statements of operations. We adopted SFAS No. 123R for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
In February 2006, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 155 (SFAS No. 155), Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 . This Statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. At adoption, any difference between the total carrying amount of the individual components of the existing bifurcated hybrid financial instrument and the fair value of the combined hybrid financial instrument should be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 . FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes


49


 

recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . This interpretation defines the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. We determined the impact of FIN 48 will not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157 (SFAS No. 157), Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of this statement on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (SFAS No. 159), The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This statement permits companies and not-for-profit organizations to make a one-time election to carry eligible types of financial assets and liabilities at fair value, even if fair value measurement is not required under GAAP. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted if the decision to adopt the standard is made after the issuance of this statement but within 120 days after the first day of the fiscal year of adoption, provided no financial statements have yet been issued for any interim period and provided the requirements of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, are adopted concurrently with SFAS No. 159. The Company does not believe that it will adopt the provisions of this statement.


50


 

 
BUSINESS
 
Our Company
 
We are a technology-based education company. We offer proprietary curriculum and educational services created for online delivery to students in kindergarten through 12th grade, or K-12. Our mission is to maximize a child’s potential by providing access to an engaging and effective education, regardless of geographic location or socio-economic background. Since our inception, we have invested more than $100 million to develop curriculum and an online learning platform that promotes mastery of core concepts and skills for students of all abilities. This learning system combines a cognitive research-based curriculum with an individualized learning approach well-suited for virtual schools and other educational applications. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased average enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve from approximately 11,000 students to 27,000 students, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 35%. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we increased average enrollments 50% to approximately 39,500, as compared to the same period in the prior year. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased revenues from $71.4 million to $140.6 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 25%, and improved from a net loss of $7.4 million to net income of $3.9 million. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we increased revenues to $59.4 million, representing a growth rate of 57%, as compared to the same period in the prior year. Over the same period, we increased net income to $5.7 million (excluding an income tax benefit of $7.1 million) from $4.7 million.
 
We believe we are unique in the education industry because of our direct involvement in every component of the educational development and delivery process. Most educational content, software and service providers typically concentrate on only a portion of that process, such as publishing textbooks, managing schools or providing testing and assessment services. This traditional segmented approach has resulted in an uncoordinated and unsatisfactory education for many students. Unburdened by legacy, we have taken a holistic approach to the design of our learning system. We have developed an engaging curriculum which includes online lessons delivered over our proprietary school platform. We combine this with a rigorous system to test and assess students and processes to manage school performance and compliance. In addition, our professional development programs enable teachers to better utilize technology for instruction. Our end-to-end learning system is designed to maximize the performance of the schools we serve and enhance student academic achievement.
 
As evidence of the benefit of our holistic approach, the virtual public schools we serve generally test near, and in some cases above, state averages on standardized achievement tests. These results have been achieved despite the enrollment of a significant number of new students each school year who have had limited exposure to our learning system prior to taking these required state tests. Students using our learning system for at least three years usually perform better on standardized tests relative to state averages than students using it for one year or less. The efficacy of our learning system has also helped us achieve high levels of customer satisfaction. According to a 2006 internal survey of parents of students enrolled in virtual public schools we serve, approximately 97% of respondents stated that they were either satisfied or very satisfied with our curriculum and 95% of respondents stated that they would recommend our curriculum to other families.
 
We deliver our learning system to students primarily through virtual public schools. As with any public school, these schools must meet state educational standards, administer proctored exams and are subject to fiscal oversight. The fundamental difference is that students attend virtual public schools primarily over the Internet instead of traveling to a physical classroom. In their online learning environment, students receive assignments, complete lessons, and obtain instruction from certified teachers with whom they interact online, telephonically, and face-to-face. Many states have embraced virtual public schools as a means to provide families with a publicly funded alternative to a traditional classroom-based education. For parents who believe their child is not thriving and for whom relocating or private school is not an option, virtual public schools can provide a compelling choice. This widespread availability makes them the “most public” of schools. From an education policy standpoint, virtual public schools often represent a savings to the taxpayers when compared with traditional public schools because they are generally funded at a lower per pupil level than the per pupil state average reported by the U.S. Department of Education. Finally, because parents are not required to pay tuition, virtual public schools make our learning system available to the broadest range of students.


51


 

We offer virtual schools our proprietary curriculum, online learning platform and varying levels of academic and management services, which can range from targeted programs to complete turnkey solutions, under long-term contracts. These contracts provide the basis for a recurring revenue stream as students progress through successive grades. Additionally, without the requirement of a physical classroom, virtual schools can be scaled quickly to accommodate a large dispersed student population, and allow more capital resources to be allocated towards teaching, curriculum and technology rather than towards a physical infrastructure.
 
Substantially all of our enrollments are served through 25 virtual public schools to which we provide full turnkey solutions and seven virtual public schools to which we provide limited management services. With the exception of a school we manage in Chicago, these schools are able to enroll students on a statewide basis in 17 states and the District of Columbia. In contrast, a small number of enrollments are served by an additional 27 schools that only enroll students in a single school district in these and other states. The services we provide to these districts are designed to assist them in launching their own distance learning programs and vary according to the needs of the individual school districts. These services generally consist of our student account management systems, administrator and teacher training programs, and student placement support. Parents can also purchase our curriculum and online learning platform directly to facilitate or supplement their children’s education. Additionally, we have piloted our curriculum in brick and mortar classrooms with promising academic results. We also believe there is additional widespread applicability for our learning system internationally.
 
Families that choose our learning system for their children come from a broad range of social, economic and academic backgrounds. They share, however, the desire for an individualized learning program to maximize their children’s potential. Examples include, but are not limited to, families with: (i) students seeking to learn faster or slower than they could in a “one size fits all” traditional classroom; (ii) safety concerns about their local school; (iii) students with disabilities for which traditional classrooms are problematic; (iv) students with geographic or travel constraints; and (v) student athletes and performers who are not able to attend regularly scheduled classes. Our individualized learning approach allows students to optimize their individual academic performance and, therefore, their chances of achieving their goals.
 
Our History
 
We were founded in 2000 to utilize the advances in technology to provide children access to a high-quality public school education regardless of their geographic location or socio-economic background. Given the geographic flexibility of technology-based education, we believed that the pursuit of this mission could help address the growing concerns regarding the regionalized disparity in the quality of public school education, both in the United States and abroad. These concerns were reflected in the passage of the No Child Left Behind (NCLB) Act in 2000, which implemented new standards and accountability requirements for public K-12 education. The convergence of these concerns and rapid advances in Internet technology created the opportunity to make a significant impact by deploying a high quality learning system on a flexible, online platform.
 
In September 2001, after 18 months of research and development on our curriculum, we launched our kindergarten through 2nd grade offering. We initially launched our learning system in virtual public schools in Pennsylvania and Colorado, serving approximately 900 students in the two states combined. During the 2002-03 school year, we added our 3rd through 5th grade offering and entered into contracts to operate virtual public schools in California, Idaho, Ohio, Minnesota and Arkansas, increasing our average enrollment to approximately 5,900 students during the 2002-03 school year. For the 2003-04 school year, we added our 6th and 7th grade offerings. During the 2004-05 school year, we added our 8th grade offering and entered into contracts to operate virtual public schools in Wisconsin, Arizona and Florida. By the end of the 2004-05 school year, we had increased enrollment to approximately 15,100 students. In the 2005-06 school year, we added contracts to operate virtual public schools in Washington, Illinois and Texas. Additionally during the 2006-07 school year, we implemented a hybrid school offering in Chicago that combines face-to-face time in the classroom with online instruction. We recently entered the virtual high school market, enrolling 9th and 10th grade students at the start of the 2005-06 and 2006-07 school years, respectively, and enrolling 11th and 12th grade students at the start of the 2007-08 school year.
 
We believe we have significant growth potential. Therefore over the last three years, we have put a great deal of effort into developing the infrastructure necessary to scale our business. We further developed our logistics and


52


 

technological infrastructure and implemented sophisticated financial systems to allow us to more effectively operate a large and growing company.
 
Our Market
 
The U.S. market for K-12 education is large and growing. For example:
 
  •  According to the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), a division of the U.S. Department of Education, there were more than 49 million students in K-12 public schools during the 2005-06 school year. In addition, according to National Home Education Research, approximately two million students are home schooled and, according to a March 2006 NCES report, approximately five million students are enrolled in private schools.
 
  •  According to the NCES, the public school system alone encompassed more than 98,000 schools and 17,000 districts during the 2005-06 school year.
 
  •  The NCES estimates that total spending in the public K-12 market was $558 billion for the 2005-06 school year.
 
Parents and lawmakers are demanding increased standards and accountability in an effort to improve academic performance in U.S. public schools. As a result, each state is now required to establish performance standards and to regularly assess student progress relative to these standards. We expect continued focus on academic standards, assessments and accountability in the near future.
 
Many parents and educators are also seeking alternatives to traditional classroom-based education that can help improve academic achievement. Demand for these alternatives is evident in the growing number of choices available to parents and students. For example, charter schools emerged in 1988 to provide an alternative to traditional public schools. Currently, 40 states and the District of Columbia have passed charter school legislation and there are approximately 4,000 charter schools in the U.S. with an estimated enrollment of over 1.1 million students according to the Center for Education Reform. Similarly, acceptance of online learning initiatives, including not only virtual schools but also online testing and Internet-based professional development, has become widespread. As of September 2006, 38 states had established some form of online learning initiative, and Michigan recently became the first state to pass legislation mandating that high school students take part in an “online learning experience” in order to graduate.
 
Virtual public schools represent one approach to online learning that is gaining acceptance. According to the Center for Education Reform, as of January 2007 there were 173 virtual schools with total enrollment exceeding 92,000 students, operating in 18 states compared to just 86 virtual schools in 13 states with total enrollment of 31,000 students in the 2004-05 school year. Virtual schools can offer a comprehensive curriculum and flexible delivery model; therefore, we believe that a growing number of families will pursue virtual public schools as an attractive public school alternative. Given these statistics and the nascence of this market, we believe there is a significant opportunity for a high-quality, trusted, national education provider to serve virtual public schools.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe the following to be our key competitive strengths:
 
Proprietary Curriculum Specifically Designed for a Technology-Enabled Environment.   We specifically designed our curriculum for online learning, in contrast to other online curriculum providers who often just digitize classroom textbooks for transmission over the Internet. Our lessons utilize a combination of innovative technologies, including flash animations, online interactivity and real-time individualized feedback, which we combine with textbooks and other offline course materials to create an engaging and highly effective curriculum. Our curriculum contains more than 11,000 discrete lessons, each of which addresses specific learning objectives and can be utilized in the manner most appropriate for each student. We continuously measure student performance and use this information to improve our curriculum and drive greater, more consistent academic achievement, a valuable competitive advantage we enjoy by virtue of our integration into all aspects of the educational development and


53


 

delivery process. We believe our curriculum is the most advanced cognitive research-based curriculum in K-12 education.
 
Flexible, Integrated Online Learning Platform.   Our online learning platform provides a highly flexible and effective means for delivering educational content to students. Our platform offers assessment capabilities to identify the current and targeted academic level of achievement for each individual student, and then incorporates this information into a detailed lesson plan. As students progress through their studies, our learning platform measures mastery of each learning objective to ensure that students grasp each concept prior to proceeding to the next lesson. Additionally, our learning platform updates each student’s lesson plan for completed lessons and enables us to track the effectiveness of each lesson with each student on a real-time basis. Finally, the fact that our learning system is Internet-based allows us to update our proprietary content and incorporate user feedback on a real-time basis. For example, our content for the 2006-07 school year reflected the fact that Pluto is no longer considered a planet, which was announced in August 2006.
 
Expertise in Opening Channels for Virtual Schooling.   Our education policy experts and established relationships with key educational authorities have allowed us to participate effectively in advocating for virtual public schools. Specifically, we have demonstrated our expertise in helping individual educational policymakers understand the benefits of virtual schools and in managing the regulatory requirements once new virtual schools are opened. Since our inception, we have partnered with individual state governing bodies to establish highly effective, publicly funded education alternatives for parents and their children. Our experience in opening up these new channels gives us a valuable first-mover advantage over potential competitors.
 
Track Record of Student Achievement and Customer Satisfaction.   The virtual public schools we serve generally test near, and in some cases above, state averages on standardized achievement tests. These results have been achieved despite the enrollment of a significant number of new students each school year who have had limited exposure to our learning system prior to taking these required state tests. Students using our learning system for at least three years usually perform better on standardized tests relative to state averages than students using it for one year or less. Additionally, in California, the virtual public schools we serve performed in the 50th to 70th percentile of all public schools in the state during the 2005-06 school year. Among statewide virtual public schools, those using the K 12 learning system outperform other providers in terms of academic performance. The efficacy of our learning system has also helped us achieve high levels of customer satisfaction. According to a 2006 internal survey of parents of students enrolled in virtual public schools we serve, approximately 97% of respondents stated that they were either satisfied or very satisfied with our curriculum and 95% of respondents stated that they would recommend our curriculum to other families. This high degree of customer satisfaction has been a strong contributor to our growth, helps drive new student referrals and leads to re-enrollments.
 
Highly Scalable Model.   We have built our educational model systems and management team to successfully and efficiently serve the academic needs of a large dispersed student population. We generate high levels of recurring revenue as a result of our long-term contracts with schools (typically five years in length), the extended duration over which an individual student can utilize our learning system (kindergarten through 12th grade) and our high level of customer satisfaction. Since our inception, we have invested over $95 million to develop our learning system, incurring significant losses. Our ability to leverage this historical investment in our learning system and our ability to deliver our offering over the Internet enables us to successfully serve a greater number of students at a reduced level of capital investment.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We intend to pursue the following strategies to drive our future growth:
 
Generate Enrollment Growth at Existing Virtual Public Schools.   From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased average enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve from more than 11,000 students to more than 27,000 students. In the 2007-08 school year, substantially all of our enrollments are served through virtual public schools in 17 states and the District of Columbia. We intend to continue to drive increased enrollments at the virtual public schools we serve through targeted marketing and recruiting efforts as well as through referrals. Our marketing and recruiting efforts utilize both traditional and online media as well as community events to communicate the effectiveness of our solution to parents who are evaluating educational alternatives for their children. Historically, we


54


 

have also enrolled a significant number of new students each year through referrals from families who have had a positive experience with our learning system and recommended K 12 to their friends and family members.
 
Enhance Curriculum to Include a Complete High School Offering.   We believe that serving virtual public high schools represents a significant growth opportunity for online education delivery given the increased independence of high school students and the wide variance in academic achievement levels and objectives of students who are entering high school. America’s Digital Schools 2006 , a survey sponsored by Discovery Education and Pearson Education, projects that the percentage of U.S. high school students enrolled in online courses will increase from 3.8% in 2006 to 15.6% in 2011. We believe that our early offering of our integrated K-8 learning system and our experience serving K-8 virtual public schools positions us well for growth in serving virtual public high schools. In the 2005-06 and 2006-07 school years, we began enrolling 9th and 10th grade students, respectively, and with the launch of our 11th and 12th grades in the 2007-08 school year, we are able to provide a complete high school offering. We are developing our high school curriculum to satisfy the broad range of high school student interests with a broad variety of required and elective courses, supplemented by selected courses from other content providers.
 
Expand Virtual Public School Presence into Additional States.   We work closely with state policymakers and school districts to assist them in considering virtual public schools as an effective educational choice for parents and students. A virtual public school program can help state administrations or school districts quickly establish and offer an alternative to traditional classroom-based education, expanding the range of choices available to parents and students. The flexibility and comprehensiveness of our learning system allows us to efficiently adapt our curriculum to meet the individual educational standards of any state with minimal capital investment. We intend to continue to seek opportunities to assist states in establishing virtual public schools and to contract with them to provide our curriculum, online learning platform and related services.
 
Strengthen Awareness and Recognition of the K 12 Brand.   Within the virtual public school community, we enjoy strong brand recognition among parents and students as a leading provider of virtual education. Outside of this community, however, the K 12 brand is not as well recognized. We have developed a comprehensive brand strategy and intend to invest in further developing awareness of both the K 12 brand and the core philosophy behind our learning system. The recent launch of our “Unleash the x Potential” campaign is a strong first step towards this goal of creating broader brand awareness. We believe that a strong and recognized brand will result in an increased presence among virtual public schools, attract more student applications and facilitate our entry into adjacent markets.
 
Pursue International Opportunities to Offer Our Learning System.   We believe there is strong worldwide demand for high-quality, flexible education alternatives. In many countries, students seek a U.S. accredited education to gain access to higher education and improved employment opportunities. Given the highly flexible design and technology-based nature of our platform, it can be adapted to other languages and cultures efficiently and with modest capital investment. Additionally, our ability to operate virtually is not constrained by the need for a physical classroom or local teachers, which makes our learning system ideal for use internationally.
 
Develop Additional Channels Through Which to Deliver our Learning System.   We believe there are many additional channels through which the K 12 learning system can be offered. These include direct classroom instruction, hybrid models, and as a supplemental educational offering. For example, in an urban public school in Philadelphia, we piloted our K-5 curriculum in traditional classrooms and were able to generate meaningful improvements in academic performance. Additionally, we have recently implemented a hybrid classroom offering in Chicago that combines face-to-face time in the classroom with online instruction. Outside the public school channels, the flexibility of our learning system enables us to package lessons to be sold as individual products directly to parents and students. We intend to regularly evaluate additional delivery channels and to pursue opportunities where we believe there is likely to be significant demand for our offering.


55


 

Educational Philosophy
 
The design, development and delivery of our learning system is based on the following set of guiding principles:
 
  •  Apply “Tried and True” Educational Approaches for Instruction. Our learning system is designed to utilize both “tried” and “true” methods to drive academic success. “True” methodologies are based on cognitive research regarding the way in which individuals learn. We also supplement our learning system with teaching tools and methodologies that have been tested, or “tried,” and proven to be effective. This “tried and true” philosophy allows us to benefit from both decades of research about learning, and effective methods of teaching.
 
  •  Employ Technology Appropriately for Learning. While all of our courses are delivered primarily through an online platform and generally include a significant amount of online content, we employ technology only where we feel it is appropriate and can enhance the learning process. In addition to online content, our curriculum includes a rich mix of offline course materials, including engaging textbooks and hands-on materials such as phonics kits and musical instruments. We believe our balanced use of technology and offline materials helps to maximize the effectiveness of our learning system.
 
  •  Base Learning Objectives on Rich Content and “Big Ideas.” We refer to “big ideas” as the key, subconscious frameworks that serve as the foundation to a student’s future understanding of a subject matter. For example, an understanding of waves is fundamental to a physicist’s understanding of quantum mechanics; therefore, we teach 1st graders the fundamentals of waves. We use these “big ideas” to organize and provide the master objectives of every course we develop. We then utilize rich, engaging content to best communicate these concepts to students to promote mastery of the topics.
 
  •  Assess Every Objective to Ensure Mastery. Ongoing assessments are the most effective way to evaluate a student’s mastery of a lesson or concept. To facilitate effective assessment, our curriculum establishes clear objectives for each lesson. Throughout a course, each student’s progress is assessed and evaluated by a teacher at a point when each objective is expected to be mastered, providing direction for appropriate pacing. These periodic and well-timed assessments reinforce learning and promote mastery of a topic before a student moves to the next lesson or course.
 
  •  Facilitate Flexibility as the Level, Pace and Hours Spent on Each Objective Vary by Child. We believe that each student should be challenged appropriately. Generally, adequate progress for most students is to complete one academic year’s curriculum within a nine-month school year. Each individual student may take greater or fewer instructional hours and more or less effort than the average student to achieve this progress. Our learning system is designed to facilitate this flexibility in order to ensure that the appropriate amount of time and effort is allocated to each lesson.
 
  •  Prioritize Important, Complex Objectives. We have developed a clear understanding of those subjects and concepts that are difficult for students. Greater instructional effort is focused on the most important and difficult concepts and skills. We use existing research, feedback from parents and students and experienced teacher judgments to determine these priorities, and to modify our learning system to guide the allocation of each student’s time and effort.
 
Products and Services
 
Our Products
 
K 12 Curriculum
 
Our curriculum consists of the K 12 online lessons, offline learning kits and teachers’ guides. We have developed an extensive catalogue of proprietary courses, consisting of more than 11,000 lessons, designed to teach concepts to students from kindergarten through 10th grade. Each lesson is designed to last approximately 45 to 60 minutes, although students are able to work at their own pace. A single course generally consists of 120 to 180 individual lessons.


56


 

Online Lessons.   Our online lessons are accessed through our Online School (OLS) platform. Each online lesson provides the roadmap for the entire lesson including direction to specific online and offline materials, online lesson content and a summary of the major objectives for the lesson. Lessons utilize a combination of innovative technologies including flash animations and online interactivity, coordinated textbooks and hands-on materials and individualized feedback to create an engaging, responsive and highly effective curriculum. Each lesson also contains an online assessment to ensure that students have mastered the material and are ready to proceed to the next lesson, allowing them to work at their own pace. Pronunciation guides for key words and references to suggested additional resources, specific to each lesson and each student’s assessment, are also included.
 
Offline Learning Kits.   All of our courses utilize a series of offline learning kits in conjunction with the online lessons to help maximize the effectiveness of our learning system. In addition to receiving access to our online lessons through the Internet, each student receives a shipment of offline materials, including textbooks, art supplies, laboratory supplies (e.g. microscopes and scales) and other reference materials which are incorporated throughout our curriculum. This approach is consistent with our guiding principle to utilize technology where appropriate in our learning system. Most of the textbooks we use are proprietary textbooks that are written in a way that is designed to be engaging to students and to compliment the online experience. We believe that our ability to combine online lessons and offline materials so effectively is a competitive advantage.
 
Teachers’ Guides.   All of our courses are paired with a teacher’s guide. Each guide outlines the course objectives, refers back to all of the course content that is contained in the online and offline course materials, includes answers and explanations to the exercises that the students complete and contains suggestions for explaining difficult concepts to students.


57


 

 
Courses Offered
 
The following table provides a list of our proprietary courses (including 11 foreign language courses the licences of which we have acquired by virtue of our recent acquisition of Power-Glide Language Courses, Inc., a third-party content provider) and selected third-party courses (shown in italics) that we are offering during the 2007-08 school year. We also offer an additional 20 third-party courses at the high school level.
 
                 
       
English and Language Arts
 
Mathematics
 
Science
 
   





Elementary School











Middle School



High School










Elementary School






Middle School



High School
  Kindergarten Language Arts
Kindergarten Phonics
1st Grade Language Arts
1st Grade Phonics
2nd Grade Language Arts
3rd Grade Language Skills
3rd Grade Spelling
3rd Grade Literature
4th Grade Language Skills
4th Grade Spelling
4th Grade Literature
5th Grade Language Skills
5th Grade Spelling
5th Grade Literature

Intermediate Language Skills A
Intermediate Language Skills B
Intermediate Literature A
Intermediate Literature B
Literary Analysis and Composition

Literary Analysis and Composition I Foundations
Literary Analysis and Composition I
Literary Analysis and Composition II
American Literature
AP English Literature and Composition
World Literature and Language

History
Kindergarten History
1st Grade History
2nd Grade History
3rd Grade History
4th Grade History
American History Before 1865



American History Since 1865
Intermediate World History A
Intermediate World History B



Modern World Studies
World History
U.S. History
AP U.S. History
American Government and Economics
Macroeconomics
  Kindergarten Math
1st Grade Math
2nd Grade Math
3rd Grade Math
4th Grade Math
5th Grade Math









Pre-Algebra A
Pre-Algebra B
Algebra I



Pre-Algebra
Pre-Algebra Foundations
Algebra Foundations
Algebra I
Geometry
Algebra II


Art
Kindergarten Art
1st Grade Art
2nd Grade Art
3rd Grade Art
4th Grade Art
Intermediate Art: American A



Intermediate Art: American B
Intermediate Art: World A
Intermediate Art: World B


Art History
Fine Art and Art Appreciation

  Kindergarten Science
1st Grade Science
2nd Grade Science
3rd Grade Science
4th Grade Science
5th Grade Science
Kindergarten Science (classroom)
1st Grade Science (classroom)
2nd Grade Science (classroom)
3rd Grade Science (classroom)





Earth Science
Life Science
Physical Science



Earth Science Foundations
Physical Science Foundations
Biology Foundations
Earth Science
Biology
Physical Science

Music/Other
Preparatory Music
Beginning 1 Music
Beginning 2 Music
Introduction to Music
Intermediate 1 Music
Intermediate 2 Music
Intermediate 3 Music
Exploring Music

Music Concepts A
Music Concepts B




Music Appreciation
Learning Online
Physical Education
Spanish I, II, III
French I, II, III
German I, II
Latin I, II
Chinese I


58


 

 
K-8 Courses. From kindergarten through 8th grade, our courses are categorized into six major subject areas: English and Language Arts, Mathematics, Science, History, Art and Music. Our proprietary curriculum includes all of the courses that students need to complete their core kindergarten through 8th grade education. These courses focus on developing fundamental skills and teaching the key knowledge building blocks or schemas that each student will need to master the major subject areas, meet state standards and complete more advanced coursework. Unlike a traditional classroom education, our learning system offers the flexibility for each student to take courses at different grade levels in a single academic year, providing flexibility for students to progress at their own level and pace within each subject area. In addition, the flexibility of our learning system allows us to tailor our curriculum to state specific requirements. For example, we have developed eight courses specifically for use in Texas public schools.
 
High School Courses. The curriculum sought by students in each of the high school grades is much broader and varies from student to student, largely as a result of the increased flexibility in course selection required for high school students. In order to offer a full suite of courses, including the many elective courses required to meet the needs of high school students, we offer a combination of proprietary courses and selected rigorously tested courses licensed from third-parties. We have 27 proprietary high school courses for the 2007-08 school year (including eight courses that have one or more lessons that remain under development for delivery prior to their first scheduled use later in the school year). The high school students we serve using our proprietary courses account for approximately 60% of the total course enrollment of our high school students in the 2007-08 school year.
 
Online School Platform
 
Our Online School (OLS) platform is an intuitive, web-based software platform that provides access to our online lessons as well as our lesson planning and scheduling tools and our progress tracking tool, both of which serve a key role in assisting parents and teachers in managing each student’s progress. Because the OLS is a web-based platform, students, parents and teachers can access our online tools and lessons through the OLS from anywhere with an Internet connection at any time of the day or night.
 
  •  Lesson Planning and Scheduling Tools. In a school year, a typical student will complete between 800 and 1,200 lessons across six or more subject areas. Our lesson planning and scheduling tools enable teachers and parents to establish a master plan for completing these lessons. These tools are designed to dynamically update the lesson plan as a student progresses through each lesson and course, allowing flexibility to increase or decrease the pace at which the student moves through the curriculum while ensuring that the student progresses towards completion in the desired time frame. For example, the schedule can easily be adapted to accommodate a student who desires to attend school six days a week, a student who is interested in studying during the winter holidays to take time off during the spring, or a student who chooses to take two math classes a day for the first month of the school year and delay art classes until the second month of the school year. Moreover, changes can be made to the schedule at any point during the school year and the remainder of the student’s schedule will automatically adjust in the OLS.
 
  •  Progress Tracking Tools. Once a master schedule has been established, the OLS delivers lessons based upon the specified parameters. Each day, a student is initially directed to a screen listing the syllabus for that particular day and begins the school day by selecting one of the listed lessons. As each lesson is completed, the student returns to the day’s syllabus to proceed to the next subject. If a student does not complete a lesson during the session, the lesson will be rescheduled to the next day and will resume at the point where the student left off. Our progress tracking tool allows students, parents and teachers to monitor student progress. In addition, information collected by our progress tracking tool regarding student performance, attendance and other data is transferred to our proprietary management system for use in providing administrative support services.
 
Student Administration Management System
 
Our Student Administration Management System (SAMS) organizes, updates and reports information that is automatically collected through interfaces with our OLS and related management systems. SAMS collects and provides us with all of the information required to manage student enrollment and monitor student performance.


59


 

SAMS is also central to collecting and managing all administrative data required to operate a virtual public school. In addition, the information provided by SAMS feeds our proprietary Order Management System (OMS) that generates orders for offline learning kits and computers to be delivered to students.
 
Student Community Tools
 
We place a strong emphasis on the importance of building a sense of community in the schools we manage. Accordingly, we offer a combination of tools that foster communication and interaction among virtual public school students and parents. Our K 12 Community Chest website for virtual public school students includes discussion boards, blogs, games, competitions and other functions. Additionally, our K 12 Family Directory web-based tool enables parents of virtual public school students to organize online and offline social activities for their children. Parents can run searches based on criteria such as their child’s location, age or interests (such as hobbies or sports) to locate and contact other parents of children with similar interests to facilitate student interaction.
 
Our Services
 
We provide a wide array of services to students and their families as well as directly to virtual public schools. Our services can be categorized broadly into academic support services and management and technology services.
 
Academic Support Services
 
Teachers and Related Services.   Teachers are critical to the educational success of students in virtual public schools. Teachers in the virtual public schools that we serve are generally employed by the school, with the ultimate authority over these teachers residing with the school’s governing body. Under our service agreements, we recruit, train and provide management support for these teachers. Historically, we have seen significant demand for teaching positions in the virtual public schools that we serve. For example, for the virtual public schools we serve in California, we recently received approximately six applications for each teaching position filled for the 2006-07 school year.
 
We use a rigorous evaluation program for making hiring recommendations to the virtual public schools we serve. We hire teachers who, at a minimum, are state certified and meet the federal requirements for designation as a “Highly Qualified Teacher,” and generally have at least three years of teaching experience. We also seek to recruit teachers who have the skill set necessary to be successful in a virtual public school environment. Teaching in a virtual public school is characterized by heightened one-on-one student-teacher and parent-teacher interaction, so virtual public school teachers must have strong interpersonal communications skills. Additionally, a virtual public school teacher must be creative in finding ways to effectively connect with their students and integrate themselves into the daily lives of the students’ families.
 
New virtual public school teachers attend our comprehensive training program during which, among other things, they are introduced to our educational philosophy, our curriculum and our OLS and other technology applications, and are provided strategies for communicating and connecting with students and their families in a virtual public school environment. We also provide ongoing training opportunities for teachers so that they may stay abreast of changing educational standards and key learning trends, which we believe enhances their teaching abilities and effectiveness.
 
Gifted and Special Education Services.   We believe that our individualized learning system is able to effectively address the educational needs of gifted and special education students because it is self-paced and employs flexible teaching methods. For students requiring special attention, we employ a national director who is an expert on the delivery of special education services in a virtual public school environment and who oversees and directs the special education programs at the virtual public schools we serve. We direct and facilitate the development and implementation of “individualized education plans” for students with special needs. Our special education program is compliant with the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and all state special education requirements. Each special needs student is assigned a certified special education teacher who arranges for any required ancillary services, including speech and occupational therapy, and any required assistive technologies, such as special computer displays or speech recognition software.


60


 

Student Support Services.   We provide students attending virtual public schools that we serve and their families with a variety of support services to ensure that we effectively meet their educational needs and goals. Each student is assigned a guidance counselor to assist them with academic achievement planning. Additionally, we provide tutors as necessary to help students with courses that they find difficult. We also plan and coordinate social events to offer students opportunities to meet and socialize with their virtual public school peers. Finally, we offer our “K 12 HUG” (Help, Understanding and Guidance) program to address any other questions or concerns that students and their parents have during the course of their matriculation.
 
Management Services
 
Under many of our contracts, we provide virtual public schools with turnkey management services. In these circumstances, we take responsibility for all aspects of the management of the schools, including monitoring academic achievement, teacher hiring and training, compensation of school personnel, financial management, enrollment processing and procurement of curriculum, equipment and required services. In 2007, the Commission on International and Trans-regional Accreditation (CITA), a leading worldwide education accreditation agency, thoroughly evaluated our school management services and we ultimately received the prestigious CITA accreditation.
 
Compliance and Tracking Services.   Operating a virtual public school entails most of the compliance and regulatory requirements of a traditional public school. We have developed management systems and processes designed to ensure that schools we serve are in compliance with all applicable requirements, including tracking appropriate student information and meeting various state reporting requirements. For example, we collect enrollment related information, monitor attendance and administer proctored state tests. As we have expanded into new states, our processes have grown increasingly robust, and we believe our compliance and tracking processes provide us with a distinct competitive advantage.
 
Financial Support Services.   We provide each school we serve with a dedicated business manager who oversees the preparation of the annual budget and coordinates with the school’s directors to determine their annual objectives. In addition, we implement an internal control framework, develop policies and procedures, provide accounting services and payroll administration, oversee all federal entitlement programs and arrange for external audits.
 
Facility, Operations and Technology Support Services.   We operate administrative offices and all other facilities on behalf of the virtual public schools we serve. We provide these schools with a complete technology infrastructure. In addition, we provide a comprehensive student help desk solution.
 
Human Resources Support Services.   We are actively involved in hiring virtual public school administrators, teachers and staff, through a thorough interview and orientation process. To better facilitate the hiring process, we review and analyze the profiles of teachers that have been highly effective in our learning system to identify the attributes desired in future new hires. We also negotiate and secure employment benefits for teachers on behalf of virtual public schools and administer employee benefit plans for virtual public school employees. Additionally, we assist the virtual schools we serve in drafting and implementing administrative policies and procedures.
 
Product Development
 
We develop our products and related service offerings through a highly collaborative process that blends cognitive research with an innovative development approach by utilizing best practices from the education industry and other industries. Our approach provides for effective content and rapid time to market. Unlike many traditional content companies that may take several years to develop a new course, our course development process usually takes between six and 12 months, depending upon grade and subject. Our development team includes professionals from the following disciplines:
 
  •  Cognitive Scientists, Evaluation and Research Specialists  — conduct and review cognitive research to determine how students master the key ideas in a subject area, the common misconceptions that present obstacles to mastery and available techniques that can effectively address common misconceptions.


61


 

 
  •  Curriculum and Teaching Specialists  — bring deep subject matter knowledge and experience with a variety of pedagogical approaches to our course design process.
 
  •  Writers and Editors  — script out the text of the lessons, ensuring that the information is accurate, meaningful and suitable for the age group we are trying to reach.
 
  •  Instructional Designers  — weave together all elements of a lesson and determine the extent to which online, multi-media components, textbooks and other offline materials, and activities can be integrated to achieve the desired learning outcomes.
 
  •  Graphic Artists/Media Specialists/Flash Designers  — ensure overall visual integrity of each lesson and build creative and interactive content.
 
  •  Print Designers  — design and publish our proprietary textbooks and printed learning materials.
 
  •  User Experience Specialists  — work closely with our design teams to ensure that lessons are easy for students to navigate and understand.
 
  •  Training Specialists  — concurrent with the development of the courses, develop training materials and programs to support the effective delivery of our curriculum by teachers.
 
  •  Project Managers  — coordinate all of the activities, including the work of the above-listed resources to develop the product as designed, on time, and on budget.
 
Using these highly skilled resources, we follow a six-stage product development process beginning with idea-generation and carrying through to post-production evaluation. Our ability to continually modify our products based upon student, parent and teacher feedback and assessment data is one of the significant advantages of our online curriculum. All of our lessons contain a user feedback button that allows us to identify learning issues on a real-time basis. In a given week, we receive hundreds of feedback items from students, parents and teachers. The related descriptions below illustrate each stage in our product development process.
 
Blueprint Stage.   During this stage of development, we gather the key requirements for a new product, which may be a new course or a group of related courses. We conduct a thorough review to identify all of the cognitive research related to learning of the subject and gain an understanding of the stages a student will go through in mastering the subject material. We also look at how experts perform in the subject. Expert-novice research has shown that an experts’ knowledge of a domain is contained in a subconscious framework, the components of which can help guide the development of a course. During this stage, we also analyze state standards to confirm that we are encompassing the elements of the nation’s highest state standards and that we are building courses which meet or surpass all state standards.
 
Design Stage. We begin the design stage by developing the learning environment in which the product will be used. This includes understanding the types of students that will be using the product, how the course will be taught, the learning objectives within the course and what online and offline materials can be utilized. We then produce a design document and our creative teams develop a work plan for every aspect of the product, including the look and feel of the product, level of functionality and length of the course. We produce, test and refine prototypes with focus groups of students, teachers and parents.
 
Pre-production Stage. With the work plan complete, a pre-production team is assembled to develop the scope and sequence of the course. The scope and sequence is an ordered collection of learning objectives based on cognitive research and state standards. These learning objectives, once organized, guide the production team in the creation of the individual course lessons. The pre-production team also creates the list of materials that will be required and provides this list to our logistics group for sourcing.
 
Production Stage. During this stage, the product is built in accordance with the work plan. First, manuscripts, storyboards and lesson design specifications are created. Online screens, offline materials such as textbooks, simulations, photographs, and other reference materials are then created, reviewed and refined. Rights for licensed materials are cleared at this point, if needed. Each lesson then goes through a rigorous quality review before being released.


62


 

Support Stage. The goal during this stage is to support the initial launch and ongoing utilization of our lessons and to enhance the products during the course of their useful life. We break this stage down into three components: (i) content development, where we design and develop teacher and student training packages; (ii) alignment and standards analysis, where we examine performance on state tests to determine the extent to which we should refine or adjust the standard alignments initially developed during the blueprint stage; and (iii) long-term maintenance, where we maintain and update the online and offline materials on an ongoing basis based upon feedback from teachers, parents and students.
 
Evaluation Stage. The final stage of the product development cycle is the evaluation stage. During this phase, we evaluate the overall performance of our product against the original design specifications. We obtain measurement feedback from a number of sources, including:
 
  •  User Feedback  — we receive a substantial amount of feedback from teachers, parents and students. Some feedback is directly incorporated into course modifications. In addition, we observe students in our usability labs and visit students and parents to better understand how our products are being used;
 
  •  Progress Reports  — through our OLS, we are able to monitor each student’s progress through a course. This data helps us identify portions of a course that may be especially difficult for students, and may require revision or enhancements; and
 
  •  State Test Scores  — students in the virtual public schools we serve participate in proctored state exams. These tests provide an impartial assessment of how these students are performing against established benchmarks and within their state.
 
Using these sources of feedback, we can revise our courses as necessary to achieve the desired learning objectives. We believe that this ability to proactively respond to feedback and other data in an efficient manner is a key competitive advantage within the educational industry.
 
Education Advisory Committee.   To ensure the effectiveness of our learning systems, we have established an external Education Advisory Committee comprised of experienced leaders in the education industry. The members of this Committee have the responsibility to review our curriculum and instructional model, identify the needs of the growing online education market and propose solutions for consideration by our management, and discuss ways that we can better implement our guiding principles. The current members of the Committee include:
 
  •  Thomas C. Boysen, Ed.D., Senior Vice President of Classroom Solutions, K12 Inc. and formerly Kentucky Commissioner of Education, Chief Operating Officer of the Los Angeles Unified School District, Senior Vice President of the Milken Family Foundation and a school district superintendent in California, Washington and New York. Mr. Boysen is also the Chair of the Education Advisory Committee.
 
  •  Barbara Byrd-Bennett, Ed.D., Executive-In-Residence, College of Education and Human Services, Cleveland State University and formerly Chief Executive Officer of the Cleveland Municipal School District and a school district superintendent for two school districts in New York City.
 
  •  Benjamin Canada, Ph.D., Associate Executive Director, District Services, Texas Association of School Boards and formerly President of the American Association of School Administrators and a school district superintendent in Georgia, Mississippi and Oregon.
 
  •  Ramon Cortines, Ed.D., Deputy Mayor for Education, Youth and Families, City of Los Angeles and formerly a school district superintendent in California and New York.
 
  •  Jo Lynne DeMary, Ed.D., Educational Leadership Director, Center for School Improvement, Virginia Commonwealth University and formerly Virginia Superintendent of Public Instruction.
 
  •  David Driscoll, Ed.D., Education Consultant and formerly President, Council of Chief State School Officers, Commissioner of Education, Commonwealth of Massachusetts and a school district superintendent in Massachusetts. Dr. Driscoll currently serves on the board of the National Assessment Governing Board.
 
  •  Chester Finn, Ed.D., President, Thomas B. Fordham Foundation and formerly Assistant Secretary for Research and Improvement & Counselor to the Secretary, U.S. Department of Education.


63


 

 
  •  Charles Fowler Ed.D., President of School Leadership, LLC, Executive Secretary of the Suburban School Superintendents, an Adjunct Professor of School Organization and Leadership, Teachers College, Columbia University and formerly Chairperson of State and National Relations for the American Association of School Administrators and a school district superintendent in Connecticut, Florida, Illinois and New York.
 
  •  Mary Futrell, Ed.D., Dean, Graduate School of Education and Human Development, George Washington University, Director, George Washington Institute for Curriculum Standards and Technology and founding President, World Confederation of the Teaching Procession and formerly President, National Education Association, President, Virginia Education Association, President, Education International and President, ERAmerica.
 
  •  Michael Kirst, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Education and Business, Stanford University and formerly President of the California State Board of Education.
 
  •  Dale Mann, Ph.D., Managing Director, Interactive Inc. and Professor Emeritus of Educational Administration, Teachers College, Columbia University and formerly Senior Research Associate, Institute on Education and the Economy, Teachers College, Columbia University.
 
  •  Thomas Payzant, Ed.D., Professor of Practice, Harvard Graduate School of Education and formerly Assistant Secretary for Elementary and Secondary Education, U.S. Department of Education and a school district superintendent in California, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, Oklahoma and Oregon.
 
  •  Betty Rosa, Ed.D., Education Consultant and formerly a school district superintendent in New York City. Ms. Rosa also serves on the board of the Alumni Council of the Harvard Graduate School of Education.
 
  •  Bernice Stafford, M.A., Principal Consultant, Center for Interactive Learning and Collaboration and formerly Vice President of School Strategies and Evaluation, PLATO Learning, Inc. and a co-founder of Lightspan, Inc.
 
Channel Development
 
K 12 receives numerous inquiries from school districts, legislators, community leaders, educators and parents who express the desire to offer a virtual public school alternative. Our school development and public affairs groups work together with these interested parties to identify and pursue opportunities to expand the use of our products and services through new channels and in new jurisdictions. Where interested parties seek to offer a virtual public school alternative in their state, our public affairs group works with them to establish the legal framework, advocate for appropriate legislation and explain the educational and fiscal benefits of our learning system. Our public affairs group also seeks to increase public awareness and ensure transparency in virtual schooling by supporting accountability standards for virtual public schools.
 
Once there is legal and regulatory authorization for, as well as sufficient interest in, a virtual public school, our school development group engages state and school district officials, legislators, community leaders, educators and parent groups seeking to open a virtual public school, and initiates a dialog with these interested parties to explain the steps necessary to pursue this public school alternative in their jurisdiction. Our school development group works with these officials and parent groups in planning, developing and launching the virtual school. We also offer assistance to independent school boards with charter application and authorization processes.
 
After virtual public schools are approved and established, our school development group engages school administrators and maintains relationships with school officials in order to ensure that they are aware of our product and services offerings and that we understand their specific needs and goals.
 
Distribution Channels
 
We distribute our products and services primarily to virtual public schools and directly to consumers. We derive revenues from virtual public schools by providing access to our OLS, offline learning kits, student computers and a variety of management and academic support services, ranging from turnkey end-to-end management solutions to a single service to meet a school’s specific needs.


64


 

In fiscal year 2007, we derived more than 10% of our revenues from each of the Ohio Virtual Academy, the Arizona Virtual Academy, the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School and the Colorado Virtual Academy. In aggregate, these schools accounted for 49% of our total revenues. As with all of the virtual public schools we serve, each of these schools is subject to periodic audits. Two such audits of the Colorado Virtual Academy have initially resulted in the disallowance of funding with respect to approximately 63 students alleged not to have satisfied enrollment requirements and approximately 290 students alleged not to have satisfied certain other documentation requirements in the 2004-05 school year and approximately 90 students alleged not to have satisfied enrollment requirements in the 2005-06 school year (out of total enrollments of approximately 2,000 students in 2004-05 and approximately 2,500 students in 2005-06). Certain of these determinations are being appealed, but to the extent determined adversely to these schools, we would be obligated to reimburse these schools pursuant to our agreements with them to forgive expenses that they incur in excess of their revenues. We have not received written notice of any other claims or litigation involving these schools. We provide our full turnkey solution pursuant to our contract with the Ohio Virtual Academy, which terminates June 30, 2017 and provides for the parties to review the agreement in 2012. The agreement is renewable automatically for an additional two years unless the school notifies us one year prior to expiration that it elects to terminate the contract. We provide our full turnkey solution to the Arizona Virtual Academy, pursuant to a contract with Portable Practical Education, Inc., an Arizona not-for-profit organization holding the charter under which the school operates, that expires June 30, 2010. We provide our curriculum and online learning platform to the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School pursuant to a contract that terminates June 30, 2009, and which automatically renews for an additional three-years unless the school notifies us one year prior to expiration that it elects to terminate the contract. We provide turnkey solution pursuant to our contract with the Colorado Virtual Academy, which terminates June 30, 2008. We are currently engaged in negotiations with the Colorado Virtual Academy for a new contract. Each of the contracts with these schools provides for termination of the agreement if the school ceases to hold a valid and effective charter from the charter-issuing authority in their respective states.
 
Our direct-to-consumer product is purchased through our customer call center or online by parents, who are looking either to educate their children outside the public school system or as a supplement to their child’s existing public school curriculum. The flexibility of our curriculum combined with the assessment capabilities of our online delivery platform enables us to modularize and repackage lesson modules that can be sold as individual products. For example, if a child has particular difficulties with fractions, the parent could purchase our fractions module. The ability to rebundle individual lessons is highly scalable and we believe this opportunity is significant.
 
In addition to these primary distribution channels, we are continuously pursuing additional channels through which to offer our learning system, including direct classroom instruction and hybrid models. For example, we have piloted select grades and subjects of our curriculum in classrooms in 11 states. Although our in-class offering business is at a nascent stage, we believe that this distribution channel offers significant potential. Additionally, we have recently implemented a hybrid offering in Chicago that combines some face-to-face time for students and teachers in a traditional classroom setting along with online instruction. In addition to expanding our offering to additional jurisdictions within the United States, we intend to pursue international opportunities where we believe there is significant demand for a quality online education.
 
Student Recruitment and Marketing
 
Our student recruitment and marketing team consisted of 49 employees as of September 30, 2007, and is responsible for promoting our corporate brand, generating new student enrollments and enhancing the experience of students and families enrolled in the virtual public schools we serve. This team employs a variety of strategies designed to better understand and address the requirements of our target markets. First, this team is responsible for defining our brand image and associating our brand with the many positive attributes of our learning system. We believe that a strong brand provides the basis for our expansion into new states and other markets.
 
Second, our student recruitment and marketing team generates new enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve through targeted recruiting programs, which utilize coordinated direct mailings, email marketing, print and radio advertising and search engine marketing. In addition, our marketing team conducts information sessions and workshops that provide teachers and parents with the opportunity to learn about K 12 and the products and services that we offer. We conducted more than 2,500 such events during fiscal year 2007. We have found that


65


 

effectively communicating the details and benefits of our learning system is an important first step towards building a core group of interested parties. Additionally, we believe that our consistently high customer satisfaction rates serve as the foundation for word-of-mouth referrals which supplement our other recruiting efforts.
 
Finally, this team is responsible for enhancing our relationship with students enrolled in the virtual public schools that we serve to complement the relationship that these students have with their teachers and school. In order to maintain a sense of community, we host the K 12 Community Chest website for students to interact online with our Chief Learning Officer and with each other. We also send welcome packages, conduct art contests, survey parents and provide support to students through assigned support counselors under our K 12 HUG program.
 
Technology
 
As of September 30, 2007, we employed 70 employees in our technology department. Our learning system, along with our back office systems supporting order management, logistics and e-commerce, are built on our proprietary Service Oriented Architecture, or SOA, to ensure high availability and redundancy and allow flexibility and security to be core principles of our systems’ foundation.
 
Service Oriented Architecture.   All of our systems leverage our SOA built on top of Enterprise Java that separates an implemented capability from a request flow that utilizes those capabilities. This leverage provides us with the ability to deliver different presentations against a single request workflow. Additionally, this flexibility allows iterative solutions to be developed expeditiously to meet both present and future market needs. Our high availability and scalability are also facilitated by this architecture. The SOA also enables seamless integration with third-party solutions in our platform with ease and efficiency.
 
Availability and Redundancy.   Our SOA allows for a hardware topology where primary and secondary equipment can be utilized at all network and application tiers. Each application layer is load balanced across multiple servers, which, along with our sophisticated state management capabilities, allows for additional hardware to be inserted into our network providing us with impressive scalability and availability as evidenced by our greater than 99.9999% uptime with our ever growing user base. We regularly backup critical data and store this backup data at an offsite location.
 
Security.   Our security measures and policies include dividing application layers into multiple zones controlled by firewall technology. Sensitive communications are encrypted between client and server and our server-to-server accessibility is strictly controlled and monitored.
 
Physical Infrastructure.   We utilize the best of breed hardware from industry leading vendors including Cisco, F5, Oracle, Sun, Microsoft, Dell, Intel, and NetApp to provide a foundation for our SOA. Our systems are housed offsite in a state of the art data center that provides robust, redundant network backbone and power. We vigilantly monitor our physical infrastructure for security, availability, and performance.
 
Competition
 
We face varying degrees of competition from a variety of education companies because our learning system encompasses many components of the educational development and delivery process. We compete primarily with companies that provide online curriculum and school support services to K-12 virtual public schools. These companies include Connections Academy, LLC, White Hat Management, LLC and National Network of Digital Schools. We also face competition from curriculum developers, including traditional textbook publishers such as the McGraw-Hill Companies, Harcourt, Inc., Pearson plc and Houghton Mifflin Riverdeep Group plc. Additionally, we expect increased competition from post-secondary and supplementary education providers that have begun to establish a presence in the K-12 virtual school sector, including Apollo Group, Pearson plc and Kaplan, Inc.
 
We believe that the primary factors on which we compete are:
 
  •  track record of academic results and customer satisfaction;
 
  •  quality of curriculum and online delivery platform;
 
  •  qualifications and experience of teachers;


66


 

 
  •  comprehensiveness of school management and student support services; and
 
  •  cost of the solution.
 
We are unable to provide meaningful data with respect to our market share. At a minimum, we believe that we serve the market for public education, and in any jurisdiction in which we operate, we serve far less than 1% of the public school students in the geographic area in which virtual school enrollments are drawn. Defining a more precise relevant market upon which to base a share estimate would not be meaningful due to significant limitations on the comparability of data among jurisdictions. For example, some providers to K-12 virtual schools serve only the high school segment, others serve the elementary and middle school segment, and a few serve both. Furthermore, some school districts offer their own virtual programs. Parents in search of an alternative to their local public school also have a number of substitutable choices beyond virtual schools including private schools, charter schools, home schooling, and blended public schools. In addition, our integrated learning system consists of components that face competition from many different education industry segments, such as traditional textbook publishers, test and assessment firms and private education management companies. Finally, our learning system is designed to operate domestically and internationally over the Internet, and thus the geographic addressable market is global and indeterminate in size.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Since our inception, we have invested more than $95 million to develop our proprietary curriculum and OLS. We continue to invest in our intellectual property as we develop more courses for new grades and expand into adjacent education markets, both in the U.S. and overseas. These intellectual property assets are critical to our success and we avail ourselves of the full protections provided under the patent, copyright, trademark and trade secrets laws. We also routinely utilize confidentiality and licensing agreements with our employees, students, the virtual public schools that we serve, direct-to-consumer customers, independent contractors and other businesses and persons with which we have commercial relationships.
 
On May 1, 2007, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) granted us the patent for our “System and Method of Virtual Schooling” (Patent No. 7,210,938), which provides us with a period of exclusive use until January 26, 2024. In general terms, this patent covers the hardware and network infrastructure of our online school, including the system components for creating and administering assessment tests, the planner, lesson progress tracker and instructional sequencer. We also have four additional international and five additional U.S. patents pending, and several pending provisional U.S. patent applications.
 
We own the copyright in over 11,000 lessons contained in 87 courses that make up our proprietary curriculum, including our online lessons and offline learning kits, and we register this growing lesson portfolio with the U.S. Copyright Office as each new course is completed or updated. We own and use the domain names K12 (.com, .org) and K-12 (.com, .net, .org) as well as the trademark and service mark, K 12 . In addition, we have applied to the USPTO to register the trademark “Unleash the x Potential.”
 
Students who enroll in the virtual public schools we serve are granted a license to use our software in order to access our learning system. Similarly, virtual public schools are granted a license to use our learning system in order to access SAMS and our other systems. These licenses are intended to protect our ownership and the confidentiality of the embedded information and technology contained in our software and systems. We also own the trademarks and service marks that we use as part of the student recruitment and branding services we provide to virtual public schools. Those marks are licensed to the schools for use during the term of the products and services agreements.
 
Our employees, contractors and other parties with access to our confidential information sign agreements that prohibit the unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary rights, information and technology.
 
Operations
 
An essential component of the K 12 courses are the offline learning kits that accompany our online lessons. A student enrolling in one of our courses receives multiple textbooks, art supplies, laboratory supplies (e.g. microscopes and scales) and other reference materials designed to enhance the learning experience. We package these books and materials into course-specific learning kits. Because each student’s curriculum is customized, the


67


 

combination of kits for each student must also be customized. In fiscal year 2007, we assembled approximately 2.5 million items into more than 200,000 kits.
 
Over our six years of operation, we believe that we have gained significant experience in the fulfillment of offline materials and that this experience provides us with an advantage over many of our current and potential future competitors. We have developed strong relationships with partners allowing us to source goods at favorable price, quality and service levels. Through our fulfillment partner located in Harrisonburg, Virginia, we store our inventory, build our learning kits and ship the kits to students throughout the United States. We have invested in systems including our Order Management System (OMS), to automatically translate the curriculum selected by each enrolled student into an order to build the corresponding learning kit. In 2008, we plan to establish a second logistics and fulfillment center in the western portion of the United States to support our growth and to mitigate single-location fulfillment risk.
 
For many of our virtual public school customers, we attempt to reclaim any materials that are not consumed during the course of the school year. These items, once returned to our fulfillment center, are refurbished and included in future learning kits. This reclamation process allows us to maintain lower materials costs.
 
In order to ensure that students in virtual public schools have access to our OLS, we often provide students with a computer and all necessary support. We source computers and ship them to students when they enroll and reclaim the computers at the end of a school year or upon termination of their enrollment or withdrawal from the virtual public school in which they are enrolled. As of June 30, 2007, we had approximately 20,370 personal computers deployed for use by students.
 
Our fulfillment activities are highly seasonal, and are centered around the start of school in August or September. Accordingly, approximately 70% of our annual materials receiving occurs between March and May, approximately 75% of our annual offline learning kit assembly is accomplished between May and July, and approximately 75% of customer item fulfillment and shipping occurs between July and October.
 
Properties
 
The Company’s headquarters are located in approximately 70,000 square feet of office space in Herndon, Virginia under a lease that expires in April 2013 and a sublease that expires in September 2009.
 
Employees
 
As of September 30, 2007, we had 636 employees. In addition, there are more than 650 teachers who are employed by virtual schools we serve, but who we manage under turnkey solution contracts with those schools. No K 12 employees are union employees; however, certain virtual public schools we serve employ unionized teachers. We believe that our employee relations are good.
 
We have an agreement with a professional employer organization (PEO), to manage all payroll processing, workers’ compensation, health insurance, and other employment-related benefits for our employees. The PEO is a co-employer of our employees along with us. Although the PEO processes our payroll and pays our workers’ compensation, health insurance and other employment-related benefits, we are ultimately responsible for such payments and are responsible for complying with state and federal employment regulations. We pay the PEO a fee based on the number of employees we have.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to lawsuits and other legal proceedings from time to time. There are currently two significant pending lawsuits in which we are involved; Johnson v. Burmaster and Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School that, in each case, have been brought by teachers’ unions seeking the closure of the virtual public schools we serve in Wisconsin and Illinois, respectively.
 
While we prevailed on summary judgment at the circuit court level in Johnson v. Burmaster , and recently won a preliminary motion in Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School , it is not possible to predict the final outcome of these matters with any degree of certainty. Even so, we do not believe at this time that a loss in either case would


68


 

have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Depending on the legal theory advanced by the plaintiffs, however, there is a risk that a loss in these cases could have a negative precedential effect if like claims were to be advanced and succeed under similar laws in other states where we operate. The cumulative effect under those circumstances could be material.
 
Johnson v. Burmaster
 
In 2003, the Northern Ozaukee School District (NOSD) in the State of Wisconsin established a virtual public school, the Wisconsin Virtual Academy (WIVA), and entered into a service agreement with us for online curriculum and school management services. On January 6, 2004, Stan Johnson, et al., and the Wisconsin Education Association Council (WEAC) filed suit in the Circuit Court of Ozaukee County against the Superintendent of the Department of Public Instruction (DPI), Elizabeth Burmaster, the NOSD and K12 Inc. The plaintiffs alleged that the NOSD violated the state charter school, open enrollment and teacher-licensure statutes when it authorized WIVA.
 
On March 16, 2006, the Circuit Court issued a Decision and Order upholding on Summary Judgment that WIVA complies with applicable law (No. 04-CV-12 ). WEAC and DPI filed an appeal in the Wisconsin Court of Appeals, District II (No. 2006-AP/01380). Should the plaintiff prevail and state funding of open enrollment payments to the NOSD are enjoined, a claim could be made that the Company must indemnify the NOSD for expenses approximating $2.5 million.
 
Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School
 
On October 4, 2006, the Chicago Teachers Union (CTU) filed a citizen taxpayers lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Cook County challenging the decision of the Illinois State Board of Education to certify the Chicago Virtual Charter School (CVCS) and to enjoin the disbursement of state funds to the Chicago Board of Education under its contract with the CVCS. Specifically, the CTU alleges that the Illinois charter school law prohibits any “home-based” charter schools and that CVCS does not provide sufficient “direct instruction” by certified teachers of at least five clock hours per day to qualify for funding. K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC were also named as defendants. On May 16, 2007, the Court dismissed K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC from the case and on June 15, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint which the court dismissed on October 30, 2007 with leave to re-plead. We continue to participate in the defense of CVCS under an indemnity obligation in our service agreement with that school, which requires us to indemnify CVCS against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of the service agreement and certain other claims and liabilities, including liabilities arising out of challenges to the validity of the virtual school charter.


69


 

 
REGULATION
 
We and the virtual public schools that purchase our curriculum and management services are subject to regulation by each of the states in which we operate, including Colorado, Arizona, Idaho, Florida, Wisconsin, Arkansas, Texas, Illinois, Minnesota, Kansas, Utah, Nevada, California, Georgia, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Washington and the District of Columbia. The state laws and regulations that directly impact our business are those that authorize or restrict our ability to operate virtual public schools, and those that restrict virtual public school growth and funding. In addition, there are state laws and regulations that are applicable to virtual public schools that indirectly affect our business insofar as they affect these virtual public schools’ ability to operate and receive funding. Finally, to the extent a virtual school obtains federal funds, such as through a grant program or financial support dedicated for the education of low-income families, these schools then become subject to additional federal regulation. These federal regulations have not had a material impact on our business.
 
State Laws Authorizing or Restricting Virtual Public Schools.   The authority to operate a virtual public school is dependent on the laws and regulations of each state. Laws and regulations vary significantly from one state to the next and are constantly evolving. In states that have implemented specific legislation to support virtual public schools, the schools are able to operate under these statutes. Other states provide for virtual public schools under existing charter school legislation or provide that school districts and/or state education agencies may authorize them. Some states do not currently have legislation that provides for virtual public schools or have requirements that effectively prohibit virtual public schools and, as a result, may require new legislation before virtual public schools can open in the state. According to a September 2006 review of state online learning policies by the North American Council for Online Learning (“NACOL”), there are 38 states that have either adopted legislation or formal rules or have created programs for the purpose of providing statewide online learning opportunities. We currently serve virtual schools or school district-led programs in 22 of these 38 states. NACOL also identified 12 states that do not currently have either a state-led program or significant state-level policies for online education; however, the absence of such conditions has not precluded us from applying to serve, and in certain cases serving, schools in some of those states.
 
Obtaining new legislation in these remaining states can be a protracted and uncertain process despite their limited number. When determining whether to pursue expansion into new states in which the laws are ambiguous, we research the relevant legislation and political climate and then make an assessment of the perceived likelihood of success before deciding to commit resources. Specifically, we take into account numerous factors including, but not limited to, the regulations of the state educational authorities, whether the overall political environment is amenable to school choice, whether current funding levels for virtual school enrollments are adequate and accessible, and the presence of non-profit and for-profit competitors in the state.
 
State Laws and Regulations Applicable to Virtual Public Schools.   Virtual public schools that purchase our curriculum and management services are often governed and overseen by a non-profit or local or state education agency, such as an independent charter school board, local school district or state education authority. We generally receive funds for products and services rendered to operate virtual schools under detailed service agreements with that governing authority. Virtual public schools are typically funded by state or local governments on a per student basis. A virtual school that fails to comply with the state laws and regulations applicable to it may be required to repay these funds and could become ineligible for receipt of future state funds. We are not aware of any material non-compliance with these state regulations by the virtual public schools we serve.
 
To be eligible for state funding, some states require that virtual schools be organized under not-for-profit charters exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The schools must then be operated exclusively for charitable educational purposes, and not for the benefit of private, for-profit management companies. The board or governing authority of the not-for-profit virtual school must retain ultimate accountability for the school’s operations to retain its tax-exempt status. It may not delegate its responsibility and accountability for the school’s operations. Our service agreements with these virtual schools are therefore structured to ensure the full independence of the not-for-profit board and preserve its ability to exercise its fiduciary obligations to operate a virtual public school.


70


 

Laws and regulations affect many aspects of operating a virtual public school. They can dictate the content and sequence of the curriculum, the requirements to earn a diploma, use of approved textbooks, the length of the school year and the school day, the assessment of student performance, and any accountability requirements. In addition, a virtual public school may be obligated to comply with state requirements to offer programs for specific populations, such as students at risk of dropping out of school, gifted and talented students, non-English speaking students, pre-kindergarten students, and students with disabilities. Tutoring services and the use of technology may also be regulated. Other state laws and regulations may affect the school’s compulsory attendance requirements, treatment of absences and make-up work, and access by parents to student records and teaching and testing materials. Additionally, states have various requirements concerning the reporting of extensive student data that may apply to the school. A virtual public school may have to comply with state requirements that school campuses report various types of data as performance indicators of the success of the program.
 
States have laws and regulations concerning certification, training, experience and continued professional development of teachers and staff with which a virtual public school may be required to comply. There are also numerous laws pertaining to employee salaries and benefits, statewide teacher retirement systems, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, and matters related to employment agreements and procedures for termination of school employees. A virtual public school must also comply with requirements for performing criminal background checks on school staff, reporting criminal activity by school staff and reporting suspected child abuse.
 
As with any public school, virtual public schools must comply with state laws and regulations applicable to governmental entities, such as open meetings laws, which may require the board of trustees of a virtual public school to hold its meetings open to the public unless an exception in the law allows an executive session. Failure to comply with these requirements may lead to personal civil and/or criminal penalties for board members or officers. Virtual public schools must also comply with public information or open records laws, which require them to make school records available for public inspection, review and copying unless a specific exemption in the law applies. Additionally laws pertaining to records privacy and retention and to standards for maintenance of records apply to virtual public schools.
 
Other types of regulation applicable to virtual public schools include restrictions on the use of public funds, the types of investments made with public funds, the collection of and use of student fees, and controlling accounting and financial management practices.
 
There remains uncertainty about the extent to which we may be required to comply with state laws and regulations applicable to traditional public schools because the concept of virtual public schools is relatively new. Although we receive state funds indirectly, according to the terms of each service agreement with the local public school entity, our receipt of state funds subjects us to extensive state regulation and scrutiny. Several states have commenced audits, some of which are still pending, to verify enrollment, attendance, fiscal accountability, special education services, and other regulatory issues. While we may believe that a virtual public school we serve is compliant with state law, an agency’s different interpretation of law in a particular state could result in non-compliance, potentially affecting funding.
 
Regulations Restricting Virtual Public School Growth and Funding.   As a new public schooling alternative, some state and regulatory authorities have elected to proceed cautiously with virtual public schools while providing opportunities for taxpayer families seeking this alternative. Regulations that control the growth of virtual public schools range from prescribing the number of schools in a state to limiting the percentage of time students may receive instruction online. Funding regulations can also have this effect.
 
Regulations that hinder our ability to serve certain jurisdictions include: restrictions on student eligibility, such as mandating attendance at a traditional public school prior to enrolling in a virtual public school or course completion (Arizona and Colorado); caps on the total number of students in a virtual school (Arkansas, Idaho, Wisconsin, Texas, Illinois, Florida and the District of Columbia); restrictions on grade levels served (Nevada and Arkansas); geographic limitations on enrollments (California); fixing the percentage of per pupil funding that must be paid to teachers; state-specific curriculum requirements; and limits on the number of charters that can be granted in a state.


71


 

Funding regulations for virtual schools can take a variety of forms. These regulations include: (i) attendance — some state daily attendance rules were designed for traditional classroom procedures and applying them to track daily attendance and truancy in an online setting can cause disputes to arise over interpretation and funding; (ii) enrollment eligibility— some states place restrictions on the students seeking to enroll in virtual schools, resulting in lower aggregate funding levels; and (iii) teacher contact time — some states have regulations that specify minimum levels of teacher-student face-to-face time, which can create logistical challenges for statewide virtual schools, reduce funding and eliminate some of the economic, academic and technological advantages of virtual learning.
 
Federal and State Grants.   We have worked with certain entities to secure public and grant funding that flows to virtual public schools that we serve. These grants are awarded to the not-for-profit entity that holds the charter of the virtual public school on a competitive basis in some instances and on an entitlement basis in other instances. Grants awarded to public schools and programs — whether by a federal or state agency or nongovernmental organization — often include reporting requirements, procedures, and obligations.
 
Federal Laws and Regulations Applicable to Education Programs.   Some of the virtual public schools we serve may receive federal funds under Title I (funding for education of children from low-income families), Title II (funding for the professional development of teachers), Title III (funding for technology programs), Title VII (funding for bilingual education programs) and Title X (start-up funding for charter schools) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act. The schools must comply with applicable federal laws and regulations to remain eligible for receipt of federal funds. The schools we manage could lose all or part of these funds if they fail to comply with the applicable statutes or regulations, if the federal authorities reduce the funding for the programs or if the schools are determined to be ineligible to receive funds under such programs. Under the terms of our service agreements, we assist virtual public schools in fulfilling these reporting requirements.
 
Four primary federal laws are directly applicable to the day-to-day provision of educational services we provide to virtual public schools:
 
  •  No Child Left Behind (NCLB) Act.   Through the funding of the Title I programs for disadvantaged students under NCLB, the federal government requires public schools to develop a state accountability system based on academic standards and assessments developed by the state, which are applicable to all public school students. Each state must determine a proficiency level of academic achievement based on the state assessments, and must determine what constitutes adequate yearly progress (AYP) toward that goal. NCLB has a timeline to ensure that no later than the 2013-14 school year, all students, including those in all identified subgroups (such as economically disadvantaged, limited English proficient and minority students,), will meet or exceed the state proficient level of academic achievement on state assessments. The progress of each school is reviewed annually to determine whether the school is making adequate yearly progress. If a Title I school does not make adequate yearly progress as defined in the state’s plan, the local education agency (LEA) is required to identify the school as needing school improvement , and to provide all students enrolled in the school with the option to transfer to another public school served by the LEA, which may include a virtual public school. The LEA must develop a school improvement plan for each school identified as needing improvement in consultation with parents, staff and outside experts and this plan must be implemented not later than the beginning of the next full school year. If the school does not make adequate yearly progress in subsequent years, the school transfer option remains open to students and other corrective action must be taken ranging from providing supplemental education services to the students who remain in the school to taking corrective action including, but not limited to, replacing school staff, implementing a new curriculum, appointing outside experts to advise the school, extending the school year or the school day, reopening the school as a public charter school with a private management company or turning over the operation of the school to the state educational agency.
 
Another provision of NCLB requires public school programs to ensure that all teachers are highly qualified. A highly qualified teacher means one who has: (1) obtained full state certification or licensure as a teacher and who has not had certification or licensure requirements waived on an emergency, temporary or provisional basis; (2) obtained a bachelor’s degree; and (3) demonstrated competence in the academic subject the teacher teaches. All teacher aides working in a school supported with Title I funds must be highly


72


 

qualified which means the person must have a high school diploma or its equivalent and one of the following: completed at least two years of study in an institution of higher education, obtained an associate’s or higher degree, or met a rigorous standard of quality demonstrated through a formal state or local assessment. Virtual public schools using our products and services may be required to meet these requirements for any persons who perform instructional services.
 
Virtual schools that receive Title I funding and use our products and services may be required to provide parents of Title I students with a variety of notices regarding the teachers and teachers aides that teach their children. In addition, if these schools serve limited English proficient (LEP) children, they may be required to provide a variety of notices to the parents regarding the identification of the student as LEP and certain information about the instruction to be provided to the student, as well as the right to remove or refuse to enroll the student in the LEP program. Finally, these schools may also be required annually to develop, with input from parents of Title I students, and implement a written policy on parental involvement in the education of their children, to hold annual meetings with these parents and to provide these parents with assistance in various areas to help the parents to work with their children to improve student achievement.
 
Under NCLB, even schools that do not receive Title I funding must provide certain notices to parents. For example, schools may be required to provide a school report card and identify whether any school has been identified as needing improvement and for how long. Parents also must be provided data that will be used to determine adequate yearly progress. Virtual public schools may be contacted by military recruiters who have the right to access the names, addresses and telephone numbers of secondary school students for military recruiting purposes. Additionally, virtual public schools may be required to notify parents that they have the option to request that this information not be released to military recruiters or to institutions of higher education.
 
  •  Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA).   The IDEA is implemented through regulations governing every aspect of the special education of a child with one or more of the specific disabilities listed in the act. The IDEA created a responsibility on the part of a school to identify students who may qualify under the IDEA and to perform periodic assessments to determine the students’ needs for services. A student who qualifies for services under the IDEA must have in place an individual education plan, which must be updated at least annually, created by a team consisting of school personnel, the student, and the parent. This plan must be implemented in a setting where the child with a disability is educated with non-disabled peers to the maximum extent appropriate. The act provides the student and parents with numerous procedural rights relating to the student’s program and education, including the right to seek mediation of disputes and make complaints to the state education agency. The schools we manage are responsible for ensuring the requirements of this act are met. The virtual schools could be required to comply with requirements in the act concerning teacher certification and training. We or the virtual public school could be required to provide additional staff, related services and supplemental aids and services at our own cost to comply with the requirement to provide a free appropriate public education to each child covered under the IDEA. If we fail to meet this requirement, we or the virtual public school could lose federal funding and could be liable for compensatory educational services, reimbursement to the parent for educational service the parent provided, and payment of the parent’s attorney’s fees.
 
  •  Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.   A virtual public school receiving federal funds is subject to Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504) insofar as the regulations implementing the act govern the education of students with disabilities as well as personnel and parents. Section 504 prohibits discrimination against a person on the basis of disability in any program receiving federal financial assistance if the person is otherwise qualified to participate in or receive benefit from the program. Students with disabilities not specifically listed in the IDEA may be entitled to specialized instruction or related services pursuant to Section 504 if their disability substantially limits a major life activity. There are many similarities between the regulatory requirements of Section 504 and the IDEA; however this is a separate law which may require a virtual public school to provide a qualified student with a plan to accommodate his or her disability in the educational setting. If a school fails to comply with the requirements and the procedural safeguards of Section 504, it may lose federal funds even though these funds flow indirectly to the school


73


 

  through a local board. In the case of bad faith or intentional wrongdoing, some courts have awarded monetary damages to prevailing parties in Section 504 lawsuits.
 
  •  Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.   Virtual public schools are subject to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act which protects the privacy of a student’s educational records and generally prohibits a school from disclosing a student’s records to a third-party without the parent’s prior consent. The law also gives parents certain procedural rights with respect to their minor children’s education records. A school’s failure to comply with this law may result in termination of its eligibility to receive federal education funds.
 
If we fail to comply with other federal laws, including federal civil rights laws not specific to education programs, we could be determined ineligible to receive funds from federal programs or face criminal or civil penalties.


74


 

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Employees
 
The following table sets forth information concerning our directors, executive officers and other key members of our management team as of October 31, 2007:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Executive Officers
           
Ronald J. Packard
    44     Chief Executive Officer, Founder and Director
John F. Baule
    43     Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Bruce J. Davis
    44     Executive Vice President, Worldwide Business Development
Nancy H. Hauge
    53     Senior Vice President, Human Resources
George B. Hughes, Jr. 
    49     Executive Vice President, School Services
Howard D. Polsky
    56     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Bror V. H. Saxberg
    48     Chief Learning Officer
Celia M. Stokes
    43     Chief Marketing Officer
Key Employees
           
Mary C. Desrosiers
    43     Senior Vice President, Strategic Relationships
Bryan W. Flood
    41     Senior Vice President, Public Affairs
Keith T. Haas
    43     Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis &
Investor Relations
John P. Olsen
    40     Senior Vice President, High School Programs
and Classroom Solutions
Peter G. Stewart
    39     Senior Vice President, School Development
Maria A. Szalay
    41     Senior Vice President, Product Development
E. Ray Williams
    45     Senior Vice President, Systems and Technology
Nonemployee Directors
           
Andrew H. Tisch
    57     Chairman
Liza A. Boyd
    32     Director
Guillermo Bron
    55     Director
Steven B. Fink
    55     Director
Dr. Mary H. Futrell
    67     Director
Thomas J. Wilford
    64     Director
 
Executive Officers
 
Ronald J. Packard, Chief Executive Officer, Founder and Director
 
Ronald J. Packard started K 12 in 2000 and has served as Chief Executive Officer since May 2007 after having served as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Previously, Mr. Packard served as Vice President of Knowledge Universe from 1997 to 2000, and he served as Chief Executive Officer of Knowledge Schools, a provider of early childhood education and after school companies, from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Packard has also held positions at McKinsey & Company from 1989 to 1993 and Goldman Sachs in mergers and acquisitions from 1986 to 1988. Additionally, Mr. Packard has served on the Advisory Board of the Department of Defense Schools since 2002, and from 2004 to 2006 served as a director of Academy 123. Mr. Packard holds B.A. degrees in Economics and Mechanical Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley, an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago, and he was a Chartered Financial Analyst.


75


 

John F. Baule, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
 
John F. Baule joined us in March 2005, and serves as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Previously, Mr. Baule spent five years at Headstrong, a global consultancy services firm, first serving as Senior Vice President of Finance from 1999 until 2001 and later as Chief Financial Officer from 2001 to 2004. Prior to Headstrong, Mr. Baule worked for Bristol-Myers Squibb (BMS) from 1990 to 1999, initially joining their corporate internal audit division. He then spent six years with BMS based in the Asia Pacific region, first as the Director of Finance for BMS Philippines, and then as the Regional Finance Director for BMS Asia-Pacific. He later served as Director of International Finance for the BMS Nutritional Division. Mr. Baule began his career working in the audit services practice at KPMG from 1986 to 1990. Mr. Baule holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from the College of William and Mary and he is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
Bruce J. Davis, Executive Vice President, Worldwide Business Development
 
Bruce J. Davis joined us January 2007, and serves as Executive Vice President, Worldwide Business Development. From 2002 until joining us, Mr. Davis ran his own strategy consultancy where his clients included Laureate Education, Discovery Communications, Pearson Publishing, Sylvan Learning Systems, Educate Inc., AICPA, and USAID. Mr. Davis previously held the position of Chief Executive Officer at Medasorb Technologies, a biotechnology company, from 2001 to 2002 and at Mindsurf Networks, a wireless educational system provider, from 1999 to 2000. He also served as Chief Operating Officer of Prometric, a computer test administration company, from 1994 to 1999. Prior to Prometric, he was a senior consultant with Deloitte and Touche from 1985 to 1991 in the Information Systems Strategy group where he managed their IT practice in Egypt. Mr. Davis holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Loyola College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.
 
Nancy H. Hauge, Senior Vice President, Human Resources
 
Nancy H. Hauge joined us in February 2006, and serves as Senior Vice President, Human Resources. From 2004 to 2006, Ms. Hauge served as Chief Customer Advocate and Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Ruckus Network, a digital media company. Prior to Ruckus, she founded and operated 54th Street Partners, an international management consulting company, from 1999 to 2004. Ms. Hauge has also held the position of Vice President of Human Resources at Ridge Technologies, Crag Technologies, Noah’s New York Bagels, and Gymboree Corporation. Previously, Ms. Hauge held multiple senior management positions in human resources, strategic planning and quality at Sun Microsystems from 1984 to 1994.
 
George B. (“Chip”) Hughes, Jr., Executive Vice President, School Services
 
George B. (“Chip”) Hughes, Jr. joined us in July 2007, and serves as Executive Vice President, School Services. From 1997 until joining us, Mr.  Hughes was a co-founder and Managing Director of Blue Capital Management, L.L.C., a middle-market private equity firm. Mr. Hughes previously served as a Partner of McKinsey & Company, Inc., a global management consulting firm, in McKinsey’s Los Angeles and New Jersey offices, where he was a member of the firm’s Strategy and Health Care practices. Mr. Hughes serves on the National Board of Recording for the Blind & Dyslexic, and on the Board of Councilors of the College of Letters, Arts & Sciences at the University of Southern California. Previously he was a member of the Board of Trustees at Big Brothers of Greater Los Angeles and of Big Brothers Big Sisters of Morris, Bergen, and Passaic Counties (New Jersey). Mr. Hughes holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Southern California and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
Howard D. Polsky, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
Howard D. Polsky joined us in June 2004, and serves as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Polsky previously held the position of Vice President and General Counsel of Lockheed Martin Global Telecommunications from 2000 to 2002. Prior to Lockheed Martin, Mr. Polsky worked at COMSAT Corporation from 1992 to 2000, initially serving as Vice President and General Counsel of COMSAT’s largest operating division, and subsequently serving on the executive management team as Vice President of Federal Policy and Regulation. From 1983 to 1992, Mr. Polsky was a partner at Wiley, Rein & Fielding after having worked at


76


 

Kirkland & Ellis. Mr. Polsky began his legal career at the Federal Communications Commission. Mr. Polsky received a B.A. in Government from Lehigh University, and a J.D. from Indiana University.
 
Bror V. H. Saxberg, Chief Learning Officer
 
Bror V.H. Saxberg joined us in February 2000, and serves as Chief Learning Officer. From 1998 to 2000, Dr. Saxberg served as Vice President of Operations at Knowledge Testing Enterprises, a developer of web-based assessments for IT skills owned by Knowledge Universe; he was a Vice President at Knowledge Universe from 1997 through 2000 as well. Prior to Knowledge Universe, Dr. Saxberg held the position of Publisher and General Manager at DK Multimedia, the North American subsidiary of educational and reference publisher Dorling Kindersley, from 1995 to 1997. Previously, Dr. Saxberg also worked as a consultant at McKinsey & Company from 1990 to 1995. Dr. Saxberg holds B.S. degrees in Electrical Engineering and Mathematics from the University of Washington, an M.A. in Mathematics from Oxford University, an M.A. and Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and an M.D. from Harvard University.
 
Celia M. Stokes, Chief Marketing Officer
 
Celia M. Stokes joined us in March 2006, and serves as Chief Marketing Officer. Before joining K 12 , Ms. Stokes served as Vice President of Marketing at Independence Air from 2003 to 2006. Previously, Ms. Stokes ran her own marketing firm providing consulting services to organizations such as Fox TV, PBS, the National Gallery of Art, JWalter Thompson, and ADP. From 1993 to 1998, Ms. Stokes served in successive roles leading to Vice President of Marketing at Bell Atlantic and at a joint venture of Bell Atlantic and two other Regional Bell Operating Companies. From 1990 to 1993, Ms. Stokes was Manager of Marketing at Software AG, and from 1988 to 1990, was Client Group Manager at Targeted Communications, an Ogilvy & Mather Direct company. Ms. Stokes holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Virginia.
 
Key Employees
 
Mary C. Desrosiers, Senior Vice President, Strategic Relationships
 
Mary C. Desrosiers joined us in May 2000, and currently serves as Senior Vice President, Strategic Relationships. From May 2000 to March 2007 she headed our Product Development department. She also managed our Systems group from May 2000 to October 2003 and our Operations group from May 2000 to March 2004. From May 1999 until joining us, Ms. Desrosier was managing director at Origin Technology , a national e-business practice. At Origin Technology, Ms. Desrosiers designed and produced applications for the educational, training, and commercial markets. Previously, she was a senior director for Philips Electronics NV, where she established Fountain Works, an internal Internet technology organization, and helped develop and implement global e-business strategies. Ms. Desrosiers also established and managed Studio Interactive, a division of Philips Media, which produced award-winning educational software. Ms. Desrosiers started her career at Booz, Allen. Ms. Desrosier holds a B.S. from St. Mary’s College and an M.B.A. from Marymount University.
 
Bryan W. Flood, Senior Vice President, Public Affairs
 
Bryan W. Flood joined us in June 2002, and serves as Senior Vice President, Public Affairs. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Flood served as Vice President of the MPGH Agency, a public affairs consulting firm. Mr. Flood previously served as National Spokesman for the Lamar Alexander for President campaign from 1995 to 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Flood served as spokesman for the reelection campaign for Gov. John Engler (MI) in 1994. Additionally, Mr. Flood held the positions of Director of Communications for the Michigan Republicans State Committee from 1991 to 1993 and as Spokesman for Rinfret for Governor (NY). Mr. Flood started his career as a Legislative Aide for the Town of Brookhaven, New York. Mr. Flood holds a B.A. in Public Policy from New College of Florida.
 
Keith T. Haas, Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis & Investor Relations
 
Keith T. Haas joined us in July 2003, and serves as Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis & Investor Relations. From 1999 to July 2003, Mr. Haas served in finance and consulting roles for several start-up technology companies. Prior to that, Mr. Haas held the position of Principal at SCA Consulting from 1998 to 1999. Prior to that,


77


 

Mr. Haas worked for KPMG first as Manager and later, as Senior Manager from 1996 to 1998. Prior to KPMG, Mr. Haas was a management consultant with Stern Steward & Co. Mr. Haas holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from University of Virginia, an M.B.A. from University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
John P. Olsen, Senior Vice President, High School Programs and Classroom Solutions
 
John Olsen joined us in March 2004 and currently serves as Senior Vice President, High School Programs and Classroom Solutions. From March 2004 to October 2006 Mr. Olsen served as Senior Vice President, Operations and from October 2004 to March 2006 was also head of our Marketing department. Prior to joining us, he was Vice President of Performance Improvement for America Online’s Broadband, Premium, and Advanced Technology Services. Mr. Olsen previously served as a management consultant at Diamond Technology Partners where he practiced in the telecommunications, financial services and consumer products industries. From May 1989 to August 1997 Mr. Olsen served in the U.S. Navy as a Supply Officer in activities ranging from aviation logistics to major weapons systems acquisition to duty as a White House Social Aide. Mr. Olsen holds a B.S. from the United States Naval Academy and an MBA from the University of Michigan.
 
Peter G. Stewart, Senior Vice President, School Development
 
Peter G. Stewart joined us in September 2000, and serves as Senior Vice President, School Development. From 1990 to 2000, Mr. Stewart worked at urban, rural, and international schools in various roles including teacher, school principal, head of school and curriculum director. Mr. Stewart holds a B.A. in English from Williams College and a M.A. from Columbia University Teachers College.
 
Maria A. Szalay, Vice President, Product Development
 
Maria A. Szalay joined us in March 2001, and serves as Vice President, Product Development. From 1999 to 2001, Ms. Szalay served as Practice Director at Operon Partners, an e-business consulting firm. Prior to that, Ms. Szalay worked at Telecom New Zealand from 1994 to 1999 and served as a management consultant at KPMG from 1990 to 1994. Previously, Ms. Szalay served as a Client Portfolio Analyst at Shearson Lehman from 1988 to 1990. Ms. Szalay holds a B.S. in Finance and a B.A. in German Literature from Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University and an M.B.A. from American University.
 
E. Ray Williams, Senior Vice President, Systems and Technology
 
Elton R. Williams joined us in August 2006, and serves as Senior Vice President, Systems and Technology. From 2005 to 2006, Mr. Williams served as Senior Vice President of Product Development and Operations for Ruckus Network, a digital media company. From 1993 to 2004, Mr. Williams held multiple technology positions at America Online leading up to Senior Technical Director. Mr. Williams previously served as a software developer at Software A.G., a software infrastructure solutions company from 1988 to 1993. Mr. Williams holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Rochester Institute of Technology.
 
Nonemployee Directors
 
Andrew H. Tisch, Chairman
 
Andrew H. Tisch joined us as director in August 2001, and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since May 2007. Since 1985, Mr. Tisch has been a director of Loews Corporation, and is Co-Chairman of its Board, Chairman of its Executive Committee and, since 1999, has been a member of its Office of the President. In addition, Mr. Tisch has served as past Chairman of the board of directors of Bulova Corporation and a director since 1979. Mr. Tisch has also served as director on the board of directors of CNA Financial Corporation since 2006, at Texas Gas Transmission, LLC and Boardwalk Pipelines, LLC since 2005 and Lord & Taylor, Inc. since 2006. Mr. Tisch holds a B.S. in Hotel Administration from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.


78


 

Liza A. Boyd, Director
 
Liza A. Boyd joined us as director in April 2006. Ms. Boyd has been employed with Constellation Ventures, a venture capital fund affiliated with The Bear Stearns Companies, Inc. investing in early to mid-stage companies, since 2000, and has been a Managing Director since 2006. At Constellation Ventures, Ms. Boyd focuses on investments in software and services and online media technologies. Ms. Boyd has served as a director on the board of directors of Widevine Technologies since 2004, Fathom Online since August 2005, Siperian since 2006, Avolent since 2006 and Orchestria since 2006. Ms Boyd holds a B.A. in Mathematical Economics from Colgate University.
 
Guillermo Bron, Director
 
Guillermo Bron joined us as a director in July 2007. Mr. Bron has served as Chairman of the Board and a director of United Pan Am Financial Corp. (UPFC) since April 1994, and as a director of Pan American Bank, FSB (Pan American), a federally chartered savings association and former wholly owned subsidiary of UPFC, from 1994 until its dissolution in February 2005. Mr. Bron is a Managing Director of Acon Funds Management LLC, a private equity firm, and the Managing Member of PAFGP, LLC, the sole general partner of Pan American Financial, L.P. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Bron was a director of Telemundo Group, Inc. Mr. Bron founded UPFC and organized a Hispanic investor group that acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Pan American’s predecessor from the Resolution Trust Corporation in April 1994. From 1994 to 2003, Mr. Bron was an officer, director and principal stockholder of a general partner of Bastion Capital Fund, L.P., a private equity investment fund primarily focused on the Hispanic Market. Previously, Mr. Bron was a Managing Director of Corporate Finance and Mergers and Acquisitions at Drexel Burnham Lambert. Mr. Bron holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Management from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
Steven B. Fink, Director
 
Steven B. Fink joined us as director in October 2003. Since 2000, Mr. Fink has been the Chief Executive Officer of Lawrence Investments, LLC, a technology and biotechnology private equity investment firm, and since 1996, Mr. Fink has served as a Vice Chairman of Knowledge Universe (now Mounte LLC), a private company focused on building leading companies in areas relating to education, technology and career management. Since 1995, Mr. Fink has also served as Chairman and Vice Chairman of Heron International, a European real estate development company. Mr. Fink has served as non-executive Chairman of Spring Group PLC, an information technology services company in the United Kingdom affiliated with Knowledge Universe, from 1997 to 2000 and again from 2002 to the present, and has served as a director of Leapfrog, Inc. since 1999 and as Chairman of the board since 2004. Mr. Fink has also served as a director of Nextera Enterprises, Inc. since 1997. Mr. Fink holds a B.S. in Psychology from the University of California, Los Angeles and a J.D. and an L.L.M. from New York University.
 
Dr. Mary H. Futrell, Director
 
Dr. Mary H. Futrell joined us as a director in August 2007. Dr. Futrell is currently the director of the George Washington Institute for Curriculum Standards and Technology and the founding president of the World Confederation of the Teaching Profession. Previously, she served as president of the Virginia Education Association, Education International, and ERAmerica. After teaching and holding various administrative positions in different secondary schools, Dr. Futrell joined the faculty at the George Washington University, while earning her Ph.D. and in 1995 was promoted to dean of the Graduate School of Education and Human Development. Dr. Futrell is best known for serving six years as president of the National Education Association from 1983 to 1989. Dr. Futrell has also served on the boards of the Kettering Foundation and the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching Leadership, and on the editorial board of Phi Delta Kappa. She has published articles in a number of scholarly journals, such as Education Record, Foreign Language Annals, and Education Administration Quarterly. Dr. Futrell holds a B.A. in Business Education from Virginia State University, a M.A. from and a Ph.D. in Education Policy Studies from George Washington University. She is also the recipient of numerous honors and awards, including more than twenty honorary degrees.


79


 

Thomas J. Wilford, Director
 
Thomas J. Wilford joined us as director in November 2002. Since 1993, Mr. Wilford has served as director of Alscott, Inc., privately held a real estate investment company, and since 1997 has served as President. Since 2003, Mr. Wilford has served as Chief Executive Officer of the J.A. and Kathryn Albertson Foundation, a foundation focused on education within Idaho. Mr. Wilford has served as director on the board of directors of Idacorp, Inc. since 2004, and has served on its Audit Committee since 2005. Previously, Mr. Wilford served as an Office Managing Partner of Ernst & Young LLP from 1979 to 1993. Mr. Wilford holds a B.S., and a M.S. in Business from the University of Minnesota and he is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
Board of Directors and Director Independence
 
Our board of directors is authorized to have nine members and is currently composed of six nonemployee members and our Chief Executive Officer, Ronald J. Packard. Our executive officers and key employees serve at the discretion of our board of directors.
 
All directors are elected for a period of one year at our annual meeting of stockholders and serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Additionally, our stockholders will have the ability to remove directors with cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the common stock.
 
Director Independence
 
Our board has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Mr. Packard, is “independent” as defined in the currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Packard is not independent because he is one of our executive officers.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board directs the management of our business and affairs as provided by Delaware law and conducts its business through meetings of the board of directors, an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee. Further, from time to time, other committees may be established under the direction of the board when necessary to address specific issues. The composition of the board committees will comply, when required, with the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange and applicable law.
 
Audit Committee.   Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things, making recommendations concerning the engagement of our independent public accountants, reviewing with the independent public accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent public accountants, reviewing the independence of the independent public accountants, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees, and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Our audit committee comprises Steven B. Fink, Liza A. Boyd and Thomas J. Wilford. Mr. Fink is the chairman of the audit committee. Each of Mr. Fink and Mr. Wilford has been designated as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. Both Mr. Fink and Mr. Wilford are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and under the currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Ms. Boyd is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.
 
In accordance with Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, we plan to modify the composition of the audit committee within 12 months after the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.   Our nominating and corporate governance committee provides assistance to the board of directors by identifying qualified candidates to become board members,


80


 

selecting nominees for election as directors at stockholders’ meetings and to fill vacancies, developing and recommending to the board a set of applicable corporate governance guidelines and principles as well as oversight of the evaluation of the board and management. Our nominating and corporate governance committee comprises Mr. Steven B. Fink, Mr. Guillermo Bron and Mr. Andrew H. Tisch. Mr. Bron is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Fink, Mr. Bron and Mr. Tisch are “independent” as defined in the currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be effective immediately prior to the pricing of our common stock to be sold in this offering and will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.
 
Compensation Committee.   The compensation committee is responsible for determining compensation for our executive officers and administering our amended and restated stock option plans and other compensation programs. The compensation committee is also charged with establishing, periodically re-evaluating and, where appropriate, adjusting and administering policies concerning compensation of management personnel, including the Chief Executive Officer and all of our other executive officers. Our compensation committee comprises Andrew H. Tisch, Dr. Mary H. Futrell and Liza A. Boyd. Mr. Tisch is the chairman of the compensation committee. Mr. Tisch, Dr. Futrell and Ms. Boyd are “independent” as defined in the currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of the members of our compensation committee at any time has been one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. Our entire board of directors made all compensation decisions prior to the creation of our compensation committee.
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
 
As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, upon consummation of this offering, we expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as directors. The duty of care generally requires that when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
These limitations of liability do not alter liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, upon consummation of this offering, we expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize us to indemnify or officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and provide that:
 
  •  we may indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;


81


 

 
  •  we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and
 
  •  the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.
 
Contemporaneously with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors which will be in addition to and may be broader than the indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.
 
We also maintain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers and intend to obtain a policy of directors and officers liability insurance that will be effective upon completion of this offering which will also cover certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.
 
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which any of them is seeking indemnification from us, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.


82


 

 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
Objectives and Philosophy of Executive Compensation
 
The Compensation Committee, composed entirely of independent directors, administers our executive compensation programs. The Compensation Committee’s role as described in its charter is to discharge the board’s responsibilities relating to compensation of our executives, including the named executive officers, and to oversee and advise the board on the adoption of policies that govern our compensation and benefit programs. Our executive compensation programs are designed to:
 
  •  Attract and retain individuals of superior ability and managerial talent;
 
  •  Ensure senior executive compensation is aligned with our corporate strategies, business objectives and the long-term interests of our stockholders;
 
  •  Provide an incentive to achieve key strategic and financial performance measures by linking incentive award opportunities to the achievement of performance goals in these areas; and
 
  •  Enhance the executives’ incentive to increase our stock price and maximize stockholder value, as well as promote retention of key people, by providing a portion of total compensation opportunities for senior management in the form of direct ownership in our stock through stock options.
 
To achieve these objectives, the Compensation Committee has implemented and maintains compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals such as our annual revenues and operating earnings. The Compensation Committee also evaluates individual executive performance with the goal of setting compensation at levels the Compensation Committee believes are comparable with executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development that operate in the major education and high-technology industries, taking into account our relative performance and our strategic goals.
 
Determination of Compensation Awards
 
The Compensation Committee has the authority to determine and recommend the compensation awards available to our named executive officers. Historically, we have set base salaries and annual incentive targets based on both individual performance and position. Base salaries and annual incentive targets for the named executive officers are determined as of the date of hire. Base salaries and annual incentive targets are reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee and may be adjusted to reflect individual performance and any changes in position within the Company to both reward the executives for superior performance and to further our goals of attracting and retaining managerial talent. To aid the Compensation Committee in making its determination, the CEO and COO/CFO provide recommendations annually to the Compensation Committee regarding the compensation of all executive officers, excluding themselves. Each named executive officer other than our CEO and COO/CFO, in turn, participates in an annual performance review with either the CEO or the COO/CFO to provide input regarding the named executive officer’s contributions to our success for the period being assessed. The performance of our CEO and COO/CFO is reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee.
 
In 2007, the Compensation Committee retained an independent compensation consultant, Radford Surveys + Consulting, to assist the Compensation Committee with determining the key elements of our compensation programs for fiscal year 2008 and future fiscal years. Radford Surveys + Consulting is an independent consultant specializing in compensation matters in both the technology and education industries. The compensation consultant provides advice to the Compensation Committee with respect to competitive practices and the amounts and nature of compensation paid to the named executive officers. The compensation consultant also advises us on, among other things, structuring our various compensation programs and determining the appropriate levels of salary, bonus and other incentive awards payable to our named executive officers. Based upon the compensation consultant’s recommendations, our executive compensation package continues to consist of a fixed base salary and variable cash and option-based incentive awards, with a significant portion weighted towards the variable components to ensure that total compensation reflects our overall success or failure and to motivate executive officers to meet appropriate performance measures, thereby maximizing total return to stockholders. Within our performance-based compensation program, we aim to compensate the named executive officers in a manner that is tax effective for us.


83


 

Compensation Benchmarking and Peer Group
 
For the fiscal year ending in 2008, we set base salary structures and annual incentive targets at slightly above the median of a peer group of major education and high-technology companies. An important component of setting and structuring compensation for our named executive officers is determining the compensation packages offered by leading education and high-technology companies in order for us to offer competitive compensation within that group of companies. With the assistance of the compensation consultant, we surveyed the compensation practices of a peer group of companies in the United States to assess our competitiveness. The peer group generally consists of 15 leading education companies. This “Peer Group” of companies for our fiscal year ending in 2008 includes: Audible, Inc; Blackboard Inc; Capella Education Company; CNET Networks, Inc; Corinthian Colleges, Inc.; Courier Corporation; DeVry Inc.; eCollege.com; Educate, Inc.; IHS Inc.; ITT Educational Services, Inc.; Learning Tree International, Inc.; PLATO Learning, Inc.; Renaissance Learning, Inc.; and Strayer Education. Overall, our independent compensation consultant determined that our compensation programs, as structured, achieve our market philosophy relative to our Peer Group.
 
Elements of Compensation
 
Base Salary
 
Base salaries for our named executive officers are generally established in line with the scope of their responsibilities, taking into account competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions, and recognizing cost of living considerations. Base salaries are reviewed at least annually, and are adjusted from time to time according to performance and inflation and to realign salaries with market levels. Based upon competitive data and in keeping with the compensation philosophy, the named executive officers’ respective base salaries at the close of fiscal year 2007 were at the following ratio to the median of the comparable position at companies in the Peer Group: Mr. Packard 1.00; Mr. Baule 1.15; Mr. Davis 1.32; Mr. Saxberg 1.13; and Ms. Stokes 1.00. Salaries among the named executive officers reflect the legacy of their position at hire and subsequent adjustments for parity or new responsibilities assigned. None of Mr. Packard, Mr. Baule or Mr. Saxberg received salary increases in fiscal year 2007. Mr. Packard, Mr. Baule and Mr. Saxberg received increases in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 when they each acquired additional responsibilities. Ms. Stokes received a salary increase in the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. At the time of their respective salary increases, Mr. Packard was appointed Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Baule assumed responsibility for the operations of the enterprise, Mr. Saxberg assumed a role with expanded customer interface, and Ms. Stokes assumed responsibility related to marketing functions. Mr. Davis’ salary was negotiated at hire as a combination of external market and internal value associated with his experience and position.
 
Annual Performance Bonus
 
We maintain an annual cash performance bonus program, the Executive Bonus Plan, which is intended to reward executive officers based on our performance and the individual named executive officer’s contribution to that performance. In determining the performance-based compensation awarded to each named executive officer, the Compensation Committee may generally evaluate our performance and the executive’s performance in a number of areas, which could include revenues, operating earnings, student retention, efficiency in product and systems development, marketing investment efficacy, new enrollment and developing company leaders. The Compensation Committee believes that the performance bonus program provides incentives necessary to retain executives and reward them for our short-term performance.
 
In 2007, the Compensation Committee implemented a “one-team-one-goal” philosophy for awarding annual bonuses. This approach required all executives to remain focused, not merely on individual goal-sets, but on the achievement of these corporate goals. For fiscal year 2007, the amounts payable under our annual cash performance bonus program were primarily determined based upon our financial performance including earnings, revenue and EBITDA factors representing improvement in comparison to the prior fiscal year and the cash available for bonus awards. Other key factors considered included achieving product development goals, enrollment growth and efforts in preparing the company for an initial public offering. The performance bonuses were not, however, predicated or tied to predetermined objective targets for any financial or other metric. Rather, the Compensation Committee made a subjective determination regarding the extent to which these corporate goals were achieved by the executive team


84


 

as a whole. Part of this determination reflects the fact that there are material differences in our executive officers’ respective spans of control and scope of responsibilities. In addition to these factors, bonus payments in 2007 took into account length of service to the Company, employment agreement terms, individual contributions that exceeded expectations, and mid-year promotions.
 
Differences in bonus levels above targets were attributable to relative position level and impact on the business. Individual contributions were measured by discrete achievements within the executive’s respective department that advanced company-wide objectives. For example, one executive made a substantial contribution to achievement of our revenue targets by exceeding the forecasted student enrollment and retention levels. Another executive received a bonus higher than the target as a result of effectively managing our operations to yield a net income above original forecasts. The difference in bonus amounts is directly attributable to one executive serving as a senior vice president and the other then serving as an executive vice president with a broader span of control and management responsibilities. In this example, the lower bonus percentage of one executive took into account that this executive reported to the executive receiving the higher percentage even though both exceeded expectations. As noted, we paid a guaranteed bonus to one executive, for fiscal year 2007 only, as part of his employment agreement.
 
For fiscal year 2007, Mr. Packard’s target bonus was 100% of base salary, Mr. Baule’s target bonus was 50% of base salary, Mr. Davis’ target bonus was 40% of base salary, Mr. Saxberg’s target bonus was 30% of base salary and Ms. Stokes’ target bonus was 30% of base salary. Bonus targets have historically been negotiated at the time of hire. The legacy of these at-hire negotiations have clustered bonus targets at the 40% -50% range of base salary for the Chief Financial Officer and any Executive Vice President, and 30% for the Senior Vice President roles. Mr. Davis’ fiscal year 2007 bonus was guaranteed at $120,000 as part of his employment agreement to offset an earned bonus he left behind with his previous employer. The Compensation Committee determined that Mr. Packard and Mr. Saxberg received their full target bonus for fiscal year 2007, Mr. Baule received a bonus equal to 68% of his base salary in recognition of his expanded role and Ms. Stokes received a bonus equal to 36% of her base salary in recognition of her success in product demand creation.
 
The performance goals for fiscal year 2007 were difficult to achieve in the view of the Compensation Committee, as executives were required to improve the financial performance of the Company while simultaneously focusing on establishing corporate governance standards, improving accounting practices, creating effective internal control systems and maintaining operational stability. The results of performance are set forth in the section entitled “Summary Compensation Table” below.
 
Using peer group data, the Compensation Committee plans to review each of the executive bonus targets in fiscal year 2008 and set objectively determinable goals for the 2008 fiscal year to reflect the stated compensation philosophy. Executive bonuses will be based primarily on the Company achieving revenue and EBITDA targets and to a lesser extent, on the achievement of specified individual goals. These Company financial targets for 2008 and the individual functional goals for our executive officers have yet to be determined. The Compensation Committee expects that these financial targets are difficult to achieve because they will require the Company to expand the jurisdictions in which it operates in order to meet the targeted growth, which is not assured in any given time period, particularly in light of factors beyond our control. Additionally, each executive will have an individual set of goals (in addition to the corporate objectives) upon which his or her performance will be measured. In 2008, an Executive will become eligible to receive his or her individual bonus only if the Company achieves at least 80% of its financial targets with a graduated scale thereafter. Although the Compensation Committee has not established these individual goals for 2008, we expect these goals to be different for each Executive because they will be aligned with the Executive’s functional responsibilities, leadership tasks and achievement of department-specific objectives related to operating as a public company.
 
Stock Options
 
The Company’s named executive officers, along with a large portion of our employees, are eligible to participate in our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, pursuant to which we grant awards of stock options. We have also granted stock options to some of our named executive officers pursuant to stand-alone agreements. Initial stock option grants are typically made as of the date of hire and then additional stock options may be granted to realign the recipient’s stock option holdings with the stock option holdings of similarly situated employees.


85


 

Participants, including the named executive officers, become eligible for stock option grants based on individual performance, as determined by the Compensation Committee; however, historically the amount of stock options granted to each participant has generally been determined using a procedure approved by the Compensation Committee based upon several factors, including our financial performance, measured generally based on revenue and EBITDA, the value of the stock option at the time of grant and the recipient’s contributions to the Company. Option grants in 2006 were not, however, tied to objective targets for any financial or other metric. Additional grants may be made following a significant change in job responsibility or in recognition of a significant achievement. In addition, since we hired an independent compensation consultant, we have begun to review external factors such as market data and equity award policies of comparable companies when determining the grants of stock options to participants, including the named executive officers. Providing long-term incentive awards through the grant of stock options enhances our goal of aligning executive compensation with the long-term interests of our stockholders by linking compensation to our stock price and maximizing stockholder value.
 
Stock options granted under our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan generally have a four-year vesting schedule in order to provide an incentive for continued employment. The exercise price of options granted under the stock option plan is equal to or greater than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. During fiscal year 2007, Messrs. Packard and Davis received stock option grants pursuant to stand-alone agreements. These stand alone agreements were used to include vesting and pricing elements that our standard stock option plan did not accommodate. Mr. Davis’ option grant pursuant to his stand alone agreement is subject to a time-based vesting schedule. However, to align Mr. Packard’s equity compensation with our success, we developed a dual vesting schedule with a portion of his option grant subject to a time-based vesting schedule and a portion of his option grant subject to a vesting schedule based upon the Company’s achievement of financial performance metrics, jurisdictional and enrollment expansion targets or the fair market value of our common stock reaching a certain price. Similarly, in connection with board approval of the amendments of Mr. Packard’s and Mr. Baule’s employment agreements discussed below on July 12, 2007, we granted options to Mr. Packard and Mr. Baule that utilize this dual vesting schedule. This dual vesting takes into consideration Mr. Packard’s role as Chief Executive Officer and steward of achieving the corporate goals, as well as his role as an individual contributor to business development and revenue generation. The dual vesting model of Mr. Baule’s options was designed to align his incentives with the Chief Executive Officer’s. Additionally, the vesting model is reflective of his dual roles, including both his position as Chief Financial Officer, with the long term perspective that role implies, and his position as the Chief Operating Officer, with the quarterly and annual performance goals resident in that responsibility. For the same reasons as stated above with respect to the performance metrics relating to annual performance bonuses for executives, the Compensation Committee believes the achievement of these performance metrics will be difficult. Our revenue and EBITDA targets are in part dependent upon the ability to serve virtual public schools in more states or the removal of enrollment restrictions in states where we currently operate. In addition, Mr. Packard’s performance-based vesting targets relating to jurisdictional and enrollment expansion are directly dependent upon these factors. That typically requires a major initiative to secure legislation or regulations permitting this form of public education. These efforts include coordinating grass-roots support, converting this support into state-specific legislative proposals, and managing advocacy efforts to ensure the adoption of enabling legislation. This process often takes multiple legislative sessions over several years. The difficulty and uncertainty of this process is a major factor in measuring Company performance. Certain stock options granted to Messrs. Packard and Davis have exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. For fiscal year 2007, we granted 950,974 stock options to Mr. Packard and 98,039 stock options to Mr. Davis as part of their respective revised and new employment arrangements. The determination of the amounts of the option grants for Messrs. Packard and Davis was based on a combination of market data and internal value ascribed to their respective positions by the Compensation Committee. The options granted to Mr. Packard, in addition to reflecting the Company-wide financial targets, are also based on certain non-financial objectives that require his direct attention, significant time commitments, and execution risk. Messrs. Baule and Saxberg and Ms. Stokes did not receive option grants during fiscal year 2007 because Compensation Committee review did not occur for them during the 2007 fiscal year. Certain stock options granted to Messrs. Packard and Davis have exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. For fiscal year 2007, we granted 950,974 stock options to Mr. Packard and 98,039 stock options to Mr. Davis as part of their respective employment arrangements. The determination of the amounts of the option grants for Messrs. Packard and Davis


86


 

was based on a combination of market data and internal value ascribed to their respective positions by the Compensation Committee. Messrs. Baule and Saxberg and Ms. Stokes did not receive option grants during fiscal year 2007.
 
Deferred Compensation Plan
 
While we do not currently maintain a deferred compensation plan, effective January 2008, members of our senior executive management team (including our named executive officers) and all vice presidents will be eligible to defer up to 100% of any cash component of the annual incentive bonus earned. The amounts may be deferred up to a maximum of 10 years and are expected to earn a fixed interest rate. The addition of a deferred compensation plan provides a means for us to provide benefits to our executive team to further our philosophy of attracting and retaining individuals of superior ability.
 
Defined Contribution Plan
 
We maintain a Section 401(k) Savings/Retirement Plan (the 401(k) Plan), which covers our eligible employees, including our named executive officers. The 401(k) Plan allows participants to defer up to 50% of their annual compensation, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. The employees’ elective deferrals are immediately vested and nonforfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) Plan. We currently provide matching contributions equal to $0.25 for each dollar of participant contributions, up to a maximum of 4% of the participant’s annual salary and subject to certain other limits. Our matching contributions are subject to a four-year vesting schedule.
 
Employment, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements
 
We currently have employment agreements in place with each of our named executive officers that provide for severance payments in connection with certain terminations of employment. During our fiscal year ending in 2007, Mr. Packard had an employment agreement with us that provided for salary continuation for 450 days following a termination of his employment without cause by us or due to constructive termination. In addition, each of the other named executive officers have employment agreements with us that provide for employment on an “at will” basis and provide for severance payments ranging from six months to 12 months (plus benefit continuation in certain cases) generally in connection with terminations of employment without cause by us or for good reason by the executive. These agreements were generally negotiated at hire and the potential severance payments were determined considering the following: market data from the peer group; the executive’s perceived marketability; and the desired length of a non-standard non-competition agreement. On July 12, 2007, our board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for Mr. Packard and an amendment to Mr. Baule’s employment agreement, which are discussed below. Mr. Packard’s employment agreement was amended and restated and Mr. Baule’s employment agreement was amended because both Mr. Packard and Mr. Baule were promoted to new positions within the company. Mr. Packard was promoted to Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Baule was promoted to Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. In addition, Mr. Baule’s employment agreement reflects the grant of additional stock options relating to his assumption of additional responsibilities in March 2006. Their employment agreements were revised to reflect the new positions and provide for additional compensation in connection with their undertaking new roles and responsibilities within the company. Severance is considered by us and our employees to be an integral part of the overall compensation package. We provide severance to the executives as a means to attract and retain individuals with superior ability and managerial talent. The severance arrangements impact annual compensation decisions regarding levels of salary and bonus because the severance is provided in the form of salary continuation.
 
While the named executive officers are generally not entitled to receive payments solely as a result of a change in control of the Company, upon certain corporate transactions (including a sale of all or substantially all of the assets, certain mergers or consolidations and certain sales of our outstanding stock) all outstanding options will become fully vested and exercisable.
 
We believe that providing the named executive officers with severance payments upon certain terminations of employment and accelerated vesting of stock options upon a change in control are key retention tools that assist us with remaining competitive with the companies in our Peer Group, further our goal of attracting and retaining key


87


 

executives with superior ability and managerial talent and protect our intellectual capital and competitive position. These employment agreements, including the revised terms of Mr. Packard’s agreement approved by the board of directors and change in control arrangements, are further described below under the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”
 
Summary Compensation Table for 2007
 
The following table provides information regarding the compensation that we paid to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
                                                         
                    Nonequity
       
                Option
  Incentive Plan
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary   Bonus (1)   Awards (2)   Compensation   Compensation (3)   Total
 
Ronald J. Packard
    2007     $ 410,000     $ 410,000     $ 116,436     $    —     $     2,050     $    938,486  
Chief Executive Officer
                                                       
John F. Baule
    2007       300,000       210,000                   1,646       511,646  
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
                                                       
Bruce J. Davis
    2007       144,423       120,000 (5)     4,791                   269,214  
Executive Vice President of School Services (4)
                                                       
Bror V. H. Saxberg
    2007       310,000       93,000                   2,713       405,713  
Chief Learning Officer
                                                       
Celia M. Stokes
    2007       221,052       80,000                   1,847       302,899  
Chief Marketing Officer
                                                       
 
(1) This column represents cash awards to the named executive officers for performance with respect to fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. These awards were paid in September 2007. These awards were generally based upon corporate performance, but were not determined based upon the achievement of specific objective performance targets.
(2) This column represents the dollar amount recognized by us for financial statement reporting purposes of the fair value of stock options granted in fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, and prior years in accordance with FAS 123R, assuming no forfeitures. For additional information, including information regarding the assumptions used when valuing the stock options, refer to note 9 of our consolidated financial statements filed herewith. The amounts set forth in this column reflect our accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be realized by the named executive officer receiving the awards. See the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for additional information on stock options granted during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
(3) The amounts in this column consist of 401(k) matching contributions paid by us.
(4) Mr. Davis commenced his employment with us on January 8, 2007. Amounts included in the table reflect Mr. Davis’ compensation from his date of hire through the end of the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2007.
(5) Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Davis was entitled to a guaranteed bonus of $120,000 for fiscal year 2007 which was paid on July 8, 2007.


88


 

 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2007
 
The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. The awards described in the following table were granted under our Executive Bonus Plan and stand-alone stock option agreements. The performance metrics considered when the awards were granted, if any, are described in previous subsections of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above. No awards were granted to any named executive officer under our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
                                                                       
        Estimated
                           
        Possible
              All
           
        Payouts
              Other
          Grant
        Under
              Option
          Date
        Nonequity
              Awards:
      Closing
  Fair
        Incentive
  Estimated Future Payouts
  Number of
  Exercise or
  Market
  Value
        Plan
  Under Equity
  Securities
  Base
  Price
  of
        Awards   Incentive Plan Awards (1)   Underlying
  Price
  on Date
  Option
    Grant
  Target
  Threshold
  Target
  Maximum
  Options (2)
  of Option
  of
  Awards
Name and Principal Position
  Date   ($)   (#)   (#)   (#)   (#)   Awards   Grant (3)   ($/Sh)
 
Ronald J. Packard
          $    —                                          
Chief Executive
    7/27/2006                     68,627               $     7.65     $     2.96     $    14,802  
Officer
    7/27/2006                     117,645                 7.65       2.96       87,206  
      7/27/2006                     29,411                 7.65       2.96       6,178  
      7/27/2006                     39,215                 7.65       2.96       16,715  
      7/27/2006                     39,215                 7.65       2.96       19,986  
      7/27/2006                     9,803                 7.65       2.96       4,996  
      7/27/2006               29,411       235,294                 7.65       2.96       171,652  
      7/27/2006               14,705       117,647                 7.65       2.96       85,826  
      7/27/2006                     294,117                 30.60       2.96       113,217  
John F. Baule
                                                     
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
                                                                     
Bruce J. Davis
    2/1/2007                             98,039       9.18       4.23       153,117  
Executive Vice President of School Services
                                                                     
Bror V. H. Saxberg
                                                     
Chief Learning Officer
                                                                     
Celia M. Stokes
                                                     
Chief Marketing Officer
                                                                     
 
 
(1) Stock options were granted pursuant to stand-alone stock option agreements with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of a share of our common stock subject to such option on the date of grant, expire on December 31, 2012, and are subject to performance vesting schedules, as further described in the footnotes to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table. The stock options with performance vesting schedules do not have maximum payout amounts.
(2) Stock options were granted pursuant to stand-alone stock option agreements with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of a share of our common stock subject to such option on the date of grant, expire on December 31, 2014 and are subject to a four year time-based vesting schedule.
(3) The closing market price of our common stock on the date of grant is based upon our analysis of its fair market value. For a discussion of this analysis, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Accounting for Stock-based Compensation.”


89


 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End for 2007
 
The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of June 30, 2007. All such equity awards consist of stock options granted pursuant to our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan or stand-alone stock option agreements, and no restricted stock awards have been granted to any of the named executive officers. The section titled “Stock Options” in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis section provides additional information regarding the outstanding equity awards set forth in this table.
 
                                         
    Option Awards  
                Equity Incentive Plan
             
    Number of
    Number of
    Awards: Number of
             
    Securities Underlying
    Securities Underlying
    Securities Underlying
    Option
    Option
 
    Unexercised Options
    Unexercised Options
    Unexercised Unearned
    Exercise
    Expiration
 
Name and Principal Position   Exercisable     Unexercisable     Options     Price     Date  
 
Ronald J. Packard
    68,627                 $  7.65       7/27/2014  
Chief Executive Officer (1)
    117,645                   7.65       7/27/2014  
      29,411                   7.65       7/27/2014  
                  39,215       7.65       7/27/2014  
                  39,215       7.65       7/27/2014  
                  9,803       7.65       7/27/2014  
                  235,294       7.65       7/27/2014  
      58,824             58,824       7.65       7/27/2014  
                  294,117       30.60       7/27/2014  
      132,353                   6.83       7/1/2011  
      176,469                   6.83       7/23/2010  
John F. Baule
    19,607       58,824             7.65       6/1/2014  
Chief Operating Officer
    88,234       68,628             6.83       3/24/2013  
and Chief Financial Officer (2)
                                       
Bruce J. Davis
          98,039             9.18       2/1/2015  
Executive Vice President of School Services (3)
                                       
Bror V. H. Saxberg
    14,705       44,118             7.65       4/26/2014  
Chief Learning Officer (4)
    9,926       7,721             6.83       3/1/2013  
Celia M. Stokes
    11,028       28,186             7.65       4/26/2014  
Chief Marketing Officer (5)
                                       
 
 
(1) Mr. Packard’s outstanding unvested options are subject to performance-based vesting. 39,215 options with exercise prices of $7.65 per share will vest in each of fiscal year ending June 30, 2008 and 2009 contingent upon our attaining revenues and EBITDA goals during each of the respective preceeding fiscal years. 9,803 options with exercise prices of $7.65 per share will vest in fiscal year ending June 30, 2009 contingent upon Mr. Packard attaining leadership goals during the preceeding fiscal year. 235,294 options with exercise prices of $7.65 per share will vest on dates that jurisdictional expansion and related EBITDA goals are obtained, if any. 58,824 options with exercise prices of $7.65 per share will vest on dates that jurisdictional expansion and enrollment targets are achieved. 294,117 options with exercise prices of $30.60 per share will vest upon the fair market value of a share of our common stock equaling $30.60.
(2) Mr. Baule’s outstanding unvested options are subject to time-based vesting. 4,901 options with exercise prices of $7.65 per share will vest every three months beginning on September 1, 2007 through June 1, 2010. 9,803 options with exercise prices of $6.83 per share will vest every three months beginning on September 24, 2007 through March 24, 2009.
(3) Mr. Davis’s outstanding unvested options are subject to time-based vesting. 24,509 options will vest on February 1, 2008 and 6,127 options will vest every three months thereafter beginning on May 1, 2008 through February 1, 2011.
(4) Mr. Saxberg’s outstanding unvested options are subject to time-based vesting. 3,676 options will vest every three months beginning on July 27, 2007 through April 27, 2010, and 1,102 will vest every three months beginning on September 24, 2007 through March 24, 2009.
(5) Ms. Stokes’ outstanding unvested options are subject to time-based vesting. 1,225 options vest every three months beginning on July 27, 2007 through April 27, 2010, and 1,225 vest every three months beginning on September 21, 2007 through March 21, 2010.


90


 

 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
The following table provides information for the named executive officers regarding the stock options each named executive officer exercised, and the value realized, if any, during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
                 
    Option Awards  
    Number of
       
    Shares
       
    Acquired
    Value Realized
 
Name and Principal Position   on Exercise (1)     on Exercise  
 
Ronald J. Packard
        $      —  
Chief Executive Officer
               
John F. Baule
           
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
               
Bruce J. Davis
           
Executive Vice President of School Services
               
Bror V. H. Saxberg
    39,215       64,000 (2)
Chief Learning Officer
               
Celia M. Stokes
           
Chief Marketing Officer
               
 
 
(1) None of the named executive officers other than Mr. Saxberg exercised any stock options during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
(2) Represents the exercise of 39,215 options on May 29, 2007, each with an exercise price of $6.83 per share. The estimated fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise was $8,47 For a discussion of the analysis of the fair market value of our common stock, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Accounting for Stock-based Compensation.”
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
 
The Company has employment agreements with each of our named executive officers that provide for severance payments and, in some cases, other benefits upon certain terminations of employment.
 
Employment Agreements
 
Mr. Packard’s employment agreement, effective as of January 1, 2006, provides for a term of employment through January 1, 2009, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the agreement. Upon a termination of Mr. Packard’s employment by us without cause or due to a “constructive termination” (generally, a material reduction in Mr. Packard’s duties, responsibilities or title), Mr. Packard is entitled to salary continuation for 450 days following termination and he may exercise his outstanding vested stock options until the earlier of 90 days following the expiration of any lock-up period applicable to our initial underwritten public offering, or the expiration of the option term. Upon termination of Mr. Packard’s employment due to his death, his estate will receive salary continuation payments for 180 days following his death. The agreement also provides that Mr. Packard is subject to restrictive covenants during the term of the agreement and for certain periods following termination of employment, including confidentiality restrictive covenants during the term and for three years following termination, intellectual property restrictive covenants during the term, and nonsolicitation and noncompetition restrictive covenants during the period that Mr. Packard receives any compensation from us (including severance) and one year thereafter.
 
On July 12, 2007, our board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for Mr. Packard. This amended and restated agreement extends the term of Mr. Packard’s employment until January 1, 2011, and provides for (i) an annual base salary of $425,000, (ii) an annual cash bonus to be awarded by the board of directors in its discretion with a target amount of 100% of base salary, (iii) additional stock option grants subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting, (iv) full vesting of all outstanding stock options upon a change in


91


 

control of the Company, and (v) severance upon a termination of Mr. Packard’s employment without cause by us or due to “constructive termination” equal to 18 months of base salary and the extension of the exercise date for Mr. Packard’s outstanding stock options to the earlier of 90 days following expiration of any lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial public offering and the expiration of the term of the stock options.
 
Mr. Baule’s employment agreement, dated March 4, 2005, provides for his employment with us on an “at-will” basis. Upon a termination of Mr. Baule’s employment for “good reason” (generally, a material reduction in Mr. Baule’s compensation, assignment of a materially different title and responsibilities effectively resulting in a demotion, relocation of Mr. Baule’s place of work more than 50 miles from our headquarters, or we otherwise materially breach the employment agreement), or by us for any reason other than cause, death or disability, Mr. Baule is entitled to severance equal to 365 days of his then-current salary, paid in six monthly installments following termination, and medical and dental benefit continuation for 365 days, or if earlier, until eligible for benefits elsewhere (or reimbursement of COBRA costs to the extent our employee benefit plans do not allow post-termination participation by Mr. Baule). The agreement also provides that Mr. Baule will be subject to the terms of the Company’s Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, which generally prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information during and after the period of employment, ensures our right of ownership of any intellectual property developed during the period of employment, prohibits the solicitation of employees for one year following termination of employment and requires that any disputes regarding employment or termination of employment be subject to binding arbitration.
 
On July 12, 2007, our board of directors approved an amendment to Mr. Baule’s employment agreement. This amendment provides for (i) an annual base salary of $340,000, (ii) an annual cash bonus to be awarded by the board of directors in its discretion with a target amount of 70% of base salary, (iii) additional stock option grants subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting, and (iv) full vesting of all stock options upon a change in control of the company.
 
Mr. Davis’ employment agreement, effective as of January 3, 2007, provides for his employment with us on an “at-will” basis. Upon a termination of Mr. Davis’ employment for “good reason” (generally, a material breach of the employment agreement by us that is not cured within 60 days, a reduction in base salary, a diminution or adverse change to title or the person to whom Mr. Davis reports prior to a change in control of the Company, a material diminution in authority, responsibilities or duties, a relocation of place of employment more than 25 miles from our headquarters, a material reduction in Mr. Davis’ compensation, assignment of a materially different title and responsibilities effectively demoting Mr. Davis, or if the employment agreement is not assumed by the successor within 90 days following a change in control of the Company), or by us without cause, Mr. Davis is entitled to 180 days of salary continuation if the termination occurs prior to January 1, 2008, and 365 days of salary continuation if the termination occurs after January 1, 2008. The agreement also provides that Mr. Davis will be subject to the terms of our Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement which generally prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information during and after the period of employment, ensures our right of ownership of any intellectual property developed during the period of employment, prohibits the solicitation of employees for one year following termination of employment and requires that any disputes regarding employment or termination of employment be subject to binding arbitration.
 
Mr. Saxberg’s employment agreement, dated June 1, 2006, provides for his employment with us on an “at-will” basis. Upon a termination of Mr. Saxberg’s employment for “good reason” (Mr. Saxberg’s resignation within 40 days after his discovery of a material breach of the agreement by us which is not cured within 30 days after written notice from Mr. Saxberg), or by us without “cause,” Mr. Saxberg is entitled to 180 days of salary continuation, reduced by any compensation resulting from new employment. The agreement also provides that Mr. Saxberg will be subject to the terms of our Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement which generally prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information during and after the period of employment, ensures our right of ownership of any intellectual property developed during the period of employment, prohibits the solicitation of employees for one year following termination of employment and requires that any disputes regarding employment or termination of employment be subject to binding arbitration.
 
Ms. Stokes’ employment agreement, dated March 10, 2006, provides for her employment with us on an “at-will” basis. Upon a termination of Ms. Stokes’ employment for “good reason” (Ms. Stokes’ resignation within


92


 

40 days after her discovery of a material breach of the agreement by us which is not cured within 30 days after written notice from Ms. Stokes), or by us without “cause,” Ms. Stokes is entitled to 180 days of salary continuation, reduced by any compensation resulting from new employment. The agreement also provides that Ms. Stokes will be subject to the terms of our Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement which generally prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information during and after the period of employment, ensures our right of ownership of any intellectual property developed during the period of employment, prohibits the solicitation of employees for one year following termination of employment and requires that any disputes regarding employment or termination of employment be subject to binding arbitration.
 
Change in Control Arrangements
 
Except for certain stock options granted to Mr. Packard and Mr. Baule during our fiscal year ending in 2007, the stock option agreements for outstanding stock options generally provide for accelerated and full vesting of unvested stock options upon certain corporate events. As described above, on July 12, 2007, our board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for Mr. Packard, which provides that all of his outstanding options will become fully vested upon a change in control of the Company. Additionally, on July 12, 2007, our board of directors also approved the terms of a new option agreement for Mr. Baule, which provides that all of his outstanding options will become fully vested upon a change in control of the Company. Those events include a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, a merger or consolidation which results in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of our voting stock immediately after the transaction, and a sale of our outstanding securities (other than in connection with an initial public offering) which results in our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of our voting stock immediately after the transaction.
 
In addition, as described above, Mr. Davis is entitled to voluntarily terminate his employment and receive the severance payments described above if his employment agreement is not assumed by the successor entity within 90 days following a change in control of the Company. Other than the foregoing, none of the named executive officers is entitled to any additional payments upon a change in control of the Company.


93


 

Potential Value of Termination and Change in Control Benefits
 
The following table provides the dollar value of potential payments and benefits that each named executive officer would be entitled to receive upon certain terminations of employment and upon a change in control of the Company, assuming that the termination or change in control occurred on June 30, 2007, and the price per share of our common stock subject to the stock options equaled $1.82, the value of a share on June 30, 2007. For a discussion of our analysis of the fair market value of our common stock, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Accounting for Stock-based Compensation.”
 
                                     
              Without
    Good
    Change in
 
Name
  Payment   Death     Cause     Reason     Control  
 
Ronald J. Packard (1)
  Salary continuation   $ 202,192     $ 505,479     $ 505,479     $  
    Benefit continuation                        
    Option vesting                       624,000  
                                     
John F. Baule (2)
  Salary continuation           300,000       300,000        
    Benefit continuation           16,734       16,734        
    Option vesting                       264,000  
                                     
Bruce J. Davis
  Salary continuation           147,945       147,945        
    Benefit continuation                        
    Option vesting                       10,000  
                                     
Bror V. H. Saxberg
  Salary continuation           152,877       152,877        
    Benefit continuation                        
    Option vesting                       90,900  
                                     
Celia M. Stokes
  Salary continuation           109,012       109,012        
    Benefit continuation                        
    Option vesting                       46,000  
 
 
(1) Amounts do not reflect the terms of Mr. Packard’s amended and restated employment agreement effective July 12, 2007. If Mr. Packard’s amended and restated employment agreement was in effect as of June 30, 2007, Mr. Packard’s salary continuation upon death, termination without cause or termination for good reason would have been $209,589, $637,500 and $637,500, respectively. The value of Mr. Packard’s option vesting would not have changed because the exercise price of the new stock options would have exceeded the value of a share of our common stock on such date.
(2) Amounts do not reflect the terms of Mr. Baule’s amended employment agreement or stock option agreement effective July 12, 2007. If Mr. Baule’s amended employment agreement and option agreement were in effect as of June 30, 2007, Mr. Baule’s salary continuation upon termination without cause or termination for good reason would have been $340,000. The value of Mr. Baule’s option vesting would not have changed because the exercise price of the new stock options would have exceeded the value of a share of our common stock on such date. The value of the benefit continuation would not have changed.
 
Director Compensation
 
For fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, and prior fiscal years, we compensated our nonemployee directors solely through grants of stock options. None of our nonemployee directors received any other form of compensation for service during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, such as cash fees for retainer, committee service, service as chairman of the board of directors or meeting attendance. For service during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, each nonemployee director received options to purchase 4,901 shares of our common stock. In addition, members of the Executive Committee of the board during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, which included Messrs. Tisch, Milken, Fink and Ms. Boyd, received options to purchase an additional 4,901 shares of our common stock in compensation


94


 

for their increased time commitments with respect to serving on the Executive Committee. Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for serving on the board or its committees.
 
                 
    Option
       
Name
  Awards (1)     Total (1)  
 
Andrew H. Tisch
  $  708 (2)     $  708  
Arthur H. Bilger
    354 (3)       354  
Chester E. Finn Jr. 
    354 (4)       354  
Liza A. Boyd
    708 (5)       708  
Lowell J. Milken
    708 (6)       708  
Steven B. Fink
    708 (7)       708  
Thomas J. Wilford
    354 (8)       354  
 
 
(1) This column represents the dollar amount recognized by us for financial statement reporting purposes of the fair value of stock options granted in fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, and prior years under our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan in accordance with FAS 123R, assuming no forfeitures. For additional information, including information regarding the assumptions used when valuing the stock options, refer to note 9 of our consolidated financial statements filed herewith. The amounts set forth in this column reflect our accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be realized by the directors receiving the awards.
(2) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Tisch was granted 9,803 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $33,975. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Tisch held options to purchase 53,916 shares of common stock, consisting of 9,803 granted on May 17, 2007; 9,803 granted on April 27, 2006; 9,803 granted on March 24, 2005; 9,803 granted on March 31, 2004; 9,803 granted on February 10, 2003; and 4,901 granted on July 23, 2002.
(3) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Bilger was granted 4,901 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $16,988. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Bilger held options to purchase 29,406 shares of common stock, consisting of 4,901 granted on May 17, 2007; 4,901 granted on April 27, 2006; 4,901 granted on March 24, 2005; 4,901 granted on March 31, 2004; 4,901 granted on February 10, 2003; and 4,901 granted on July 23, 2002. Mr. Bilger resigned from the board of directors on June 29, 2007.
(4) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Finn was granted 4,901 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $16,988. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Finn held options to purchase 41,170 shares of common stock, consisting of 4,901 granted on May 17, 2007; 4,901 granted on April 27, 2006; 4,901 granted on March 24, 2005; 4,901 granted on March 31, 2004; 4,901 granted on February 10, 2003; 4,901 granted on July 23, 2002; and 11,764 granted on August 31, 2000. Mr. Finn resigned from the board of directors on July 19, 2007.
(5) Ms. Boyd serves as a director on behalf of certain funds managed by Constellation Ventures. During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Ms. Boyd was granted 9,803 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $33,975, which have been assigned to these funds. The options granted to the director serving on behalf of these funds in prior years have also been assigned to these funds. As of June 30, 2007, these funds held options to purchase 46,564 shares of common stock, consisting of 9,803 granted on May 17, 2007; 9,803 granted on April 27, 2006; 9,803 granted on March 24, 2005; 9,803 granted on March 31, 2004; and 7,352 granted on February 10, 2003.
(6) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Milken was granted 9,803 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $33,975. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Milken held options to purchase 53,916 shares of common stock, consisting of 9,803 granted on May 17, 2007; 9,803 granted on April 27, 2006; 9,803 granted on March 24, 2005; 9,803 granted on March 31, 2004; 9,803 granted on February 10, 2003; and 4,901 granted on July 23, 2002. Mr. Milken resigned from the board of directors on July 11, 2007.
(7) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Fink was granted 9,803 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $33,975. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Fink held options to purchase 40,326 shares of common stock, consisting of 9,803 granted on May 17, 2007; 9,803 granted on April 27, 2006; 9,803 granted on March 24, 2005; 9,803 granted on March 31, 2004; 188 granted on December 18, 2003; and 926 granted on October 24, 2003.
(8) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Wilford was granted 4,901 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $16,988. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Wilford held options to purchase 24,505 shares of common stock, consisting of 4,901 granted on May 17, 2007; 4,901 granted on April 27, 2006; 4,901 granted on March 24, 2005; 4,901 granted on March 31, 2004; and 4,901 granted on February 10, 2003.
 
Employee Equity Incentive Plans
 
Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan
 
Our Board of Directors has adopted our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, or the Existing Plan, which was approved by our stockholders in December 2003. The Board of Directors subsequently amended the Existing Plan which was approved by our stockholders in November 2007. Pursuant to that amendment, we have reserved an aggregate of 3,921,568 shares of our common stock for issuance under the Existing Plan. The aggregate number of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Existing Plan is 3,429,608 shares of our common stock. We do not intend to grant any additional options under the Existing Plan after the completion of this offering.


95


 

 
2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan
 
Our Board of Directors has adopted our 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or the 2007 Plan, which will be submitted to our shareholders for their approval within twelve months from the date our Board of Directors approved the 2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan will become effective on the day prior to the effective date of this offering.
 
We have initially reserved 784,313 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2007 Plan. In addition, the number of shares initially reserved under the 2007 Plan will be increased by the number of shares of common stock related to awards granted under our Existing Plan that are repurchased, forfeited, expired or are cancelled on or after the effective date of the 2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan contains an “evergreen provision” that allows for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan on July 1 of each year during the ten-year term of the 2007 Plan, beginning on July 1, 2008. The annual increase in the number of shares shall be equal to the least of:
 
  •  4% of our outstanding common stock on the applicable July 1;
 
  •  2,745,098 shares; or
 
  •  a lesser number of shares as determined by our Board of Directors.
 
Therefore, the 2007 Plan provides for an aggregate limit of 4,213,921 shares of common stock plus the increases in the shares of stock pursuant to the “evergreen provision” that may be issued under the 2007 Plan over the course of its ten-year term. The material terms of the 2007 Plan are summarized below. The 2007 Plan is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Administration
 
The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors will administer the 2007 Plan (except with respect to any award granted to “independent directors” (as defined in the 2007 Plan), which must be administered by our full board of directors). To administer the 2007 Plan, our Compensation Committee must consist of at least two members of our Board of Directors, each of whom is a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and, with respect to awards that are intended to constitute performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m). Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2007 Plan, our Compensation Committee has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each person, the number of awards to grant, the number of shares to be subject to such awards, and the terms and conditions of such awards, and to make all other determinations and decisions and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2007 Plan. Our Compensation Committee is also authorized to establish, adopt, amend or revise rules relating to administration of the 2007 Plan. Our Board of Directors may at any time revest in itself the authority to administer the 2007 Plan. The full Board of Directors will administer the 2007 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.
 
Eligibility
 
Options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock and other awards under the 2007 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers or employees or are the officers or employees of any of our subsidiaries. Such awards may also be granted to our non-employee directors and consultants but only employees may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs. The maximum number of shares that may be subject to awards granted under the 2007 Plan to any individual in any calendar year cannot exceed 392,156.
 
Awards
 
The 2007 Plan provides that our Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, performance share awards, performance stock units, stock payments, deferred stock, performance bonus awards, performance-based awards, and other stock-based awards, or any combination thereof. The


96


 

Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) will consider each award grant subjectively, considering factors such as the individual performance of the recipient and the anticipated contribution of the recipient to the attainment of our long-term goals. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.
 
  •  Nonqualified stock options, or NQSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than the greater of the par value of a share of common stock on the date of grant or 85% of fair market value, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of our Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by our Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by our Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors), but the term may not exceed ten years.
 
  •  Incentive stock options, or ISOs, will be designed to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, must expire within a specified period of time following the optionee’s termination of employment, and must be exercised within the ten years after the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2007 Plan provides that the exercise price must be more than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must expire upon the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.
 
  •  Restricted stock may be granted to participants and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by our Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). Typically, restricted stock may be forfeited for no consideration if the conditions or restrictions are not met, and may not be sold or otherwise transferred to third parties until restrictions are removed or expire. Recipients of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, may have voting rights and may receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.
 
  •  Restricted stock units may be awarded to participants, typically without payment of consideration or for a nominal purchase price, but subject to vesting conditions including continued employment or on performance criteria established by our Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold or otherwise transferred or hypothecated until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.
 
  •  SARs may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted under the 2007 Plan in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the related option or other awards. Except as required by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to SARs intended to qualify as performance-based compensation, there are no restrictions specified in the 2007 Plan on the exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom. Our Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) may elect to pay SARs in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both.
 
  •  Dividend equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the stock options, SARs or other awards held by the participant.
 
  •  Performance awards (i.e., performance share awards, performance stock units, performance bonus awards, performance-based awards and deferred stock) may be granted by our Compensation Committee (or the


97


 

  Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) on an individual or group basis. Generally, these awards will be based upon specific performance targets and may be paid in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both. Performance awards may include “phantom” stock awards that provide for payments based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a predetermined period. Performance awards may also include bonuses that may be granted by our Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non- employee directors) on an individual or group basis, which may be paid on a current or deferred basis and may be payable in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both. The maximum amount of any such bonuses to a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code must not exceed $1,000,000 for any fiscal year during the term of the 2007 Plan.
 
  •  Stock payments may be authorized by our Compensation Committee (or the Board of Directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) in the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase common stock as part of a deferred compensation arrangement, made in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable to employees, consultants or members of our Board of Directors.
 
Corporate Transactions
 
In the event of a change of control where the acquiror does not assume awards granted under the 2007 Plan, awards issued under the 2007 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. Under the 2007 Plan, a change of control is generally defined as:
 
  •  a transaction or series of related transactions (other than an offering of our stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC) whereby any person or entity or related group of persons or entities (other than us, our subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by us or any of our subsidiaries or a person or entity that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, us) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition;
 
  •  during any two-year period, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our Board of Directors together with any new director(s) whose election by our Board of Directors or nomination for election by our shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our Board of Directors;
 
  •  our consummation (whether we are directly or indirectly involved through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination that results in our outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the voting power of the acquiring company’s outstanding voting securities or a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination after which no person or entity owns 50% of the successor company’s voting power, (y) the sale, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets in any single transaction or series of transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity.
 
Amendment and Termination of the 2007 Plan
 
Our Board of Directors or our Compensation Committee may terminate, amend or modify the 2007 Plan. However, shareholder approval of any amendment to the 2007 Plan will be obtained to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, or for any amendment to the 2007 Plan that increases the number of shares available under the 2007 Plan. If not terminated earlier by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, the 2007 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of its initial approval by our Board of Directors.


98


 

 
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
Our Board of Directors has adopted the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan, which will be submitted to our shareholders for their approval within twelve months from the date our Board of Directors approved the Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan is designed to allow our eligible employees and the eligible employees of our participating subsidiaries to purchase shares of common stock with accumulated payroll deductions. However, the Board of Directors will not establish the first offering period (as further described below) earlier than the first anniversary and no later than the fourth anniversary of the date immediately preceding the date of our initial public offering, and the Purchase Plan will terminate on such fourth anniversary if our Board of Directors does not take action to commence the first offering period under the Purchase Plan prior to such date.
 
We have initially reserved a total of 588,235 shares of our common stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan will contain an “evergreen provision” that allows for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the Purchase Plan on July 1 of each year during the ten-year term of the Purchase Plan, beginning on July 1 following the fiscal year in which the first offering period commences. The annual increase shall be equal to the least of:
 
  •  2% of our outstanding common stock on the applicable July 1;
 
  •  1,372,549 shares; or
 
  •  a lesser amount determined by our Board of Directors.
 
Therefore, the Purchase Plan provides for an aggregate limit of 588,235 shares of common stock plus the share increases as a result of the “evergreen provision” which may be issued under the Purchase Plan over the course of its ten-year term. The material terms of the Purchase Plan are summarized below. The Purchase Plan is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
The Purchase Plan will have consecutive three-month offering periods. Under the Purchase Plan, purchases will be made on the last day of each offering period. The first offering period will commence no earlier than the first anniversary and no later than the fourth anniversary of the date immediately preceding the date of our initial public offering. A new three-month offering period will commence on each applicable January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 thereafter during the term of the Purchase Plan. Our Compensation Committee may change the frequency and duration of offering periods under the Purchase Plan.
 
Individuals scheduled to work more than 20 hours per week for more than five calendar months per year may join an offering period on the first day of the offering period to the extent such individual does not, immediately after any rights under the Purchase Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other stock or of our parent or a subsidiary. As of June 30, 2007, 439 of our employees would have been eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan if it were in effect.
 
Participants may contribute up to 20% of their cash earnings through payroll deductions, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each purchase date. The purchase price per share will be between 85% and 95% of the fair market value per share on the first day of the offering period or on the purchase date, as determined by our Board of Directors. In each calendar year, no employee is permitted to purchase more than $25,000 worth of shares at the fair market value determined as of the first day of the offering period.
 
In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or our merger with or into another company, the outstanding rights under the Purchase Plan will be assumed or an equivalent right substituted by the successor company or its parent. If the successor company or its parent refuses to assume the outstanding rights or substitute an equivalent right, then all outstanding purchase rights will automatically be exercised prior to the effective date of the transaction. The purchase price will be equal to between 85% and 95% of the market value per share on the first day of the offering period in which the acquisition occurs or the date the purchase rights are exercised, as determined by our Board of Directors.
 
The Purchase Plan will terminate no later than the tenth anniversary of the Purchase Plan’s initial adoption by our Board of Directors.


99


 

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The following is a summary of transactions since July 1, 2004 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements that are described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
 
Policies and Procedures for Related-Party Transactions
 
We recognize that related party transactions present a heightened risk of conflicts of interest and in connection with this offering, have adopted a policy to which all related party transactions shall be subject. Pursuant to the policy, the audit committee of our board of directors, or in the case of a transaction in which the aggregate amount is, or is expected to be, in excess of $250,000, the board of directors will review the relevant facts and circumstances of all related party transactions, including, but not limited to, (i) whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. Pursuant to the policy, no director, including the chairman of the audit committee may participate in any approval of a related party transaction to which he or she is a related party.
 
The audit committee will then, in its sole discretion, either approve or disapprove the transaction.
 
Certain types of transactions, which would otherwise require individual review, have been pre-approved by the audit committee. These types of transactions include, for example, (i) compensation to an officer or director where such compensation is required to be disclosed in our proxy statement, (ii) transactions where the interest of the related party arises only by way of a directorship or minority stake in another organization that is a party to the transaction and (iii) transactions involving competitive bids or fixed rates. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of our related party transaction policy, all related party transactions are required to be disclosed in the Company’s applicable filings as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and related rules. Furthermore, any material related party transactions are required to be disclosed to the full Board of Directors. In connection with becoming a public company, we will establish new internal policies relating to disclosure controls and procedures, which we expect will include policies relating to the reporting of related party transactions that are pre-approved under our related party transactions policy.
 
All of the transactions set forth below were approved by a majority of the board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the board of directors prior to the adoption of our related party transaction policy. We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
   Loan From Director Stockholders
 
On June 28, 2005, the Company entered into a loan commitment with certain of its director stockholders and their affiliates. The loan, which was made to supplement our working capital, entitled us to borrow up to $8.050 million in two installments. In June 2005, we borrowed $4.025 million. The loan was secured by our accounts receivable and certain other assets and was to mature on December 31, 2006. However, we paid the loan in full, including $1.0 million in interest, on December 21, 2006 and all obligations relating to the loan have since been released.
 
   Stockholders Agreement
 
We entered into a Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 19, 2003, with the holders of our common stock and the holders of our Series B and Series C preferred stock. We refer to this agreement below as the stockholders agreement. The stockholders agreement contains certain transfer restrictions, preemptive rights and drag-along rights, each of which will terminate upon completion of this offering.
 
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, holders of shares of our common stock and preferred stock have the registration rights described below. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration and


100


 

our right to postpone a requested registration for a period of no more than 120 days if our board determines such registration would be detrimental to us.
 
The holders of at least one-third of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable to our preferred stockholders upon conversion of their preferred stock, subject to certain exceptions, may require us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense with respect to such shares of common stock. We are not obligated to take any action to effect any registration demanded pursuant to the stockholders agreement during the period starting 60 days prior to and ending six months following the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to any of our securities. The stockholders agreement grants three such demand registration rights.
 
Beginning six months after this offering, if we propose to register any shares of our common stock, persons owning or having the right to acquire shares of our common stock are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include shares of their common stock therein.
 
We are obligated to pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting commissions, brokerage fees or transfer taxes related to any demand or piggyback registration. Each holder agrees not to undertake any public sale or distribution of shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the closing of an initial public offering of our common stock. The stockholders agreement contains customary indemnification provisions.
 
   Individual Stockholder Agreements
 
We entered into a Stockholder Agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Ronald J. Packard, and Knowledge Universe Learning, Inc. (KULI) dated April 26, 2000. Pursuant to that agreement, Mr. Packard granted to KULI an irrevocable proxy to vote and/or give written consents with respect to any and all shares of the Company owned by Mr. Packard and/or standing in the name of Mr. Packard on the books and records of the Company or with respect to which Mr. Packard otherwise may be entitled to vote at any and all annual or special meetings of the stockholders of the Company or by written consent. Upon the completion of this offering, this agreement shall automatically terminate.
 
We entered into a Stockholder Agreement with William J. Bennett and KULI on February 20, 2000. Dr. Bennett resigned as a director and our Chairman in October 2005, at which time certain terms of this agreement were amended in connection with his resignation. Upon the closing of the offering, any antidilution rights that remain in the agreement will terminate.
 
   Employment Agreements
 
We have entered into employment with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Employment Agreements.”


101


 

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table provides certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding capital stock as of September 30, 2007, after giving effect to the 1 for 5.10 stock split that was affected on November 2, 2007, for:
 
  •  each person or group who beneficially owns more than 5% of our capital stock on a fully diluted basis;
 
  •  each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  each of the selling stockholders; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Unless otherwise noted, the address for each director and executive officer is c/o K12 Inc., 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, VA 20171.
 
                                                                 
    Shares Beneficially
                                     
    Owned Prior
          Shares Beneficially
          Shares Beneficially Owned
 
    to This
    Shares to
    Owned After This
    Shares to be
    After this Offering with
 
    Offering (1)     be Sold in
    Offering     Sold in the
    the Over-Allotment  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number     Percent     This Offering     Number     Percent     Over-Allotment     Number     Percent  
 
Executive Officers
                                                               
Ronald J. Packard (2)
    917,908       4.07 %                                                
John F. Baule (3)
    122,547       *                                                  
Bror V. H. Saxberg (4)
    91,910       *                                                  
Howard D. Polsky (5)
    22,254       *                                                  
Nancy Hauge (6)
    15,808       *                                                  
Celia M. Stokes (7)
    14,705       *                                                  
Bruce J. Davis
                                                           
George B. Hughes, Jr.
                                                           
Directors
                                                               
Andrew H. Tisch (8)
    1,087,195       4.95 %                                                
Thomas J. Wilford (9)
    825,993       3.76 %                                                
Guillermo Bron (10)
    84,850       *                                                  
Steven B. Fink (11)
    23,157       *                                                  
Liza A. Boyd (12)
                                                           
Dr. Mary H. Futrell
                                                           
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (14 persons)
    3,206,327       14.04 %                                                
Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of Our Outstanding Common Stock
                                                               
Learning Group LLC (13)
    5,396,355       24.48 %                                                
CV II Entities (14)
    3,445,849       15.70 %                                                
Mollusk Holdings, LLC (15)
    2,549,427       11.51 %                                                
First Dallas International Ltd. (16)
    1,566,472       7.14                                                  
Locke Limited (16)
    1,566,472       7.14                                                  
Stargate, Ltd. (16)
    1,566,472       7.14                                                  
Tallulah, Ltd. (16)
    1,566,472       7.14                                                  


102


 

                                                                 
    Shares Beneficially
                                     
    Owned Prior
          Shares Beneficially
          Shares Beneficially Owned
 
    to This
    Shares to
    Owned After This
    Shares to be
    After this Offering with
 
    Offering (1)     be Sold in
    Offering     Sold in the
    the Over-Allotment  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number     Percent     This Offering     Number     Percent     Over-Allotment     Number     Percent  
 
Other Selling Stockholders
                                                               
Alscott Investments, LLC (17)
    825,997       3.77                                                  
Continental Casualty Company (18)
    731,636       3.34                                                  
Bennett Family Investment Limited Partnership II (19)
    588,234       2.65                                                  
Madison West Associates Corp. (20)
    341,430       1.56                                                  
Irani Family Limited Partnership II (21)
    304,503       1.39                                                  
MBNA Community Development Corporation (22)
    292,654       1.33                                                  
Adase Partners, L.P. (23)
    249,834       1.14                                                  
AT Investors, LLC (24)
    249,834       1.14                                                  
RS Associates (25)
    178,765       *                                                  
LexMap, LLC (26)
    166,378       *                                                  
Jerry & Joy Monkarsh, H.W.C.P. (27)
    166,378       *                                                  
Westbury Capital, L.P. (28)
    152,456       *                                                  
David F. Nathanson, Trustee (29)
    83,189       *                                                  
Douglas I. Lovison IRA Bear Sterns Sec. Co. (30)
    73,163       *                                                  
David William Hanna, Trustee (31)
    73,162       *                                                  
Violet Hanna & David W. Hanna, Trustees (32)
    73,162       *                                                  
Hanna Ventures, LLC (33)
    73,162       *                                                  
Peter W. May (34)
    48,775       *                                                  
Nelson Peltz (35)
    48,775       *                                                  
BuenaVentura Communications (36)
    47,556       *                                                  
Rodgers Business Interests (37)
    23,491       *                                                  
Theodore J. Eischeid (38)
    8,823       *                                                  
David S. Kyman (39)
    478       *                                                  
 
 
*   Less than 1% beneficial ownership.
 
(1) Beneficial ownership of shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. The number of shares beneficially owned by a person includes shares of common stock subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007 and not subject to repurchase as of that date. Shares issuable pursuant to options and warrants are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of the person holding the options and warrants but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. For purposes of this table, the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2007 is deemed to be 21,924,892 after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding


103


 

preferred stock into 19,879,675 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of calculating the percentage beneficially owned by any person, shares of common stock issuable to such person upon the exercise of any options or warrants exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007 are also assumed to be outstanding.
 
(2) Includes options for 622,543 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 1,248 shares of common stock. These totals include both shares and options held individually and in the 2006 Packard Investment Partnership, L.P.
 
(3) Includes options for 122,547 shares of common stock.
 
(4) Includes options for 33,087 shares of common stock.
 
(5) Includes options for 22,254 shares of common stock.
 
(6) Includes options for 15,808 shares of common stock.
 
(7) Includes options for 14,705 shares of common stock.
 
(8) Includes options for 36,758 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 2,497 shares of common stock. Also includes 244,882 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Andrew H. Tisch 1991 Trust #2, 35,711 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by KAL Family Partnership and 35,711 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by KSC Family Partnership. Mr. Tisch has voting and investment control with respect to the shares held by these entities. The address of these stockholders is c/o Loews Corporation, 667 Madison Avenue, 7th Floor, New York, New York 10021. Also includes 731,636 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Continental Casualty Company. Mr. Tisch is on the board of directors of CNA Financial Corporation, which is affiliated with Continental Casualty Company. Mr. Tisch disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Continental Casualty Company. The address for Continental Casualty Company is c/o CNA Financial Corporation, CNA Center, Chicago, Illinois 60685.
 
(9) Includes options for 15,926 shares of common stock. Also includes 810,067 shares of common stock held by Alscott Investments, LLC. Mr. Wilford has voting and investment power with respect to shares held by this stockholder. The address of Alscott Investments, LLC is 501 Baybrook Court, Boise, Idaho 83706. Mr. Wilford disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Alscott Investment, LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(10) Includes 84,850 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by The Bron Trust, dated July 27, 1998. Mr. Bron is not the trustee of The Bron Trust, however, he is the beneficiary of The Bron Trust and, therefore, is deemed to beneficially own such shares. Mr. Bron disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by The Bron Trust except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, therein.
 
(11) Includes options for 23,157 shares of common stock. Does not include the shares of common stock or preferred stock held by Mollusk Holdings, LLC. Mr. Fink is the Chief Executive Officer of Lawrence Investments, LLC. Lawrence Investments, LLC is a managing member of Mollusk Holdings, LLC. Mr. Fink does not have voting power nor investment power with respect to the common stock directly or beneficially owned by Mollusk Holdings, LLC.
 
(12) Does not include the shares of preferred stock or options to acquire common stock held by Constellation Venture Capital II, L.P., Constellation Venture Capital Offshore II, L.P., The BSC Employee Fund IV, L.P. and CVC II Partners, LLC (See note (14)). Ms. Boyd is a Managing Director of Constellation Ventures. Ms. Boyd does not have voting power nor investment power with respect to the common stock beneficially owned by such funds.
 
(13) Includes 4,665,084 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, 609,171 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 7,965 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock convertible into 114,135 shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering. Learning Group LLC may be deemed to be controlled by Michael R. Milken and/or Lowell J. Milken and as such, Michael R. Milken and/or Lowell J. Milken may be deemed to have the power to exercise investment and voting control over, and to share in the beneficial ownership of, the shares beneficially owned by Learning Group LLC. The address for Messrs. M. Milken and L. Milken and Learning Group LLC is 1250 Fourth Street, Santa Monica, CA 90401.
 
(14) The CV II Entities consist of (i) Constellation Venture Capital II, L.P. (CVC II), (ii) Constellation Venture Capital Offshore II, L.P. (Offshore), (iii) The BSC Employee Fund IV, L.P. (BSC) and (iv) CVC II Partners, LLC (CVC II Partners, and together with CVC II, Offshore and BSC, the Constellation Funds). Constellation Ventures Management II LLC is the sole general partner of CVC II, the sole general partner of Offshore and the sole managing general partner of BSC. Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. is the managing member of CVC II Partners and the investment adviser to each Constellation Fund. Clifford Friedman is a member of Constellation Ventures Management II, LLC and a senior managing director of Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. The Bear Stearns Companies Inc., a registered broker-dealer, is the sole managing member of Constellation Ventures Management II, LLC and the parent corporation of Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. Constellation Ventures Management II, LLC, Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. and Mr. Friedman share investment and voting control of shares beneficially owned by CVC II, Offshore and BSC. Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. exercises sole investment and voting control of the shares beneficially owned by CVC II Partners. The address for each such entity and person is 237 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.
 
The holdings of the CV II Entities include: (i) 1,807,855 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by CVC II and options for 14,256 shares of common stock assigned to CVC II by Ms. Boyd or a former director appointed by the Constellation Funds; (ii) 854,698 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Offshore and options for 6,740 shares of common stock assigned to Offshore by Ms. Boyd or a former director appointed by the Constellation Funds; (iii) 716,228 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by BSC and options for 5,648 shares of common stock assigned to BSC by Ms. Boyd or a former director appointed by the Constellation Funds; and (iv) 40,108 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by CVC II Partners and options for 316 shares of common stock assigned to CVC II Partners by Ms. Boyd or a former director appointed by the Constellation Funds. Ms. Boyd is affiliated with the Constellation Funds but disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by them. The CV II Entities has informed us that it purchased the shares being registered on their behalf in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of their purchase, had no agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute those shares.
 
(15) Includes 1,561,253 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock convertible into 228,270 shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering. The address of this stockholder is 101 Ygnacio Valley Road, Suite 310, Walnut Creek, California 94596. Cephalopod Corporation and Lawrence Investments, LLC are the members of Mollusk Holdings, LLC. Cephalopod Corporation is the managing member of Mollusk Holdings, LLC. Mr. Lawrence J. Ellison is the Chief Executive Officer of Cephalopod Corporation. The Lawrence J. Ellison Revocable Trust U/D/D 12/8/95 (“Ellison Trust”), Philip B.


104


 

Simon and Steven B. Fink are the members of Lawrence Investments, LLC. Mr. Fink is the Chief Executive Officer of Lawrence Investments, LLC and Mr. Simon is the President of Lawrence Investments, LLC. Mr. Ellison is the sole beneficiary and co-trustee of the Ellison Trust. Mr. Simon is the other co-trustee. Mr. Ellison may be deemed to exercise investment and voting control over the shares beneficially owned by Mollusk Holdings, LLC. The address for Mr. Ellison is 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, California 94065.
 
(16) The general partner of Tallulah, Ltd. (Tallulah) is Mr. Sam Wyly. Mr. Sam Wyly’s children are contingent beneficiaries of a trust that is the owner of all of the shares of stock of Locke Limited (Locke). The general partner of Stargate, Ltd. (Stargate) is The Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Caroline D. Wyly Revocable Trust of which Mr. Charles J. Wyly, Jr. is a trustee. Mr. Charles J. Wyly, Jr.’s children or Mr. Charles J. Wyly, Jr., his spouse and his issue are present or contingent beneficiaries of certain trusts that own subsidiaries that are the owners of all of the shares of stock of First Dallas International Ltd. (First Dallas). First Dallas is under voluntary liquidation under the direction of Kinetic Partners Cayman LLP. Mr. Sam Wyly and Mr. Charles J. Wyly, Jr. are brothers. Collectively, Sam Wyly, Charles J. Wyly, Jr., Tallulah, Stargate, Locke and First Dallas may be deemed to beneficially own, for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, 1,566,472 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. The address for each of Tallulah, and Stargate is c/o Highland Stargate, Ltd., 300 Crescent Court, Suite 1000, Dallas, Texas 75201. The address for Locke is International House, Castle Hill, Victoria Road, Douglas, Isle of Man IM2 4RB. The address for First Dallas is c/o Kinetic Partners, P.O. Box 10387, Grand Cayman Islands KY1-1004.
 
Includes 435,218 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by First Dallas, 870,176 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Locke, 86,939 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Stargate and 174,139 common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Tallulah. Locke disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by First Dallas, Stargate and Tallulah.
 
(17) Includes 810,067 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and options for 15,930 shares of common stock.
 
(18) Includes 731,636 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(19) Includes options for 294,117 shares of common stock.
 
(20) Includes 341,430 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(21) Includes 101,501 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Also includes 203,002 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Ray R. Irani, Trustee of the Ray R. Irani Declaration of Trust dtd 11/13/90.
 
(22) Includes 292,654 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(23) Includes 166,729 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Also includes 17,075 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by AT Investors, LLC, 45,202 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Bahram Nour-Omid and options for 20,828 shares of common stock held by Arthur Bilger.
 
(24) Includes 17,075 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Also includes 166,729 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Adase Partners, L.P., 45,202 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Bahram Nour-Omid and options for 20,828 shares of common stock held by Arthur Bilger.
 
(25) Includes 178,765 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(26) Includes 166,378 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(27) Includes 166,378 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(28) Includes 152,456 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(29) Includes 83,189 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Mr. Nathanson is the trustee for the David F. Nathanson Revocable Trust dtd 7/22/06.
 
(30) Includes 73,163 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(31) Includes 29,265 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Also includes 29,265 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Violet Hanna & David W. Hanna, Trustees for the Hanna Living Trust dtd 7/7/83 and 14,632 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Hanna Ventures, LLC. Mr. Hanna is the trustee for the David William Hanna Trust dtd 10/30/89.
 
(32) Includes 29,265 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Also includes 29,265 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by David William Hanna, Trustee for the David William Hanna Trust dtd 10/30/89 and 14,632 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Hanna Ventures, LLC. Ms. Hanna and Mr. Hanna are the trustees for the Hanna Living Trust dtd 7/7/83.
 
(33) Includes 14,632 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Also includes 29,265 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by David William Hanna, Trustee for the David William Hanna Trust dtd 10/30/89 and 29,265 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Violet Hanna & David W. Hanna, Trustees for the Hanna Living Trust dtd 7/7/83.
 
(34) Includes 48,775 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(35) Includes 48,775 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(36) Includes 47,556 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(37) Includes 23,491 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(38) Includes 8,823 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.
 
(39) Includes 365 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock.


105


 

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
The following description of our capital stock is only a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual terms and provisions of the capital stock contained in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, Bylaws, as amended, and other agreements to which we and our stockholders are parties.
 
As of September 30, 2007, there were 2,041,604 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 35 stockholders, and there were 51,524,974 shares of Series B preferred stock and 49,861,562 shares of Series C preferred stock outstanding, held of record by 62 and 39 stockholders, respectively.
 
Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms thereof without any further action required by us or the holders of the preferred stock. Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of           shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.
 
Common Stock
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights:
 
Voting Rights
 
Each share of our common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. There is no cumulative voting, which means that a holder or group of holders of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock can elect all of our directors.
 
Dividend Rights
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our board of directors from legally available sources, subject to any restrictions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
Liquidation Rights
 
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock.
 
Other Matters
 
The holders of our common stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion privileges. Our common stock does not entitle its holders to preemptive rights. All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. As of September 30, 2007, there was 51,524,974 shares of Series B preferred stock and 49,861,562 of Series C preferred stock issued and outstanding.


106


 

Governing Documents and Delaware Law that May Have an Antitakeover Effect
 
The provisions of (1) Delaware law, (2) our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering, and (3) our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering, which are discussed below, could discourage or make it more difficult to accomplish a proxy contest or other change in our management or the acquisition of control by a holder of a substantial amount of our voting stock.
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Upon consummation of the offering, we expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or tender offers or delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company. In particular, we expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as applicable, among other things, will:
 
  •  provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, by the request in writing of a majority of the members of the board of directors or by the request in writing of stockholders holding in aggregate at least 40 % of the number of shares outstanding;
 
  •  establish procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and stockholder nominations, including requiring advance written notice of a stockholder proposal or director nomination;
 
  •  not permit action by stockholders by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  not include a provision for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Under cumulative voting, a minority stockholder holding a sufficient number of shares may be able to ensure the election of one or more directors. The absence of cumulative voting may have the effect of limiting the ability of minority stockholders to effect changes in the board of directors and, as a result, may have the effect of deterring a hostile takeover or delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company;
 
  •  provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders;
 
  •  require that the vote of holders of 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is required to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws; and
 
  •  provide that the board of directors has the power to alter, amend or repeal the bylaws without stockholder approval.
 
Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue up to           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in one or more classes or series, and to fix or alter:
 
  •  the number of shares constituting any class or series;
 
  •  the designations, powers and preferences of each class or series;
 
  •  the relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each class or series; and
 
  •  any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on each class or series.
 
The above provisions are intended to promote continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are expected to reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition attempts as well as discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions, however, could discourage others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions could also operate to prevent changes in our management.


107


 

Delaware Takeover Statute
 
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
  •  prior to the date of the business combination, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock of the interested stockholder) those shares owned:
 
  •  by persons who are directors and also officers, and
 
  •  by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
  •  at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
A “business combination” includes:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
 
Subject to various exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is an entity or person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years from the date of determination, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. This statute could delay, defer or prohibit a merger or other takeover or a change of control of the Company.
 
New York Stock Exchange
 
We will apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol LRN.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Registrar and Transfer Company.


108


 

 
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. This summary is applicable only to non-U.S. holders who hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, an asset held for investment purposes). We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
 
This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
 
  •  banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;
 
  •  persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
 
  •  tax-exempt organizations;
 
  •  dealers in securities or currencies;
 
  •  traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
 
  •  entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or investors in such entities;
 
  •  “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
 
  •  U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;
 
  •  persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or
 
  •  persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.
 
In addition, if a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships which hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.
 
This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.
 
Non-U.S. Holder Defined
 
For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, you are a U.S. person if you are:
 
  •  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or who meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;


109


 

 
  •  a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state therein or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
Distributions
 
As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock.
 
If distributions are made on shares of our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.
 
Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide the appropriate withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.
 
Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide the appropriate withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of any allowable deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
 
If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner.
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you);
 
  •  you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (a USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.
 
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of our common stock.


110


 

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. You should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding is not required. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
 
Payments of dividends made to you will not be subject to backup withholding if you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding at a current rate of 28%, may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.
 
Payments of the proceeds from a disposition of our common stock effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. holder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) will apply to such a payment if the broker is a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period, or a foreign partnership with certain connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.
 
Payments of the proceeds from a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its non-U.S. holder status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.


111


 

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market following the offering, the market price of our common stock could decline. These sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
 
Upon completion of the offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of           shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option and no exercise of outstanding options and assuming the sale of           shares of common stock in the Regulation S Transaction (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Of these shares, all of the shares sold in the offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. This leaves           shares eligible for sale in the public market as follows:
 
     
Number of
   
Shares
 
Date
 
            
  After           days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
            
  At various times after 180 days from the date of this prospectus as described below under “Lock-up” Agreements.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after the offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The Securities and Exchange Commission has a proposal pending to shorten the one-year holding period to six months.
 
Rule 144(k)
 
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. The Securities and Exchange Commission has a proposal pending to shorten the two-year holding period to six months.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
All of our officers and directors and certain of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements under which they agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, except for shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters.
 
In addition, at our request, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 10% of the shares of common stock offered for sale pursuant to this prospectus for sale to our


112


 

directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons in a directed share program. Any of these directed shares purchased by our directors, executive officers, employees and business associates, such as clients or suppliers, will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. Accordingly, the number of shares freely transferable upon completion of this offering will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by our directors, executive officers, employees and business associates, and there will be a corresponding increase in the number of shares that become eligible for sale after 180 days from the date of this prospectus.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares of our common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of the offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.
 
Following the offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering approximately           shares of common stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of stock options, subject to outstanding options or reserved for issuance under our employee and director stock benefit plans. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 provisions applicable to affiliates, be available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that the shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the contractual restrictions described above. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Compensation — Stock Options.”


113


 

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriters
  Shares  
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
                
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
       
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
BMO Capital Markets Corp. 
       
ThinkEquity Partners LLC
       
Subtotal
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ overallotment option described below.
 
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $      a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $      a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
 
The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of           additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. They may exercise this option during the 30-day period from the date of this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $     , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be $     , total proceeds to us would be $      and total proceeds to the selling stockholders would be $     .
 
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.
 
We intend to apply to have the common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LRN”.


114


 

 
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders.
 
                                                 
    Paid by Us   Paid by Selling Stockholders   Total
        Full
      Full
      Full
    No Exercise   Exercise   No Exercise   Exercise   No Exercise   Exercise
Per Share
  $             $           $             $           $             $        
Total
  $       $       $       $       $       $  
 
We will pay all of the expenses of the offering, including those of the selling stockholders from this offering or if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option (other than underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the shares sold by the selling stockholders). We estimate that the expenses of this offering other than underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $          .
 
We, our directors, our executive officers, the selling stockholders and certain of our stockholders have agreed that subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
 
  •  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;
 
  •  file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
 
  •  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;
 
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:
 
  •  the sale of shares to the underwriters;
 
  •  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;
 
  •  any shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under existing employee option plans, grants of employee stock options or restricted stock in accordance with the terms in effect on the date hereof and the filing by the Company of any registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 relating to the offering of securities pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof;
 
  •  the issuance by us of shares of common stock or any security convertible into shares of common stock in connection with a bona fide merger or acquisition transaction; provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares issued in these transactions shall not exceed 5% of the total shares offered in this offering and that any recipient of these shares executes a copy of the lock-up agreement;
 
  •  transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering, provided, however, that no filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transaction (other than a filing on Form 4 after the expiration of the lock-up period or on a Form 5 made when required); or


115


 

  •  the transfer of shares of common stock (i) pursuant to a will, other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent, (ii) as a bona fide gift or (iii) to a family member or trust, provided that, in each case, the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of the lock-up agreement prior to such transfer and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made when required) and such transfer does not involve a disposition for value.
 
The 180-day restricted period described above is subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the applicable restricted period, the “lock-up” restrictions described above will, subject to limited exceptions, continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
As of          , 2007,           of our outstanding shares were subject to the abovementioned restrictions.
 
In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids.
 
  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  Overallotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the overallotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the overallotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
 
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.


116


 

Directed Share Program
 
At our request, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 10% of the shares offered in this prospectus for our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased will be offered by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered in this prospectus.
 
Pricing of the Offering
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be the future prospects of us and our industry in general and our sales, earnings and certain other financial operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to us. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.


117


 

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
Resale Restrictions
 
The distribution of the shares in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of the shares are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares.
 
Representations of Purchasers
 
By purchasing shares in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
 
  •  the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,
 
  •  where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,
 
  •  the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions, and
 
  •  the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the shares to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.
 
Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.
 
Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only
 
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.
 
Enforcement of Legal Rights
 
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
 
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
 
Canadian purchasers of the shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.


118


 

SALES OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES OTHER THAN CANADA
 
No common stock has been offered to the public or will be offered to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock and the approval of the offer by the Financial Services Authority (FSA) or, where appropriate, approval in another Member State and notification to the FSA, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer of the stock may be made to persons who fall within the definition of “qualified investor” as that term is defined in Section 86(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) or otherwise in circumstances which do not result in an offer of transferable securities to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA;
 
Each underwriter has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us or to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the FSMA; and
 
Each underwriter has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
No prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) has been prepared in connection with the offering of the shares of our common stock that has been approved by France’s Autorité des marchés financiers or by the competent authority of another state that is a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des marchés financiers; no shares of our common stock have been offered or sold and will be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France except to permitted investors (Permitted Investors) consisting of persons licensed to provide the investment service of portfolio management for the account of third parties, qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account and/or investors belonging to a limited circle of investors (cercle restraint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, with “qualified investors” and “limited circle of investors” having the meaning ascribed to them in Articles L. 411-2, D. 411-1, D. 411-2, D. 411-4, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable regulations thereunder; none of this prospectus or any other materials related to the offering or information contained therein relating to the shares of our common stock has been released, issued or distributed to the public in France except to Permitted Investors; and the direct or indirect resale to the public in France of any Securities acquired by any Permitted Investors may be made only as provided by Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-l and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable regulations thereunder.
 
The offering of shares of our common stock has not been cleared by the Italian Securities Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, the CONSOB) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, each underwriter acknowledges and agrees that the shares of our common stock may not and will not be offered, sold or delivered, nor may or will copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the shares of our common stock be distributed in Italy, except (i) to professional investors (operatori qualificati), as defined in Article 31, second paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11522 of July 1, 1998, as amended (the Regulation No. 11522), or (ii) in other circumstances which are exempted from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Degree No. 58 of February 24, 1998 (the Financial Service Act) and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended.
 
Any offer, sale or delivery of shares of our common stock or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the shares of our common stock in Italy may and will be effected in accordance with all Italian securities, tax, exchange control and other applicable laws and regulations, and, in particular, will be: (1) made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with the Financial Services Act, Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993, as amended (the Italian Banking Law), Regulation No. 11522 and any other applicable laws and regulations; (2) in compliance with Article 129 of the Italian Banking Law and the implementing guidelines of the Bank of Italy; and (3) in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement or limitation which may be imposed by CONSOB or the Bank of Italy.


119


 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), and effective as of the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), no common stock have been offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and brought to the attention of the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an offer of common stock may be made effective as of the Relevant Implementation Date to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(1) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(2) to any legal entity which has two or more of (a) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (b) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (c) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
(3) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this paragraph, the expression an “offer of common stock to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
This prospectus does not constitute a public offer to sell any common stock to any member of the public in the Cayman Islands.
 
The common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell stock or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common stock, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, may be issued, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder.
 
The common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 235 of 1948 as amended) (the Securities Exchange Law) and disclosure under the Securities Exchange Law has not been and will not be made with respect to the common stock. Accordingly, the common stock may not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities Exchange Law and other relevant laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan. As used in this paragraph, “resident of Japan” means any person residing in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
 
This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289) of Singapore, or the Securities and Futures Act. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold or made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase nor may this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase of such common stock be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any members of the public in Singapore other than: (1) to an institutional investor or other person falling within Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, (2) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance


120


 

with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (3) pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.
 
The common stock have not been registered under the South Korean Securities and Exchange Law. The common stock has not been offered, sold or delivered and will not be offered, sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, in South Korea or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of South Korea, except as otherwise permitted by applicable South Korean laws and regulations; and any securities dealer to whom any Underwriter sells common stock will agree that it will not offer any common stock, directly or indirectly, in South Korea or to any resident of South Korea, except as permitted by applicable South Korean laws and regulations, or to any other dealer who does not so represent and agree.
 
The underwriters will not circulate or distribute this prospectus in the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly, any securities to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.
 
The offer of the shares has not been approved or licensed by the UAE Central Bank or any other relevant licensing authorities or governmental agencies in the United Arab Emirates. This document is strictly private and confidential and has not been reviewed, deposited or registered with any licensing authority or governmental agency in the United Arab Emirates, and is being issued to a limited number of institutional and/or private investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The shares may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the United Arab Emirates.
 
This statement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority.
 
This statement is intended for distribution only to Persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other Person.
 
The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it.
 
The Securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the Securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the Securities.
 
If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.
 
No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the common stock or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common stock may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.


121


 

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by our counsel, Latham & Watkins LLP, Washington, DC. Various legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk &Wardwell, New York, New York.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements and schedules included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement. This prospectus summarizes provisions that we consider material of certain contracts and other documents to which we refer you. Because the summaries may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of those documents. We have included copies of those documents as exhibits to the registration statement.
 
The registration statement and the exhibits thereto filed with the SEC may be inspected, without charge, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates, at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statement and other information filed by us with the SEC are also available at the SECs website at www.sec.gov .
 
As a result of the offering, we and our stockholders will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, annual and periodic reporting requirements, restrictions of stock purchases and sales by affiliates and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We will furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited consolidated financial statements by an independent registered accounting firm and quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.


122


 

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
Audited Financial Statements:
       
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2007 and 2006
    F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  
         
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
       
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2007
    F-24  
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006
    F-25  
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the three months ended September 30, 2007
    F-26  
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006
    F-27  
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-28  
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
    F-37  


F-1


 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
K12 Inc.
Herndon, Virginia
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007. We have also audited the schedules listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and schedules are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and schedules, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedules. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries at June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective July 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.”
 
Also, in our opinion, the schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP

Bethesda, Maryland
September 25, 2007, except for Note 15,
as to which date is November 2, 2007


F-2


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
    (in thousands,
 
    except share and
 
    per share data)  
ASSETS
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,660     $ 9,475  
Restricted cash
          2,332  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $589 and $1,440 at June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively
    15,455       11,449  
Inventories, net
    13,804       11,110  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    1,245       568  
                 
Total current assets
    32,164       34,934  
Property and equipment, net
    17,234       10,388  
Capitalized curriculum development costs, net
    9,671       1,470  
Other assets, net
    1,182       1,054  
Deposits and other assets
    961       639  
                 
Total assets
  $ 61,212     $ 48,485  
                 
 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities
               
Bank overdraft
  $ 1,577     $  
Line of credit
    1,500        
Accounts payable
    6,928       6,349  
Accrued liabilities
    1,819       2,643  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    6,200       5,100  
Deferred revenue
    2,620       1,396  
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    2,780        
Current portion of notes payable
    192        
Notes payable — related party
          4,025  
                 
Total current liabilities
    23,616       19,513  
Deferred rent, net of current portion
    1,684       1,598  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
    3,974        
Notes payable, net of current portion
    189        
                 
Total liabilities
    29,463       21,111  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
                 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
               
Redeemable Convertible Series C Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 55,000,000 shares authorized; 49,861,562 and 45,328,693 shares issued and outstanding at 2007 and 2006, respectively; liquidation value of $133,629 and $121,481 at 2007 and 2006, respectively
    91,122       76,211  
                 
Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 76,000,000 shares authorized; 51,524,974 shares issued and outstanding at 2007 and 2006, respectively; liquidation value of $138,087 at 2007 and 2006
    138,434       124,614  
                 
Stockholders’ deficit
               
Common stock, par value $0.0001; 33,362,500 shares authorized; 2,041,604 and 1,998,896 shares issued and outstanding at 2007 and 2006, respectively
    1       1  
Accumulated deficit
    (197,808 )     (173,452 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (197,807 )     (173,451 )
                 
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 61,212     $ 48,485  
                 
 
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenues
  $ 140,556     $ 116,902     $ 85,310  
                         
Cost and expenses
                       
Instructional costs and services
    76,064       64,828       49,130  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    51,159       41,660       30,031  
Product development expenses
    8,611       8,568       9,410  
                         
Total costs and expenses
    135,834       115,056       88,571  
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    4,722       1,846       (3,261 )
Interest expense, net
    (639 )     (488 )     (279 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    4,083       1,358       (3,540 )
Income tax expense
    (218 )            
                         
Net income (loss)
    3,865       1,358       (3,540 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    (6,378 )     (5,851 )     (5,261 )
Preferred stock accretion
    (22,353 )     (18,697 )     (15,947 )
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (24,866 )   $ (23,190 )   $ (24,748 )
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share:
                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (12.42 )   $ (11.73 )   $ (12.54 )
                         
Weighted average shares used in computing per share amounts:
                       
Basic and diluted
    2,001,661       1,977,195       1,973,053  
                         
 
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
                                                                         
    Redeemable
    Redeemable
    Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Convertible Series C
    Convertible Series B
                Additional
             
    Preferred Stock     Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in
    Accumulated
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Total  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance, June 30, 2004
    37,461,730     $ 54,629       51,524,974     $ 100,440       1,964,552     $ 1     $     $ (125,622 )   $ (125,621 )
Employee exercised options
                            11,760             70             70  
Accretion of Preferred Stock
          4,403             11,544                   (70 )     (15,877 )     (15,947 )
Series C 10% Stock Dividend
    3,746,173       5,261                                     (5,261 )     (5,261 )
Net loss
                                              (3,540 )     (3,540 )
                                                                         
Balance, June 30, 2005
    41,207,903       64,293       51,524,974       111,984       1,976,312       1             (150,300 )     (150,299 )
Employee exercised options
                            22,584             38             38  
Accretion of Preferred Stock
          6,067             12,630                   (38 )     (18,659 )     (18,697 )
Series C 10% Stock Dividend
    4,120,790       5,851                                     (5,851 )     (5,851 )
Net income
                                              1,358       1,358  
                                                                         
Balance, June 30, 2006
    45,328,693       76,211       51,524,974       124,614       1,998,896       1             (173,452 )     (173,451 )
Employee exercised options
                            42,708             292             292  
Record stock compensation expense
                                        218             218  
Accretion of Preferred Stock
          8,533             13,820                   (510 )     (21,843 )     (22,353 )
Series C 10% Stock Dividend
    4,532,869       6,378                                     (6,378 )     (6,378 )
Net Income
                                              3,865       3,865  
                                                                         
Balance, June 30, 2007
    49,861,562     $ 91,122       51,524,974     $ 138,434       2,041,604     $ 1     $     $ (197,808 )   $ (197,807 )
                                                                         
 
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,865     $ 1,358     $ (3,540 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization expense
    7,404       4,986       5,509  
Stock based compensation expense
    218              
Provision for (reduction of) doubtful accounts
    (852 )     (275 )     1,113  
Provision for (reduction of) inventory obsolescence
    95       (39 )     (50 )
Provision for (reduction of) student computer shrinkage and obsolescence
    (48 )     174       (256 )
Impairment of curriculum development costs
          362       2,118  
Impairment of software development costs
                1,188  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (3,154 )     (2,718 )     3,434  
Inventories
    (2,790 )     (5,359 )     (555 )
Prepaid and other current assets
    (763 )     100       (431 )
Other assets
    (255 )     (258 )     (468 )
Deposits
    (322 )     (268 )     (56 )
Accounts payable
    579       1,559       (163 )
Accrued liabilities
    (824 )     122       1,208  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    1,100       1,782       994  
Deferred revenue
    1,224       501       (348 )
Deferred rent
    86       1,598        
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    5,563       3,625       9,697  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (5,366 )     (10,842 )     (4,692 )
Capitalized curriculum development costs
    (8,683 )     (655 )     (3,787 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (14,049 )     (11,497 )     (8,479 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds (payments on) from notes payable — related party
    (4,025 )           4,025  
Proceeds from notes payable
    441              
Payments on notes payable
    (62 )            
Net borrowings from revolving credit facility
    1,500              
Repayments for capital lease obligations
    (1,384 )     (441 )     (3,432 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    292       38       70  
Bank overdraft
    1,577              
Cash invested in restricted escrow account
    2,332       (2,203 )     2,191  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    671       (2,606 )     2,854  
                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (7,815 )     (10,478 )     4,072  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents , beginning of year
    9,475       19,953       15,881  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents , end of year
  $ 1,660     $ 9,475     $ 19,953  
                         
 
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-6


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.   Description of the Business
 
K12 Inc. and its subsidiaries (K12 or the Company) sell on-line curriculum and educational books and materials designed for students in grades K-12 and provide management and technology services to virtual public schools. The K12 proprietary curriculum is research based and combines content with innovative technology to allow students to receive an outstanding education regardless of geographic location. The Company provides complete management and technology services to virtual public schools. Through these schools, the Company typically provides students with access to the K12 on-line curriculum, offline learning kits, and use of a personal computer. In addition, the company sells access to its on-line curriculum and offline learning kits directly to individual consumers. For the year ended June 30, 2007, the Company served schools in 15 states and the District of Columbia, providing curriculum for grades kindergarten through tenth.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition and Concentration of Revenues
 
Revenues are principally earned from long-term contractual agreements to provide on-line curriculum, books, materials, computers and management services to public charter schools and school districts. In addition to providing the curriculum, books and materials, under most contracts, the Company is responsible to the virtual public schools for all aspects of the management of schools, including monitoring academic achievement, teacher hiring and training, compensation of school personnel, financial management, enrollment processing and procurement of curriculum, equipment and required services. The schools receive funding on a per student basis from the state in which the public school or school district is located. Where the Company has determined that they are the primary obligor for substantially all expenses under these contracts, the Company records the associated per student revenue received by the school from its state funding school district up to the expenses incurred in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent. As a result, amounts recorded as revenues and instructional costs and services for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $38.5 million, $35.6 million and $29.6 million, respectively. For contracts in which the Company is not the primary obligor, the Company records revenue based on its net fees earned per the contractual agreement.
 
The Company generates revenues under contracts with public virtual schools which include multiple elements. These elements include providing each of a school’s students with access to the Company’s on-line school and the on-line component of lessons; offline learning kits which include books and materials designed to complement and supplement the on-line lessons; the use of a personal computer and associated reclamation services; internet access and technology support services; the services of a state-certified teacher and; all management and technology services required to operate a public virtual school.
 
We have determined that the elements of our contracts are valuable to schools in combination, but do not have standalone value. In addition, we have determined that we do not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value for each element of our contracts. As a result, the elements within our multiple-element contracts do not qualify for


F-7


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, we account for revenues received under multiple element arrangements as a single unit of accounting and recognize the entire arrangement based upon the approximate rate at which we incur the costs associated with each element.
 
Under the contracts with the schools where the Company provides turnkey management services, the Company has generally agreed to absorb any operating deficits of the schools in a given school year. These operating deficits represent the excess of costs over revenues incurred by the virtual public schools as reflected on their financial statements. The costs include Company charges to the schools. These operating deficits may impair the Company’s ability to collect invoices in full. Accordingly, the Company’s amount of recognized revenue reflects this impairment. For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s revenue reflected impairment from these operating deficits of $13.7 million, $7.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively. Included in these deficits is the impact of certain disallowed enrollments stemming from regulatory audits in Colorado totaling $0.9 million in 2006 and $1.0 million in 2007, and $1.0 million in California in 2007.
 
Other revenues are generated from individual customers who prepay and have access for 12 or 24 months to curriculum via the Company’s Web site. The Company recognizes these revenues pro rata over the maximum term of the customer contract, which is either 12 or 24 months. Revenues from associated offline learning kits are recognized upon shipment.
 
During the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, approximately 97%, 94% and 96%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues were recognized from virtual public schools. In fiscal year 2007, we had contracts with four schools that individually represented 16%, 11%, 11% and 11% of revenues. In fiscal year 2006, we had contracts with three schools that individually represented 28%, 16% and 10% of revenues. In fiscal year 2005, we had contracts with four schools that individually represented 32%, 17%, 11% and 10% of revenues.
 
Research and Development Costs
 
All research and development costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 2, Accounting for Research and Development Costs.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents generally consist of cash on hand and cash held in money market and demand deposit accounts. For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains funds in accounts in excess of FDIC insurance limits; however, management believes it minimizes risk by maintaining deposits in well-capitalized financial institutions.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash consists primarily of cash held in escrow related to the lease on our primary office facility. There was no balance in restricted cash as of June 30, 2007, as the result of the release of certain letters of credit related to operating leases. The letters of credit were incorporated into our revolving credit facility (see Note 6).
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying values reflected in our consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, receivables, inventory and short and long term debt approximate their fair values.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
The Company maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts primarily for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of individual customers to make required payments. These losses have been within


F-8


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
management’s expectations. The Company analyzes accounts receivable, historical percentages of uncollectible accounts and changes in payment history when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.6 million and $1.4 million as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is adequate. However, actual write-offs might exceed the recorded allowance.
 
Inventory
 
Inventory consists primarily of schoolbooks and curriculum materials, a majority of which are leased to virtual schools and utilized directly by students. Inventory represents items that are purchased and held for sale and are recorded at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets consist primarily of schoolbooks and curriculum materials which have been returned to the Company upon the completion of the school year. These assets are amortized over a period of two years which is included in instructional costs and services on the accompanying consolidated statement operations. Materials not returned are expensed as part of instructional costs and services.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment, which includes capitalized software development, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset (or the lesser of the term of the lease and the estimated useful life of the asset for fixed assets under capital leases). Amortization of assets capitalized under capital lease arrangements is included in depreciation expense. Property and equipment are depreciated over the following lives:
 
         
    Useful Life  
 
Computer hardware
    3 years  
Computer software and capitalized software development costs
    3 years  
Office equipment
    5-6 years  
Furniture and fixtures
    5-6 years  
Leasehold Improvements
    3-12 years  
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. The Company determines the lease term in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 (FAS 13), Accounting for Leases , as the fixed non-cancelable term of the lease plus all periods for which failure to renew the lease imposes a penalty on the lessee in an amount such that renewal appears, at the inception of the lease, to be reasonably assured. Accordingly, the Company has determined the lease term as defined herein to be twelve years.
 
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use
 
The Company develops software for internal use. Software development costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . The Company amortizes these costs over the estimated useful life of the software which is generally three years.
 
Software development costs incurred totaled $3.1 million, $1.4 million and $0.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 and 2005, respectively. These amounts are recorded on the balance sheet as part of property and equipment, net of amortization and impairment charges. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the three succeeding years ending June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 is $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively.


F-9


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Capitalized Curriculum Development Costs
 
The Company internally develops its curriculum, which is provided as web content and accessed via the Internet.
 
We capitalize curriculum development costs incurred during the application development stage in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. SOP 98-1 provides guidance for the treatment of costs associated with computer software development and defines those costs to be capitalized and those to be expensed. Costs that qualify for capitalization are external direct costs, payroll, payroll-related costs, and interest costs. Costs related to general and administrative functions are not capitalizable and are expensed as incurred. We capitalize curriculum development costs when the projects under development reach technological feasibility. Many of our new courses leverage off of proven delivery platforms and are primarily content, which has no technological hurdles. As a result, a significant portion of our courseware development costs qualify for capitalization due to the concentration of our development efforts on the content of the courseware. Technological feasibility is established when we have completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities necessary to establish that a course can be produced to meet its design specifications. Capitalization ends when a course is available for general release to our customers, at which time amortization of the capitalized costs begins. The period of time over which these development costs will be amortized is generally five years. This is consistent with the capitalization period used by others in our industry and corresponds with our product development lifecycle.
 
Total capitalized curriculum development costs incurred were $8.7 million, $0.7 million and $3.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These amounts are recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, net of amortization and impairment charges. Amortization and impairment charges are recorded in product development expenses on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years ending June 30, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 is $1.6 million, $1.6 million, $1.5 million, $1.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
 
Web Site Development Costs
 
The Company accounts for web site development costs in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-2 , Accounting for Web Site Development Costs (EITF 00-2). Total capitalized web site development costs incurred for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $0.4 million. For the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 all web site development costs occurred in the operating stage and were expensed as incurred.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets include property, equipment, capitalized curriculum and software developed or obtained for internal use. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , the Company reviews its recorded long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between fair value and the carrying value of the asset. Impairment charges recorded were $0.4 million and $3.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. There was no impairment for the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on the difference between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate. SFAS No. 109 requires that the net deferred tax asset be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax asset will not be realized.


F-10


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (Revised 2004) , as of July 1, 2006, which replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective application method. SFAS No. 123(R) eliminates the intrinsic value method that was previously used by the Company as an alternative method of accounting for stock-based compensation. SFAS No. 123(R) requires an entity to recognize the grant date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company applied SFAS 123(R) to all new awards granted after July 1, 2006.
 
Advertising and Marketing Expenses
 
Advertising and marketing costs consist primarily of print media and brochures and are expensed when incurred. The advertising and marketing expenses recorded were $5.2 million, $2.9 million and $2.1 million during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Net Loss Per Common Share
 
The Company calculates net income (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share . Under SFAS No. 128, basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share includes the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The potentially dilutive securities consist of convertible preferred stock, stock options and warrants.
 
As of June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the shares of common stock issuable in connection with convertible preferred stock, stock options, and warrants of 118,626,692, 107,638,157 and 100,579,529, respectively, were not included in the diluted loss per common share calculation since their effect was anti-dilutive.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In February 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 . This Statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. At adoption, any difference between the total carrying amount of the individual components of the existing bifurcated hybrid financial instrument and the fair value of the combined hybrid financial instrument should be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 . FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . This interpretation defines the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company will adopt FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. The Company’s adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on its financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157 (SFAS No. 157), Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this statement on the consolidated financial statements.


F-11


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (SFAS No. 159), The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This Statement permits companies and not-for-profit organizations to make a one-time election to carry eligible types of financial assets and liabilities at fair value, even if fair value measurement is not required under GAAP. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted if the decision to adopt the standard is made after the issuance of the Statement but within 120 days after the first day of the fiscal year of adoption, provided no financial statements have yet been issued for any interim period and provided the requirements of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, are adopted concurrently with SFAS No. 159. The Company does not believe that it will adopt the provisions of this Statement.
 
3.   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consists of the following at:
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Student computers
  $ 20,208     $ 12,617  
Computer hardware
    5,811       6,615  
Computer software
    3,390       4,127  
Capitalized software and web site development costs
    4,905       1,717  
Leasehold improvements
    2,270       2,130  
Furniture and fixtures
    809       752  
Office equipment
    784       1,083  
                 
      38,177       29,041  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (20,943 )     (18,653 )
                 
    $ 17,234     $ 10,388  
                 
 
The Company recorded depreciation expense related to property and equipment reflected in selling, administrative and other operating expenses of $1.9 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Depreciation expense of $5.1 million, $3.5 million and $3.9 million related primarily to computers leased to students reflected in instructional costs and services was recorded during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Included in depreciation expense reflected in instructional costs and services for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.5 million of depreciation related to the reduction in useful life of a portion of our software related to our on-line school. Amortization expense of $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million related to capitalized software development reflected in product development expenses was recorded during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
In the course of its normal operations, the Company incurs maintenance and repair expenses. Those are expensed as incurred and amounted to $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


F-12


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
4.   Income Taxes
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred income taxes consists of the following:
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 25,376     $ 25,445  
Intangible assets
    4,202       5,247  
Reserves
    613       935  
Property and equipment
    491       857  
Accrued expenses
    486       671  
Deferred rent
    180        
Charitable contributions carryforward
    131       130  
Stock compensation expense
    87        
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    31,566       33,285  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Capitalized development costs
    (1,378 )     (522 )
Other assets
    (262 )     (236 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (1,640 )     (758 )
                 
Deferred tax asset
    29,926       32,527  
Valuation allowance
    (29,926 )     (32,527 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $     $  
                 
 
The Company requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The utilization of recorded net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets is subject to the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income. As the Company has historically generated tax losses and therefore has no tax earnings history, the net deferred tax assets have been fully reserved. At June 30, 2007, the Company has available net operating loss carryforwards of $63.4 million that expire between 2020 and 2027 if unused. When the Company begins to generate taxable income, a change in the Company’s ownership of outstanding classes of stock as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 382 could prohibit or limit the Company’s ability to utilize its net operating losses.
 
The provision for income taxes can be reconciled to the income tax that would result from applying the statutory rate to the net income (loss) before income taxes as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
U.S. federal tax at statutory rates
    35.00 %     35.00 %     35.00 %
Permanent items
    20.22       55.77       (20.19 )
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    13.65       12.98       2.12  
Change in valuation allowance
    (63.56 )     (103.75 )     (16.93 )
                         
Provision for income taxes
    5.31 %     %     %
                         


F-13


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
5.   Lease Commitments
 
As of June 30, 2007, computer equipment and software under capital leases are recorded at a cost of $8.1 million and accumulated depreciation of $1.7 million. The Company has an equipment lease line of credit with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company that expires on March 31, 2008 for new purchases on the line of credit. The interest rate on new advances under the equipment lease line is set quarterly. Prior borrowings under the equipment lease line had interest rates ranging from 8.5% to 8.8%. The prior borrowings include a 36-month payment term with a $1 purchase option at the end of the term. The Company has pledged the assets financed with the equipment lease line to secure the amounts outstanding. The Company entered into a guaranty agreement with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company to guarantee the obligations under this equipment lease and financing agreement.
 
The following is a summary as of June 30, 2007 of the present value of the net minimum lease payments on capital leases under the Company’s commitments:
 
         
    Year ending June 30,  
 
2008
  $ 3,238  
2009
    2,888  
2010
    1,399  
2011
    6  
         
Total minimum lease payments
    7,531  
Less amount representing interest (imputed interest rate of 8.6%)
    (777 )
         
Net minimum lease payments
    6,754  
Less current portion
    (2,780 )
         
Present value of net minimum payments, less current portion
  $ 3,974  
         
 
The Company has fixed non-cancelable operating leases expiring in 2013. Office leases generally contain renewal options and certain leases provide for scheduled rate increases over the lease terms.
 
In December 2005, the Company entered into an operating lease for non-owned facilities commencing in May 2006. The term of the lease is seven years with the option to extend the lease for two five year periods. In accordance with the lease terms, the Company delivered to the landlord an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $2.1 million for a term ending 90 days after the expiration of the lease. The letter of credit can be reduced up to 25% on the first day of each of the fourth, fifth and sixth years if certain covenants are met. Additionally, in December 2005, the Company entered into an operating sublease for non-owned facilities commencing in January 2006. The term of the sublease is through September 2009. In accordance with the lease terms, the Company delivered to the sublandlord an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $0.2 million for a term ending 60 days after the expiration of the lease. In November 2006, the Company entered into an operating lease for non-owned facilities commencing in January 2007. The term of the lease is through April 2013. Rent expense was $2.1 million, $1.8 million and $1.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


F-14


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more as follows:
 
         
    Year Ending
 
    June 30,  
 
2008
  $ 2,138  
2009
    2,127  
2010
    1,576  
2011
    1,386  
2012
    1,367  
Thereafter
    8,627  
         
Total future minimum lease payments
  $ 17,221  
         
 
6.   Line of Credit
 
In December 2006, the Company entered into a $15 million revolving credit agreement with PNC Bank (the “Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the proceeds of the term loan facility were to be used primarily for working capital requirements and other general business or corporate purposes. Because of the seasonality of our business and timing of funds received from the state, expenditures are higher in relation to funds received in certain periods during the year. The Credit Agreement provides the ability to fund these periods until cash is received from the schools; therefore, borrowings against the Credit Agreement are primarily going to be short term.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based upon the term of the borrowings. Interest is charged, at either: (i) the higher of (a) the rate of interest announced by PNC Bank from time to time as its “prime rate” and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (ii) the applicable London interbank offered rate divided by a number equal to 1.00 minus the maximum aggregate reserve requirement which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “eurocurrency liabilities” as defined in Regulation D as promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, plus the applicable margin for such loans, which ranges between 1.250% and 1.750%, based on the leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
 
The Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Credit Agreement, quarterly in arrears, during the term of the credit agreement which varies between 0.150% and 0.250% depending on the leverage ratio. The commitment fees incurred for the year ended June 30, 2007 were minimal. We are also required to pay certain letter of credit and audit fees.
 
The working capital line includes a $5.0 million letter of credit facility. Issuances of letters of credit reduce the availability of permitted borrowings under the Credit Agreement.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets of the Company. The Credit Agreement contains a number of financial and other covenants that, among other things, restrict our and our subsidiaries’ abilities to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens or other security interests, make certain investments, become liable for contingent liabilities, make specified restricted payments including dividends, dispose of assets or stock, including the stock of its subsidiaries, or make capital expenditures above specified limits and engage in other matters customarily restricted in senior secured credit facilities. We must also maintain a minimum net worth (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and maximum debt leverage ratios. These covenants are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions.
 
In March 2007, certain letters of credit in the amount of $2.3 million in connection with an operating lease commenced in May 2006 and an operating sublease that commenced in January 2006 were cancelled and reissued under our Credit Agreement.


F-15


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
As of June 30, 2007, $1.5 million was outstanding on the working capital line of credit at an interest rate of 8.25% and approximately $2.3 million under the letter of credit facility with an interest rate of 1.25%.
 
From July 1, 2007 to September 15, 2007, the Company borrowed additional funds of $11.0 million under the Credit Agreement at interest rates of 6.6% to 7.1%. As of September 15, 2007, $12.5 million was outstanding on the working capital line of credit and $2.3 million was outstanding related to letters of credit.
 
7.   Debt and Warrants
 
All of the warrants for Series B Preferred Stock and common stock are still outstanding at June 30, 2007. These consisted of (i) 2,328,358 warrants to purchase an equivalent number of Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $1.34 per share that expire in April 2008 and (ii) 21,299 warrants to purchase an equivalent number of common stock at a price of $8.16 per share that expire in March 2010. For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 there were no warrants issued or exercised.
 
In June 2005, the Company closed on an $8.1 million loan from certain shareholders, $4.0 million of which was funded at closing and the remainder to be funded, at the Company’s option, within 120 days of the closing date. The outstanding loan amount has a term of thirteen months and an interest rate of 15%. During the 120 day period during which funds are committed but not yet provided, the commitment carries an interest rate of 2% on an annual basis. The Company has chosen not to call upon the remaining portion of the loan. The loan is secured by assets of the Company and there are no penalties for prepayment.
 
In July 2006, the term for repayment of the outstanding loan amount was extended to December 31, 2006. In December 2006, the Company repaid the loan and all accrued interest.
 
In January and April 2007, the Company entered into a two financing arrangements totaling $0.4 million for software purchases and hardware maintenance support, respectively. The payment terms range from 24 to 36 months at interest rates ranging up to 11.4%. The balance outstanding on these financing arrangements at June 30, 2007 is $0.4 million.
 
8.   Equity
 
Common Stock
 
On July 27, 2001, all holders of Class A Common stock (294,117 shares outstanding) and Class B Common stock (1,666,667 shares outstanding) converted these shares into 1,960,784 shares of common stock. The Company has reserved sufficient shares of common stock for potential issuance from exercise of stock options and warrants and conversion of Redeemable Convertible Series B and Series C Preferred stock.
 
Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred Stock
 
During the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, K12 issued approximately 21.6 million and 40.1 million shares of Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred stock (Series B Preferred), respectively.
 
The Series B Preferred shares are convertible into common stock at a conversion rate equal to the original amount invested divided by $1.34. The Series B Preferred shares convert automatically upon certain events, including a qualified initial public offering by the Company. These shares have a liquidation preference over common stock shares equal to the greater of (i) two times the invested amount per share and (ii) the amount the Series B shareholders would have received had they converted their Series B shares into common stock immediately prior to the Liquidation. The Series B Preferred shares have voting rights equal to the number of common stock shares into which the Series B Preferred shares are convertible. The Series B Preferred shares are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the board of directors and are not cumulative. In the event the Board declares a dividend on the common stock, the Series B Preferred shareholders will receive dividends equal to the amount of such dividend had the shares been converted into common stock.


F-16


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The Series B Preferred shares are redeemable at the option of the holder on December 31, 2006 at a price of two times the amount invested to the extent the Series B Preferred shares have not been previously converted into common shares. It is classified as temporary equity on the balance sheet based upon guidance in EITF Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities . The Company accounts for the difference between the invested amount and the redemption value by increasing the book value under the effective interest method, charging the accretion to accumulated deficit each period. As discussed below, the redemption date for the Series B Preferred shares was extended to December 2008.
 
Redeemable Convertible Series C Preferred Stock
 
The Series C Preferred shares are convertible into common stock at a conversion rate equal to the original amount invested divided by $1.34. The Series C Preferred shares convert automatically upon certain events, including a qualified initial public offering by the Company. These shares have a liquidation preference over common stock shares equal to the greater of (i) two times the invested amount per share and (ii) the amount the Series C shareholders would have received had they converted their Series C shares into common stock immediately prior to the Liquidation. The Series C shares have voting rights equal to the number of common stock shares into which the Series C shares are convertible.
 
The Series C shares are entitled to dividends, which accrue at the rate of 10% per annum, compounded annually and shall be paid on January 2 of each year in additional Series C shares or, at the option of the Company, in cash. No dividends are paid to any other classes of capital stock unless any and all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series C shares have been declared and paid in full. For any other dividends or similar distributions, the Series C shares participate with Common Stock on an as-if-converted basis.
 
The Series C shares are redeemable at the option of the holder on December 31, 2008 at a price of two times the amount invested, to the extent the Series C shares had not previously been converted into common stock. It is classified as temporary equity on the balance sheet based upon guidance in EITF Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities . The Company accounts for the difference between the invested amount and the redemption value by increasing the book value using the effective interest method, charging the accretion to accumulated deficit each period.
 
In accordance with the Series C placement, the redemption date for the Series B shares was extended to December 31, 2008.
 
In July 2006, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation, to effect an increase in the authorized number of shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock to 55,000,000 as well as a corresponding increase in the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock into which such shares are convertible.
 
9.   Stock Option Plan
 
The Company adopted a Stock Option Plan (the Plan) in May 2000. Under the Plan, employees, outside directors and independent contractors are able to participate in the Company’s future performance through the awards of nonqualified stock options to purchase common stock. In December 2003, the Board increased the total number of common stock shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan to 2,549,019 shares. Each stock option is exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the stock option agreement granting such stock option, generally over four years. Unless a shorter period is provided by the Board or a stock option agreement, each stock option may be exercisable until December 31, 2009, the term of the Plan. No stock option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its option term. The Company also grants stock options to executive officers under stand-alone agreements outside the Plan. These options totaled 1,441,168 as of June 30, 2007.
 
Effective July 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “ Share-Based Payment ” (“SFAS 123R”), using the prospective transition method which requires the


F-17


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Company to apply the provisions of SFAS 123R only to awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled after the effective date. Equity-based compensation expense for all equity-based compensation awards granted after July 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award.
 
The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton method to calculate the fair value of stock options. The use of option valuation models requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and the expected term of the option. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued SAB No. 107 (SAB 107) regarding the SEC’s interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of share-based payments for public companies. For options issued subsequent to July 1, 2006, the Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS 123R. Under SAB 107, the Company has estimated the expected term of granted options to be the weighted average mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company estimates the volatility rate based on historical closing stock prices.
 
The following weighted-average assumptions were used for options granted in the year ended June 30, 2007 and a discussion of the Company’s methodology for developing each of the assumptions used in the valuation model follows:
 
     
    Year Ended
    June 30, 2007
 
Dividend yield
  0.0%
Expected volatility
  51%
Risk-free interest rate
  4.53% to 5.01%
Expected life of the option term (in years)
  3.25 — 6.40
Forfeiture rate
  20% to 30%
 
Dividend yield — The Company has never declared or paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.
 
Expected volatility — Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. Since the Company ’s common shares are not publicly traded, the basis for the standard option volatility calculation is derived from known publicly traded comparable companies. The annual volatility for these companies is derived from their historical stock price data.
 
Risk-free interest rate — The assumed risk free rate used is a zero coupon U.S. Treasury security with a maturity that approximates the expected term of the option.
 
Expected life of the option term — This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted during the quarter have a maximum term of eight years. The Company estimates the expected life of the option term based on an average life between the dates that options become fully vested and the maximum life of options granted in the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
Forfeiture rate — This is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company uses a forfeiture rate that is based on historical forfeitures at various classification levels with the Company.
 
On a contemporaneous basis, the Company estimated the value of its common stock as of December 31, 2006, March 31, 2007 and June 27, 2007. The fair value applied to the option grants in July 2006 was based on the December 31, 2006 valuation applied retrospectively. The fair value applied to option grants in February 2007 and May 2007 was based on the contemporaneous valuations.


F-18


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
SFAS 123(R) requires management to make assumptions regarding the expected life of the options, the expected liability of the options and other items in determining estimated fair value. Changes to the underlying assumptions may have significant impact on the underlying value of the stock options, which could have a material impact on our financial statements.
 
The Company also grants stock options to executive officers under stand-alone agreements outside the plan. These options totaled 1,141,168 and 392,155 as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity including stand-alone agreements is as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
          Average
 
          Exercise
 
    Shares     Price  
 
Outstanding, June 30, 2005
    2,050,299     $ 6.83  
Granted
    611,903       7.50  
Exercised
    (22,584 )     1.65  
Canceled
    (126,812 )     7.01  
                 
Outstanding, June 30, 2006
    2,512,806       7.03  
Granted
    1,249,409       13.35  
Exercised
    (42,708 )     6.84  
Canceled
    (96,657 )     7.06  
                 
Outstanding, June 30, 2007
    3,622,850     $ 9.21  
                 
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 was $0.1 million and $0, respectively.
 
The following table summarizes the option grant activity for the year ended June 30, 2007:
 
                                 
                Weighted-Average
       
    Options
    Weighted-Average
    Grant-Date
       
Grant date
  Granted     Exercise Price     Fair Value     Intrinsic Value  
 
July 2006
    1,007,113     $ 14.35     $ 2.96     $ 0.00  
February 2007
    188,381     $ 9.18     $ 4.84     $ 0.00  
May 2007
    53,915     $ 9.18     $ 8.06     $ 0.00  
 
A summary of the Company’s unvested stock options, including those related to stand-alone agreements, as of June 30, 2006 and changes during the year ended June 30, 2007 are presented below:
 
                 
          Weighted-Average
 
          Grant-Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value  
 
Unvested options outstanding, June 30, 2006
    968,004     $ 7.25  
Granted
    1,249,409       3.46  
Vested
    (560,673 )     4.92  
Exercised
    (42,708 )     6.84  
Canceled
    (96,657 )     6.99  
                 
Unvested options outstanding, June 30, 2007
    1,517,375     $ 5.02  
                 


F-19


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
As of June 30, 2007, there was $0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over weighted average period of 3.1 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended June 30, 2007 was $4.2 million. During the year ended June 30, 2007, the Company recognized $0.2 million of stock based compensation.
 
The stock option agreements generally provide for accelerated and full vesting of unvested stock options upon certain corporate events. Those events include a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, a merger or consolidation which results in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of the Company’s voting stock immediately after the transaction, and a sale of the Company’s outstanding securities (other than in connection with an initial public offering) which results in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of the Company’s voting stock immediately after the transaction.
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding, including those related to stand-alone agreements, as of June 30, 2007:
 
                                         
          Weighted-
                   
          Average
    Weighted-
          Weighted-
 
Range of
        Remaining
    Average
          Average
 
Exercise
  Number
    Contractual
    Exercise
    Number
    Exercise
 
Prices
  Outstanding     Life     Price     Exercisable     Price  
 
$1.02 - $9.18
    3,328,733       5.3 years     $ 7.32       2,105,475     $ 7.05  
                                         
$30.60
    294,117       5.5 years     $ 30.60              
                                         
 
The total intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at June 30, 2007 was $6.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
 
10.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Litigation
 
In the ordinary conduct of the Company’s business, we are subject to lawsuits and other legal proceedings from time to time. There are currently two pending lawsuits in which the Company is involved, Johnson v. Burmaster and Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School that, in each case, have been brought by teachers’ unions seeking the closure of the virtual public schools the Company serves in Wisconsin and Illinois, respectively.
 
While the Company prevailed on summary judgment at the circuit court level in Johnson v. Burmaster , and recently won a preliminary motion in Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School , it is not possible to predict the final outcome of these matters with any degree of certainty. Even so, the Company does not believe at this time that a loss in either case would have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Depending on the legal theory advanced by the plaintiffs, however, there is a risk that a loss in these cases could have a negative precedential effect if like claims were to be advanced and succeed under similar laws in other states where the Company operates. The cumulative effect under those circumstances could be material.
 
Johnson v. Burmaster
 
In 2003, the Northern Ozaukee School District (NOSD) in the State of Wisconsin established a virtual public school, the Wisconsin Virtual Academy (WIVA), and entered into a service agreement with us for online curriculum and school management services. On January 6, 2004, Stan Johnson, et al., and the Wisconsin Education Association Council (WEAC) filed suit in the Circuit Court of Ozaukee County against the Superintendent of the Department of Public Instruction (DPI), Elizabeth Burmaster, the NOSD and K12 Inc. The plaintiffs alleged that the NOSD violated the state charter school, open enrollment and teacher-licensure statutes when it authorized WIVA.


F-20


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
On March 16, 2006, the Circuit Court issued a Decision and Order upholding on Summary Judgment that WIVA complies with applicable law (No. 04-CV-12 ). WEAC and DPI filed an appeal in the Wisconsin Court of Appeals, District II (No. 2006-AP/01380). Should the plaintiff prevail, and state funding of open enrollment payments to the NOSD are enjoined, a claim could be made that the Company must indemnify the NOSD for expenses approximating $2.5 million.
 
Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School
 
On October 4, 2006, the Chicago Teachers Union (CTU) filed a citizen taxpayers lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Cook County challenging the decision of the Illinois State Board of Education to certify the Chicago Virtual Charter School (CVCS) and to enjoin the disbursement of state funds to the Chicago Board of Education under its contract with the CVCS. Specifically, the CTU alleges that the Illinois charter school law prohibits any “home-based” charter schools and that CVCS does not provide sufficient “direct instruction” by certified teachers of at least five clock hours per day to qualify for funding. K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC were also named as defendants. On May 16, 2007, the Court dismissed K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC from the case and on June 15, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. The Company continues to participate in the defense of CVCS under an indemnity obligation in the Company’s service agreement with that school, which requires the Company to indemnify CVCS against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of the service agreement and certain other claims and liabilities, including liabilities arising out of challenges to the validity of the virtual school charter. The Company is not able to estimate the range of potential loss if the plaintiff were to prevail and a claim was made against the Company for indemnification.
 
The Company expenses legal costs as incurred in connection with a loss contingency.
 
Employment Agreements
 
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers that provide for severance payments and, in some cases other benefits, upon certain terminations of employment. Except for one agreement that has a three year term, all other agreements provide for employment on an “at-will” basis. If the employee is terminated for “good reason” or without cause, the employee is entitled to salary continuation, and in some cases benefit continuation, for varying periods depending on the agreement.
 
On July 12, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for an executive officer. The amended and restated agreement extends the term of employment until January 1, 2011 and amended certain elements of compensation including salary, stock options and severance. Additionally, on July 12, 2007, the Company’s board of directors also approved the terms of a new option agreement for an executive officer which provides that all outstanding options will become fully vested upon a change in control of Company.
 
The Company maintains an annual cash performance bonus program that is intended to reward executive officers based on our performance and the individual named executive officer’s contribution to that performance. In determining the performance-based compensation awarded to each named executive officer, the Company may generally evaluate the Company’s and the executive’s performance in a number of areas, which could include revenues, operating earnings, student retention, efficiency in product and systems development, marketing investment efficacy, new enrollment and developing company leaders.
 
Vendor Payment Commitments
 
In April 2007, the Company entered into a master services and license agreement with a third party that provides for the Company to license their proprietary computer system. The agreement is effective through July 2010. In exchange for the license of the computer system, the Company agrees to pay a service fee per enrollment. In the event the fees paid over the term of the contract do not exceed $1 million (the minimum commitment fee), the Company agrees to pay the difference between the actual fees paid and the minimum commitment fee.


F-21


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
11.   Related Party Transactions
 
Affiliates of the Company, controlled by a major investor, rendered $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million of professional services to the Company during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These costs include administrative operations, consulting and curriculum development services, and other operating charges.
 
In June 2005, the Company closed on an $8.1 million loan from certain shareholders, $4.0 million of which was funded at closing and the remainder to be funded, at the Company’s option, within 120 days of the closing date. The Company has chosen not to call upon the remaining portion of the loan. In July 2006, the term for repayment of the outstanding loan amount was extended to December 31, 2006. In December 2006, the Company repaid the loan and all accrued interest.
 
12.   Employee Benefits
 
The Company is party to a Section 401(k) Salary Deferral Plan (the 401(k) Plan). Under the 401(k) Plan, employees at least 18 years of age having been employed for at least 30 days may voluntarily contribute up to 15% of their compensation. The 401(k) Plan provides for a matching Company contribution of 25% of the first 4% of each participant’s compensation, which begins following six months of service and vests after three years of service. Under the 401(k) Plan, the Company expensed $0.1 million during each of the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
13.   Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1,317     $ 33     $ 446  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of non cash investing and financing activities:
                       
New capital lease obligations
  $ 8,052     $     $ 441  
                         
 
14.   Subsequent Events
 
Letters of Intent
 
On July 3, 2007, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent (LOI) with Socratic Network L.P., Socratic Learning, Inc. and Tutors Worldwide (India) Private Ltd. (individually and collectively referred to as Socratic) to acquire all, substantially all or a selected set of assets (as determined in the Company’s sole discretion) of Socratic, or all the equity interest in Socratic or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, for the aggregate purchase price of $2.2 million plus 58,823 shares of the common stock of the Company. Socratic is an eduction company whose primary asset is its India based tutoring and development center.
 
On August 2, 2007, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent (LOI) with a curriculum content developer to acquire substantially all of its assets or all of the equity interest in the developer (as determined in the Company’s sole discretion) for the aggregate purchase price of up to 196,078 shares of the Company’s common stock and the assumption of up to $1.2 million in liabilities.


F-22


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Initial Public Offering
 
On July 12, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized management to file a Form S-1 Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933 ” in order to pursue a public offering of the Company’s common stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of Redeemable Convertible Series B and Series C preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock without any further action required by us or the holders of the preferred stock.
 
Stock Options
 
On July 3, 2007, the Board approved the grant of 640,304 stock options with an exercise price of $13.67 per share subject to amendment of the Stock Option Plan. On July 12, 2007, the Board authorized the Company to seek shareholder approval to amend the Stock Option Plan by increasing the number of shares reserved for issuance from 2.5 million to 3.9 million.
 
15.   Subsequent Event — Reverse Stock Split
 
Reverse Stock Split — On October 30, 2007, the Board approved a 1-for-5.1 reverse split of the Company’s common stock. On October 31, 2007, the reverse split was further approved by a majority of the shareholders. The stock split was effective on November 2, 2007. In conjunction with this, the number of authorized shares of common stock was amended to 33,362,500. All share and per share amounts related to common stock, options and common stock warrants included in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to give effect to the stock split.


F-23


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    September 30,
    June 30,
 
    2007     2007  
    (unaudited)        
    (in thousands,
 
    except share and
 
    per share data)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,903     $ 1,660  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $610 and $589 at September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007, respectively
    49,682       15,455  
Inventories, net
    6,768       13,804  
Current portion of deferred tax asset
    1,141        
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    983       1,245  
                 
Total current assets
    61,477       32,164  
Property and equipment, net
    23,427       17,234  
Capitalized curriculum development costs, net
    10,881       9,671  
Deferred tax asset, net of current portion
    5,976        
Other assets, net
    2,416       1,182  
Deposits and other assets
    2,025       961  
                 
Total assets
  $ 106,202     $ 61,212  
                 
 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities
               
Bank overdraft
  $     $ 1,577  
Line of credit
    12,500       1,500  
Accounts payable
    11,028       6,928  
Accrued liabilities
    4,193       1,819  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    3,321       6,200  
Deferred revenue
    15,191       2,620  
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    5,111       2,780  
Current portion of notes payable
    194       192  
                 
Total current liabilities
    51,538       23,616  
Deferred rent, net of current portion
    1,667       1,684  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
    7,959       3,974  
Notes payable, net of current portion
    142       189  
                 
Total liabilities
    61,306       29,463  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
                 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
               
Redeemable Convertible Series C Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 55,000,000 shares authorized; 49,861,562 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007, respectively; liquidation value of $133,629 at September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007, respectively
    95,571       91,122  
                 
Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 76,000,000 shares authorized; 51,524,974 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007, respectively; liquidation value of $138,087 at September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007, respectively
    142,216       138,434  
                 
Stockholders’ deficit
               
Common stock, par value $0.0001; 33,362,500 shares authorized; 2,045,217 and 2,041,604 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007, respectively
    1       1  
Accumulated deficit
    (192,892 )     (197,808 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (192,891 )     (197,807 )
                 
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 106,202     $ 61,212  
                 
 
See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-24


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2007     2006  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenues
  $ 59,353     $ 37,743  
                 
Cost and expenses
               
Instructional costs and services
    34,778       19,177  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    16,039       11,385  
Product development expenses
    2,527       2,206  
                 
Total costs and expenses
    53,344       32,768  
                 
Income from operations
    6,009       4,975  
Interest expense, net
    (304 )     (94 )
                 
Net income before income tax expense
    5,705       4,881  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    7,117       (146 )
                 
Net income
    12,822       4,735  
Dividends on preferred stock
    (1,671 )     (1,519 )
Preferred stock accretion
    (6,560 )     (5,367 )
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ 4,591     $ (2,151 )
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per share:
               
Basic
  $ 2.25     $ (1.08 )
                 
Diluted
  $ 0.20     $ (1.08 )
                 
Weighted average shares used in computing per share amounts:
               
Basic
    2,043,589       1,998,853  
                 
Diluted
    22,744,525       1,998,853  
                 
 
See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-25


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(UNAUDITED)
 
                                                                         
                            Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Redeemable Convertible
    Redeemable Convertible
                Additional
             
    Series C Preferred Stock     Series B Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in
    Accumulated
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Total  
    (dollars in thousands, except share amounts)        
 
Balance, June 30, 2007
    49,861,562     $ 91,122       51,524,974     $ 138,434       2,041,604     $  1     $     $ (197,808 )   $ (197,807 )
Employee exercised options
                            3,613             25             25  
Accretion of Preferred Stock
          2,778             3,782                   (325 )     (6,235 )     (6,560 )
Accrued Series C 10% Stock Dividend
          1,671                                     (1,671 )     (1,671 )
Record stock compensation expense
                                        300             300  
Net income
                                              12,822       12,822  
                                                                         
Balance, September 30, 2007
    49,861,562     $ 95,571       51,524,974     $ 142,216       2,045,217     $ 1     $     $ (192,892 )   $ (192,891 )
                                                                         
 
See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-26


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2007     2006  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
               
Net income
  $ 12,822     $ 4,735  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization expense
    2,252       1,224  
Stock based compensation expense
    300       41  
Deferred tax benefit
    (7,117 )      
Provision for (reduction of) doubtful accounts
    21       (958 )
Provision for (reduction of) inventory obsolescence
    7       (31 )
Provision for (reduction of) student computer shrinkage and obsolescence
    161       (153 )
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (34,248 )     (20,397 )
Inventories
    7,029       3,680  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    261       (75 )
Other assets
    (933 )     (1,112 )
Deposits and other assets
    557       34  
Accounts payable
    4,100       3,187  
Accrued liabilities
    2,374       3,321  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    (2,880 )     (2,074 )
Deferred revenue
    12,571       11,963  
Deferred rent
    (17 )     13  
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (2,740 )     3,398  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (1,530 )     (4,784 )
Purchase of domain name
    (250 )      
Capitalized curriculum development costs
    (1,622 )     (2,066 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (3,402 )     (6,850 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities
               
Deferred initial public offering costs
    (1,371 )      
Payments on notes payable
    (44 )      
Net borrowings from revolving credit facility
    11,000        
Repayments for capital lease obligations
    (648 )      
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    25        
Repayment of bank overdraft
    (1,577 )      
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    7,385        
                 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    1,243       (3,452 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents , beginning of period
    1,660       9,475  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents , end of period
  $ 2,903     $ 6,023  
                 
 
See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-27


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
1.   Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2007, the condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 and the condensed consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity for the three months ended September 30, 2007 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements, and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the three month periods are unaudited. The results of the three months ended September 30, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending June 30, 2008 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (Revised 2004) , as of July 1, 2006, which replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective application method. SFAS No. 123(R) eliminates the intrinsic value method that was previously used by the Company as an alternative method of accounting for stock-based compensation. SFAS No. 123(R) requires an entity to recognize the grant date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company applied SFAS 123(R) to all new awards granted after July 1, 2006.
 
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share
 
The Company calculates net income (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share . Under SFAS No. 128, basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share includes the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The potentially dilutive securities consist of convertible preferred stock, stock options and warrants.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 . FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . This interpretation defines the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. Accordingly, the Company has implemented FIN 48 in the first quarter of the fiscal year which will end on June 30, 2008. The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits and there was no effect on our financial condition or results of operations as a result of implementing FIN 48.


F-28


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. The Company does not believe there will be any material changes in its unrecognized tax positions over the next twelve months.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this statement on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This statement permits companies and not-for-profit organizations to make a one-time election to carry eligible types of financial assets and liabilities at fair value, even if fair value measurement is not required under GAAP. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted if the decision to adopt the standard is made after the issuance of the statement but within 120 days after the first day of the fiscal year of adoption, provided no financial statements have yet been issued for any interim period and provided the requirements of statement 157, Fair Value Measurements, are adopted concurrently with SFAS 159. The Company does not believe that it will adopt the provisions of this statement.
 
3.   Line of Credit
 
In December 2006, the Company entered into a $15 million revolving credit agreement with PNC Bank (Credit Agreement). Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the proceeds of the term loan facility were to be used primarily for working capital requirements and other general business or corporate purposes. Because of the seasonality of our business and timing of funds received from the state, expenditures are higher in relation to funds received in certain periods during the year. The Credit Agreement provides the ability to fund these periods until cash is received from the schools; therefore, borrowings against the Credit Agreement are primarily going to be short term.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based upon the term of the borrowings. Interest is charged, at either: (i) the higher of (a) the rate of interest announced by PNC Bank from time to time as its “prime rate” and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (ii) the applicable London interbank offered rate divided by a number equal to 1.00 minus the maximum aggregate reserve requirement which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “eurocurrency liabilities” as defined in Regulation D as promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, plus the applicable margin for such loans, which ranges between 1.250% and 1.750%, based on the leverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement).
 
The Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the credit agreement, quarterly in arrears, during the term of the credit agreement which varies between 0.150% and 0.250% depending on the leverage ratio. The commitment fees incurred for the three months ended September 30, 2007 were minimal. We are also required to pay certain letter of credit and audit fees.
 
The working capital line includes a $5.0 million letter of credit facility. Issuances of letters of credit reduce the availability of permitted borrowings under the credit agreement.
 
The credit agreement contains a number of financial and other covenants that, among other things, restrict our and our subsidiaries’ abilities to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens or other security interests, make certain investments, become liable for contingent liabilities, make specified restricted payments including dividends, dispose of assets or stock, including the stock of its subsidiaries, or make capital expenditures above specified limits and engage in other matters customarily restricted in senior secured credit facilities. We must also maintain a minimum net worth (as defined in the credit agreement) and maximum debt leverage ratios. These covenants are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions.


F-29


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
In March 2007, certain letters of credit in the amount of $2.3 million in connection with an operating lease commenced in May 2006 and an operating sublease that commenced in January 2006 were released and incorporated into our revolving credit facility.
 
As of September 30, 2007, $12.5 million was outstanding on the working capital line of credit at interest rates of 6.4% to 7.0% and approximately $2.3 million under the letter of credit facility with an interest rate of 1.25%.
 
On October 5, 2007, the Company amended the Credit Agreement increasing the commitment level to $20 million. This agreement expires on December 20, 2009. From October 1, 2007 to October 31, 2007, the Company borrowed additional funds of $4.0 million under the Credit Agreement at an interest rate of 6.4%. On November 2, 2007, the Company repaid $1.5 million of the outstanding balance on the working capital line of credit.
 
4.   Income Taxes
 
Through the year ended June 30, 2007, the Company had recorded a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Negative evidence, such as a history of pre-tax losses through fiscal year 2005, recent marginal pre-tax income for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 and difficulty in projecting operating results until enrollments are determined at the end of the first quarter, suggested that a valuation allowance was needed. However, positive evidence in the three months ended September 30, 2007, such as strong enrollment growth and positive taxable income as well as the Company’s projections for the years ended June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009 indicate that the Company will be able to utilize a portion of its net operating loss. As a result, in the three months ended September 30, 2007, the Company determined that only a partial valuation allowance was necessary and reversed $9.7 million of its valuation allowance based upon projected taxable income over the next two years. This was offset by the income tax expense on pre-tax earnings for the three months ended September 30, 2007 of $2.6 million resulting in a deferred tax asset of $7.1 million. As of September 30, 2007, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards of $59.2 million that expire between 2020 and 2028 if unused.
 
5.   Stock Option Plan
 
Effective July 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “ Share-Based Payment ” (SFAS 123R), using the prospective transition method which requires the Company to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 123R only to awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled after the effective date. Equity-based compensation expense for all equity-based compensation awards granted after July 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award.
 
The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton method to calculate the fair value of stock options. Depending on certain substantive characteristics of the stock option, the Company, where appropriate, utilizes a binomial model. The use of option valuation models requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and the expected term of the option. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued SAB No. 107 (SAB 107) regarding the SEC’s interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of share-based payments for public companies. For options issued subsequent to July 1, 2006, the Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS 123R. Under SAB 107, the Company has estimated the expected term of granted options to be the weighted average mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company estimates the volatility rate based on historical closing stock prices.


F-30


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
The following weighted-average assumptions were used for calculating the fair value of each option at the date of grant for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and a discussion of the Company’s methodology for developing each of the assumptions used in the valuation model follows:
 
     
    Three Months Ended
    September 30, 2007
 
Dividend yield
  0.0%
Expected volatility
  41% — 47%
Risk-free interest rate
  4.93% — 4.97%
Expected term, in years
  4.05 — 5.76
 
Dividend yield — The Company has never declared or paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.
 
Expected volatility — Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. Since the Company ’s common shares are not publicly traded, the basis for the standard option volatility calculation is derived from known publicly traded comparable companies. The annual volatility for these companies is derived from their historical stock price data.
 
Risk-free interest rate — The assumed risk free rate used is a zero coupon U.S. Treasury security with a maturity that approximates the expected term of the option.
 
Expected term of the option — This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted during the quarter have a maximum term of eight years. The Company estimates the expected life of the option term based on the weighted average life between the dates that options become fully vested and the maximum life of options granted in the three months ended September 30, 2007.
 
In order to compute stock compensation expense after determining the fair value of an individual option, the Company applies a forfeiture rate to the total number of options granted representing those options that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The forfeiture rate is based on historical trends at various classification levels with the Company.
 
SFAS 123(R) requires management to make assumptions regarding the expected life of the options, the expected liability of the options and other items in determining estimated fair value. Changes to the underlying assumptions may have significant impact on the underlying value of the stock options, which could have a material impact on our financial statements.
 
The Company also grants stock options to executive officers under stand-alone agreements outside the plan. These options totaled 1,441,168 as of September 30, 2007.


F-31


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
Stock option activity including stand-alone agreements during the three months ended September 30, 2007 was as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
          Average
 
          Exercise
 
    Shares     Price  
 
Outstanding, June 30, 2007
    3,622,850     $ 9.21  
Granted
    1,257,948       13.66  
Exercised
    (3,613 )     6.85  
Canceled
    (16,212 )     8.12  
                 
Outstanding, September 30, 2007
    4,860,973     $ 10.37  
                 
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $0.1 million.
 
The following table summarizes the option grant activity for the three months ended September 30, 2007.
 
                                 
                Weighted Average
       
    Options
    Weighted-Average
    Grant-Date
    Intrinsic
 
Grant date
  Granted     Exercise Price     Fair Value     Value  
 
July 2007
    1,257,948     $ 13.66     $ 9.28     $ 0.00  
 
A summary of the Company’s unvested stock options, including those related to stand-alone agreements, as of June 30, 2007 and changes during the three months ended September 30, 2007 are presented below:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Unvested
    Grant Date
 
    Options     Fair Value  
 
Unvested options outstanding, June 30, 2007
    1,517,375     $ 5.02  
Granted
    1,257,948       9.28  
Vested
    (102,326 )     6.16  
Exercised
    (3,613 )     6.85  
Canceled
    (16,212 )     3.52  
                 
Unvested options outstanding, September 30, 2007
    2,653,172     $ 7.00  
                 
 
As of September 30, 2007, there was $3.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options granted under the Stock Option Plan (“Plan”) adopted in May 2000. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $0.8 million. During the three months ended September 30, 2007, the Company recognized $0.3 million of stock based compensation.
 
On July 3, 2007, the Board approved the grant of 640,304 stock options with an exercise price of $13.67 per share, subject to the amendment of the Stock Option Plan. On July 12, 2007, the Board authorized the Company to seek shareholder approval to amend the Stock Option Plan by increasing the number of shares reserved for issuance from approximately 2.549 million to 3.922 million. The Board also approved the grant of 617,644 options to certain officers of the Company with an exercise price of $13.66 per share subject to amendment of the Plan. On November 5, 2007, the shareholders approved the amendment to the Stock Option Plan to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance.


F-32


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
The stock option agreements for outstanding stock options generally provide for accelerated and full vesting of unvested stock options upon certain corporate events. Those events include a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, a merger or consolidation which results in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of the Company’s voting stock immediately after the transaction, and a sale of the Company’s outstanding securities (other than in connection with an initial public offering) which results in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of the Company’s voting stock immediately after the transaction.
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding, including those related to stand-alone agreements, as of September 30, 2007:
 
                                         
          Weighted-
                   
          Average
    Weighted-
          Weighted-
 
Range of
        Remaining
    Average
          Average
 
Exercise
  Number
    Contractual
    Exercise
    Number
    Exercise
 
Prices
  Outstanding     Life     Price     Exercisable     Price  
 
$1.02 - $9.18
    3,310,201       5.1 years     $ 7.32       2,206,821     $ 7.07  
                                         
$13.66
    1,256,655       7.8 years     $ 13.66       980     $ 13.66  
                                         
$30.60
    294,117       5.3 years     $ 30.60              
                                         
 
6.   Lease Commitments
 
As of September 30, 2007, computer equipment and software under capital leases are recorded at a cost of $13.9 million and accumulated depreciation of $2.5 million. The Company has an equipment lease line of credit with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company that expires on March 31, 2008 for new purchases on the line of credit. We expect to renew this facility. The interest rate on new advances under the equipment lease line is set quarterly. Prior borrowings under the equipment lease line had interest rates ranging from 8.5% to 8.8%. The prior borrowings include a 36-month payment term with a $1 purchase option at the end of the term. The Company has pledged the assets financed with the equipment lease line to secure the amounts outstanding. The Company entered into a guaranty agreement with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company to guarantee the obligations under this equipment lease and financing agreement.
 
The following is a summary as of September 30, 2007 of the present value of the net minimum lease payments on capital leases under the Company’s commitments:
 
         
    Capital
 
September 30,
  Leases  
 
2008
  $ 6,105  
2009
    5,520  
2010
    3,061  
         
Total minimum lease payments
    14,686  
Less amount representing interest (imputed interest rate of 8.7%)
    (1,616 )
         
Net minimum lease payments
    13,070  
Less current portion
    (5,111 )
         
Present value of net minimum payments, less current portion
  $ 7,959  
         


F-33


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
7.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to lawsuits and other legal proceedings from time to time. There are currently two significant pending lawsuits in which we are involved; Johnson v. Burmaster and Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School that, in each case, have been brought by teachers’ unions seeking the closure of the virtual public schools we serve in Wisconsin and Illinois, respectively.
 
While we prevailed on summary judgment at the circuit court level in Johnson v. Burmaster , and recently won a preliminary motion in Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School , it is not possible to predict the final outcome of these matters with any degree of certainty. Even so, we do not believe at this time that a loss in either case would have a material adverse financial impact on our business. Depending on the legal theory advanced by the plaintiffs, however, there is a risk that a loss in these cases could have a negative precedential effect if like claims were to be advanced and succeed under similar laws in other states where we operate. The cumulative effect under those circumstances could be material.
 
Johnson v. Burmaster
 
In 2003, the Northern Ozaukee School District (NOSD) in the State of Wisconsin established a virtual public school, the Wisconsin Virtual Academy (WIVA), and entered into a service agreement with us for online curriculum and school management services. On January 6, 2004, Stan Johnson, et al., and the Wisconsin Education Association Council (WEAC) filed suit in the Circuit Court of Ozaukee County against the Superintendent of the Department of Public Instruction (DPI), Elizabeth Burmaster, the NOSD and K12 Inc. The plaintiffs alleged that the NOSD violated the state charter school, open enrollment and teacher-licensure statutes when it authorized WIVA.
 
On March 16, 2006, the Circuit Court issued a Decision and Order upholding on Summary Judgment that WIVA complies with applicable law (No. 04-CV-12 ). WEAC and DPI filed an appeal in the Wisconsin Court of Appeals, District II (No. 2006-AP/01380). On July 3, 2007, the Court of Appeals certified the case to the Wisconsin Supreme Court for its review because the questions involved in the case are of first impression and will have a significant statewide impact on education finance and policy. Should the plaintiff prevail and state funding of open enrollment payments to the NOSD are enjoined, a claim could be made that the Company must indemnify the NOSD for expenses approximating $2.5 million.
 
Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School
 
On October 4, 2006, the Chicago Teachers Union (CTU) filed a citizen taxpayers lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Cook County challenging the decision of the Illinois State Board of Education to certify the Chicago Virtual Charter School (CVCS) and to enjoin the disbursement of state funds to the Chicago Board of Education under its contract with the CVCS. Specifically, the CTU alleges that the Illinois charter school law prohibits any “home-based” charter schools and that CVCS does not provide sufficient “direct instruction” by certified teachers of at least five clock hours per day to qualify for funding. K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC were also named as defendants. On May 16, 2007, the Court dismissed K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC from the case and on June 15, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint which the court dismissed on October 30, 2007 with leave to re-plead. The Company continues to participate in the defense of CVCS under an indemnity obligation in its service agreement with that school, which requires the Company to indemnify CVCS against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of the service agreement and certain other claims and liabilities, including liabilities arising out of challenges to the validity of the virtual school charter.
 
Employment Agreements
 
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers that provide for severance payments and, in some cases other benefits, upon certain terminations of employment. Except for one agreement that has a three year term, all other agreements provide for employment on an “at-will” basis. If the


F-34


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
employee is terminated for “good reason” or without cause, the employee is entitled to salary continuation, and in some cases benefit continuation, for varying periods depending on the agreement.
 
On July 12, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for an executive officer. The amended and restated agreement extends the term of employment until January 1, 2011 and amended certain elements of compensation including salary, stock options and severance. Additionally, on July 12, 2007, the Company’s board of directors also approved the terms of a new agreement for an executive officer which provides that all outstanding options will become fully vested upon a change in control of the Company.
 
The Company maintains an annual cash performance bonus program that is intended to reward executive officers based on the Company’s performance and the individual named executive officer’s contribution to that performance. In determining the performance-based compensation awarded to each named executive officer, the Company may generally evaluate the Company’s and the executive’s performance in a number of areas, which could include revenues, operating earnings, student retention, efficiency in product and systems development, marketing investment efficacy, new enrollment and developing company leaders.
 
Vendor Payment Commitments
 
In April 2007, the Company entered into a master services and license agreement with a third party that provides for the Company to license its proprietary computer system. The agreement is effective through July 2010. In exchange for the license of the computer system, the Company agrees to pay a service fee per enrollment. In the event the fees paid over the term of the contract do not exceed $1 million (the minimum commitment fee), the Company agrees to pay the difference between the actual fees paid and the minimum commitment fee.
 
Letter of Intent
 
On September 28, 2007, the Company discontinued discussions with Socratic Network L.P., Socratic Learning, Inc. and Tutors Worldwide (India) Private Ltd. (individually and collectively referred to as Socratic) related to a non-binding letter of intent.
 
8.   Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
 
                 
    Three Months Period Ended September 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 281     $  
                 
Supplemental disclosure of non cash investing and financing activities:
               
New capital lease obligations
  $ 6,964     $  
                 
 
9.   Subsequent Events
 
Acquisition
 
On October 1, 2007, and related to the August 2, 2007 non-binding letter of intent, the Company acquired all of the equity interest in Power-Glide Language Courses, Inc., a curriculum content developer, for the aggregate purchase price of 196,078 shares of the Company’s common stock and the assumption of up to $1.2 million in liabilities.


F-35


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
 
 
Private Placement of Shares
 
On November 6, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement to sell to a non-U.S. person in a transaction outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act, concurrently with and contingent upon the closing of the initial public offering and at the initial public offering price, $15,000,000 worth of shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
Series C Dividend
 
On November 5, 2007, the Company’s Board unanimously declared a cash dividend to the holders of Redeemable, Convertible Series C Preferred stock effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of an initial public offering and payable from the proceeds of the offering. The amount of the declared dividend is equal to the pro rata amount of the annual cumulative dividend that would have normally accrued on January 2, 2008.
 
10.   Subsequent Event — Reverse Stock Split
 
Reverse Stock Split  — On October 30, 2007, the Board approved a 1-for-5.1 reverse split of the Company’s common stock. On October 31, 2007, the reverse split was further approved by a majority of the shareholders. The stock split was effective on November 2, 2007. In conjunction with this, the number of authorized shares of common stock was amended to 33,362,500. All share and per share amounts related to common stock, options and common stock warrants included in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to give effect to the stock split.


F-36


 

 
SCHEDULE II
 
K12 INC
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
 
1.  ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
                                 
          Additions
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
    Deductions
       
    Beginning of
    Cost and
    from
    Balance at End
 
    Period     Expenses     Allowance     of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
  $ 1,440,499       106,038       957,566     $ 588,971  
June 30, 2006
  $ 1,715,781       174,895       450,177     $ 1,440,499  
June 30, 2005
  $ 602,919       1,407,143       294,281     $ 1,715,781  
 
2.  INVENTORY RESERVE
 
                                 
          Additions
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
    Deductions
       
    Beginning of
    Cost and
    Shrinkage and
    Balance at End
 
    Period     Expenses     Obsolescence     of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
  $ 232,055       320,960       225,407     $ 327,608  
June 30, 2006
  $ 270,611             38,556     $ 232,055  
June 30, 2005
  $ 320,809       19,572       69,770     $ 270,611  
 
3.  COMPUTER RESERVE (1)
 
                                 
          Additions
             
          (Deductions)
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
    Deductions
       
    Beginning of
    Cost and
    Shrinkage and
    Balance at End
 
    Period     Expenses     Obsolescence     of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
  $ 664,186       (47,825 )         $ 616,361  
June 30, 2006
  $ 490,533       173,653           $ 664,186  
June 30, 2005
  $ 746,294       (255,761 )         $ 490,533  
 
 
(1) A reserve account is maintained against potential shrinkage and obsolescence for those computers provided to our students. The reserve is calculated based upon several factors including historical percentages, the net book value and remaining useful life.
 
4.  INCOME TAX VALUATION ALLOWANCE
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Changes in Net
             
    Beginning of
    Deferred
    Income Tax
    Balance at End
 
    Period     Tax Assets     Benefit Realized     of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
  $ 32,527,019       (2,601,121 )         $ 29,925,898  
June 30, 2006
  $ 33,866,482       (1,339,463 )         $ 32,527,019  
June 30, 2005
  $ 33,267,514       598,968           $ 33,866,482  
 


F-37


 

(GRAPHIC)


 

(GRAPHIC)
 


 

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
Set forth below is a table of the registration fee for the Securities and Exchange Commission, the filing fee for the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the listing fee for the New York Stock Exchange and estimates of all other expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities described in the registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 5,296  
NYSE listing fee
    *    
NASD fee
    17,750  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *    
Legal fees and expenses
    *    
Accounting fees and expenses
    *    
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    *    
Miscellaneous
    *    
         
Total
  $ *    
         
 
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
K12 Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Reference is also made to Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.
 
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for, and upon consummation of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will provide for indemnification of the officers and directors to the full extent permitted by applicable law.
 
The Underwriting Agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise.


II-1


 

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
Set forth in chronological order is information regarding all securities sold and employee stock options granted from June 2004 to date by the Company. Also included is the consideration, if any, received for such securities, and information relating to the section of the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to which the following issuances were exempt from registration. None of these securities were registered under the Securities Act. No award of options involved any sale under the Securities Act. No sale of securities involved the use of an underwriter and no commissions were paid in connection with the sales of any securities.
 
1. At various times during the period from July 2004 through July 2007, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,432,206 shares of common stock to current and prior employees and directors at a weighted average exercise price of exercise prices of $10.66 per share, of which 1,257,948 are subject to shareholder approval.
 
2. In addition to the foregoing option grants, at various times during the period from July 2004 through July 2007, we granted options to purchase 1,441,168 shares of our common stock to current and prior employees related to stand-alone agreements at a weighted average exercise price of $12.35 per share.
 
3. In December 2003, we issued and sold an aggregate of 18,656,716 shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the payment in kind dividend feature of Series C Preferred Stock, we have issued an aggregate of 12,399,833 additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock through a series of stock dividends to existing Series C Preferred stockholders from January 2005 through January 2007.
 
4. In October 2007, we issued an aggregate of 196,078 shares of common stock in connection with our acquisition of Power-Glide Language Courses, Inc. to the stockholders thereof.
 
5. On November 6, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement to sell to a non-U.S. person in a transaction outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act, concurrently with and contingent upon the closing of the initial public offering and at the initial public offering price, $15,000,000 worth of shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
The issuances of the securities described in paragraph 1 were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Rule 701, as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of such options and common stock were related to compensation. Appropriate legends were affixed to any share certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information from us or had adequate access, through their employment with us or otherwise, to information about us.
 
The issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) because the issuance of securities to recipients did not involve a public offering. The recipient of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to resale or distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to share certificates and warrants issued in such transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 were accredited or sophisticated investors and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.
 
Upon issuance and sale, the securities described in paragraph 5 will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms of Regulation S promulgated thereunder.
 
All of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock described in paragraph 3 will automatically convert into shares of common stock prior to completion of this offering.
 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule
 
(a) Exhibits
 


II-2


 

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3 .2*   Bylaws (as amended)
  3 .3   Certificate of Amendment, dated December 15, 2006, to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3 .4   Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated November 2, 2007, and Certificate of Correction related thereto
  3 .5   Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering
  3 .6   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering
  4 .1   Form of stock certificate of common stock
  4 .2*   Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan and Amendment thereto
  4 .3*   Form of Stock Option Contract — Employee
  4 .4*   Form of Stock Option Contract — Director
  4 .5*   Form of Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
  4 .6*   Form of Common Stock Warrant Agreement
  4 .7*   Form of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Agreement
  4 .8   2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan
  4 .9   2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  5 .1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
  10 .1*   Revolving Credit Agreement and Certain Other Loan Documents by and among K12 Inc., School Leasing Corporation, American School Supply Corporation and PNC Bank, N.A.
  10 .2*   Stockholders Agreement dated as of April 26, 2000 (as amended) by and among Premierschool.com, Inc., Knowledge Universe Learning, Inc. and Ronald J. Packard
  10 .3*   Stockholders Agreement dated as of February 20, 2000 (as amended) by and among Premierschool.com, Inc., Knowledge Universe Learning, Inc. and William J. Bennett
  10 .4*   Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Agreement of Mollusk Holdings LLC
  10 .5*†   Amended and Restated Stock Option Agreement of Ronald J. Packard dated as of July 12, 2007
  10 .6*   Stock Option Agreement of Bruce J. Davis
  10 .7*   Stock Option Agreement of John Baule
  10 .8*   Stock Option Agreement of Bror Saxberg
  10 .9*†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Ronald J. Packard
  10 .10*   Employment Agreement of John F. Baule and Amendment thereto
  10 .11*   Employment Agreement of Bruce J. Davis
  10 .12*   Employment Agreement of Bror V. H. Saxberg
  10 .13*   Deed of Lease by and between ACP/2300 Corporate Park Drive, LLC and K12 Inc.
  10 .14*   Sublease between France Telecom Long Distance USA, LLC and K12 Inc.
  10 .15*   Employment Agreement of Celia M. Stokes
  10 .16*   Employment Agreement of Howard D. Polsky
  10 .17*†   Stock Option Agreement of Ronald J. Packard dated as of July 12, 2007
  10 .18   First Amendment to Employment Agreement of Howard D. Polsky

II-3


 

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
  10 .19   Amendment No.1 to Revolving Credit Agreement by and among K12 Inc., School Leasing Corporation, American School Supply Corporation and PNC Bank N.A.
  10 .20   Stock Subscription Agreement dated as of November 1, 2007 by and among K12 Inc. and KB Education Investments Limited
  10 .21   Second Amended and Restated Educational Products, and Administrative, and Technology Services Agreement between the Ohio Virtual Academy and K12 Ohio L.L.C.
  21 .1*   Subsidiaries of K12 Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1*   Power of Attorney (excluding Dr. Mary H. Futrell)
  24 .2*   Power of Attorney of Dr. Mary H. Futrell
 
 
* Previously filed.
Portions omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(b)  Financial Statement Schedules:
 
See Schedule II — “Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” contained on page F-33. All other schedules are omitted as the information is not required or is included in the Registrant’s financial statements and related notes.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issues.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denomination and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-4


 

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Herndon, Commonwealth of Virginia on November 7, 2007.
 
 
K12 INC.
 
 
  By: 
/s/   Ronald J. Packard
  Name:  Ronald J. Packard
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   Ronald J. Packard

Ronald J. Packard
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 7, 2007
         
/s/   John F. Baule

John F. Baule
  Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 7, 2007
         
/s/   Andrew H. Tisch*

Andrew H. Tisch
  Chairman of the Board and Director   November 7, 2007
         
/s/   Guillermo Bron*

Guillermo Bron
  Director   November 7, 2007
         
/s/   Liza A. Boyd*

Liza A. Boyd
  Director   November 7, 2007
         
/s/   Steven B. Fink*

Steven B. Fink
  Director   November 7, 2007
         
/s/   Dr. Mary H. Futrell*

Dr. Mary H. Futrell
  Director   November 7, 2007
         
/s/   Thomas J. Wilford*

Thomas J. Wilford
  Director   November 7, 2007
             
*By:  
/s/   Howard D. Polsky

Howard D. Polsky
  Attorney-in-Fact    


II-5

 

Exhibit 1.1
[•] Shares
K12 Inc.
Common Stock
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[•], 2007
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, NY 10036
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629
       As Representatives of the Several Underwriters
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          1. Introductory . K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) agrees with the several Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (“ Underwriters ”) to issue and sell to the several Underwriters [•] shares of its common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Securities ”) and the stockholders listed in Schedule B hereto (“ Selling Stockholders ”) agree severally with the Underwriters to sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [•] shares of the Securities (such shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the “ Firm Securities ”). The Selling Stockholders also agree severally to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than [•] additional outstanding shares of the Company’s Securities (the “ Optional Securities ”), as set forth below. The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “ Offered Securities ”. As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (the “ Designated Underwriter” ) has agreed to reserve out of the Firm Securities purchased by it under this Agreement, up to [•] shares, for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and other parties associated with the Company (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Final Prospectus (as defined herein) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Firm Securities to be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the “ Directed Shares” ) will be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price. Any Directed Shares not subscribed for by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Final Prospectus. The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby agree with the several underwriters as follows:
          2. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders . (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:
     (i) Filing and Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Certain Defined Terms . The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-144894) covering the registration of the Offered Securities under the Act, including a related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses. At any particular time, this initial registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including all information contained in the registration statement (if any) pursuant to Rule 462(b) and then deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement, and all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Initial Registration Statement ”. The Company may also

 


 

have filed, or may file with the Commission, a Rule 462(b) registration statement covering the registration of Offered Securities. At any particular time, this Rule 462(b) registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including the contents of the Initial Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein and including all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Additional Registration Statement ”.
     The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are referred to collectively as the “Registration Statements” and individually as a “Registration Statement”. A “Registration Statement” with reference to a particular time means the Initial Registration Statement and any Additional Registration Statement as of such time. A “Registration Statement” without reference to a time means such Registration Statement as of its Effective Time. For purposes of the foregoing definitions, 430A Information with respect to a Registration Statement shall be considered to be included in such Registration Statement as of the time specified in Rule 430A.
     As of the time of execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act and is not proposed to be amended. Any Additional Registration Statement has or will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and is not proposed to be amended. The Offered Securities all have been or will be duly registered under the Act pursuant to the Initial Registration Statement and, if applicable, the Additional Registration Statement.
     For purposes of this Agreement:
     “ 430A Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus and retroactively deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b).
     “ 430C Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus then deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430C.
     “ Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “ Applicable Time ” means [•] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.
     “ Closing Date” has the meaning defined in Section 3 hereof.
     “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Effective Time ” with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c). If an Additional Registration Statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Company has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file one, “ Effective Time ” with respect to such Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b).
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     “ Final Prospectus ” means the Statutory Prospectus that discloses the public offering price, other 430A Information and other final terms of the Offered Securities and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act.
     “ General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors, as evidenced by its being so specified in Schedule C to this Agreement.

2


 

     “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, relating to the Offered Securities in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).
     “ Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.
     “ Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission.
     “ Securities Laws ” means, collectively, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley ”), the Act, the Exchange Act, the Rules and Regulations, the auditing principles, rules, standards and practices applicable to auditors of “issuers” (as defined in Sarbanes-Oxley) promulgated or approved by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (“ Exchange Rules ”).
     “ Statutory Prospectus ” with reference to a particular time means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement immediately prior to that time, including any 430A Information or 430C Information with respect to such Registration Statement. For purposes of the foregoing definition, 430A Information shall be considered to be included in the Statutory Prospectus as of the actual time that form of prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 462(c) and not retroactively.
     Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a “Rule” is to the indicated rule under the Act.
     (ii) Compliance with Securities Act Requirements . (A) At their respective Effective Times, (B) on the date of this Agreement and (C) on each Closing Date, each of the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement (if any) conformed and will conform in all respects to the requirements of the Act, (ii) on its date, at the time of filing of the Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Final Prospectus is included, and on each Closing Date, the Final Prospectus will conform in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (iii) on the date of this Agreement, at their respective Effective Times or issue dates and on each Closing Date, each Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus, any Statutory Prospectus, any prospectus wrapper and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied or comply, and such documents and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Final Prospectus, any Statutory Prospectus, any prospectus wrapper or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any such document based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 8(c) hereof.
     (iii) Ineligible Issuer Status. (i) At the time of the initial filing of the Initial Registration Statement and (ii) at the date of this Agreement, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405.
     (iv) General Disclosure Package . As of the Applicable Time, neither (i) the General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the preliminary prospectus, dated [•], 2007 (which is the most recent Statutory Prospectus distributed to investors generally) and the other information, if any, stated in Schedule C to this Agreement to be included in the general disclosure package, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”), nor (ii) any individual Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not

3


 

apply to statements in or omissions from any Statutory Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(c) hereof.
     (v) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date (if prepared by or on behalf of the Company) or as of the date the Company first uses or refers to such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (such date, as applicable, the “ Adoption Date ”) and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies each of the Representatives as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement. If at any time following the Adoption Date of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (i) conflicted or would conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or (ii) included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in each case, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (A) the Company has promptly notified or will promptly notify each of the Representatives and (B) the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.
     (vi) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly incorporated and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing in any such jurisidiction would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), business, properties, prospects or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (“ Material Adverse Effect ”).
     (vii) Subsidiaries. Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed, as the case may be, and is an existing corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as the case may be, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or limited liability company in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification; except for such failures as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or membership interests of each subsidiary of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (viii) Offered Securities . The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized; the authorized equity capitalization of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package; all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are, and, when the Offered Securities have been delivered and paid for in accordance with this Agreement on each Closing Date, such Offered Securities will have been, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will conform to the information in the General Disclosure Package and to the description of such Offered Securities contained in the Final Prospectus; the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities; and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been issued in

4


 

violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any security holder.
     (ix) No Finder’s Fee. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.
     (x) Registration Rights. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act (collectively, “registration rights”), and any person to whom the Company has granted registration rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period referred to in Section 5(l) hereof.
     (xi) Listing. The Offered Securities have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.
     (xii) Absence of Further Requirements. No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing or registration with, any person (including any governmental agency or body or any court) is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities, except such as have been obtained, or made and such as may be required under state securities laws. No authorization, consent, approval, license, qualification or order of, or filing or registration with any person (including any governmental agency or body or any court) in any foreign jurisdiction is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the offering, issuance and sale of the Directed Shares under the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction except such as have been obtained or made.
     (xiii) Title to Property . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, charge, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries hold any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no terms or provisions that would materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.
     (xiv) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts Resulting from Transaction. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, under (i) the charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) any material agreement, instrument or contract to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or materially and adversely affect the performance of the Company of its obligations under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; a “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition that gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness (or any

5


 

person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
     (xv) Absence of Existing Defaults and Conflicts. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its respective charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents), (ii) in breach or violation of any statute, judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation applicable to any of them or any of their respective properties or assets or (iii) in breach of or default under or in violation of any of the terms or provisions of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, note, franchise agreement, permit, certificate, contract or lease or other agreement or instrument to which any of them is a party or by which any of them or their respective properties or assets is bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for any breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or materially and adversely affect the performance of the Company of its obligations under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     (xvi) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
     (xvii) Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess, and are in compliance with the terms of, all adequate certificates, authorizations, franchises, licenses and permits (“ Licenses ”) necessary or material to the conduct of the business now conducted or proposed in the General Disclosure Package to be conducted by them and have not received any written notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Licenses that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xviii) Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that, in any such case, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xix) Possession of Intellectual Property. The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms adequate trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals, trade secrets, and other rights to inventions, technology, know-how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property and similar rights, including registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”) necessary or material to the conduct of the business now operated by them, or presently employed by them, or proposed in the General Disclosure Package to be conducted by them and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights and the expected expiration of any such Intellectual Property Rights that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no rights of third parties to any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no material infringement, misappropriation breach, default or other violation, or the occurrence of any event that with notice or the passage of time would constitute any of the foregoing, by the Company, its subsidiaries or third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights of the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any subsidiary’s rights in or to, or the violation of any of the terms of, any of their Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (iv) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is

6


 

unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (v) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any subsidiary infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates or conflicts with any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; and (vi) none of the Intellectual Property Rights used by the Company or its subsidiaries in their businesses has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries in violation of the rights of any persons.
     (xx) Environmental Laws. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (i) is in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “ environmental laws ”), (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws or (iv) to the Company’s knowledge, is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim described in subsections (i) through (iv) above would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company does not have knowledge of any pending investigation which could reasonably be expected to lead to such a claim.
     (xxi) Accurate Disclosure. The statements in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the headings “Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders”, “Description of Capital Stock”, “The Business—Legal Proceedings”, “Regulation” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Government Funding and Regulation of Public Education” insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings and present the information required to be shown.
     (xxii) Absence of Manipulation . The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.
     (xxiii) Statistical and Market-Related Data. Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in a Registration Statement, a Statutory Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.
     (xxiv) Internal Controls and Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Company, its subsidiaries and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) are in compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and all applicable Exchange Rules. The Company maintains a system of internal controls, including, but not limited to, disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls over accounting matters and financial reporting, an internal audit function and legal and regulatory compliance controls (collectively, “ Internal Controls ”) that comply with the Securities Laws and are sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. General Accepted Accounting Principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Internal Controls are, or upon consummation of the offering of the Offered Securities will be, overseen by the Audit Committee (the “ Audit Committee ”) of the Board in accordance with Exchange Rules. The Company has not publicly disclosed or reported to the Audit Committee or the Board, and within the

7


 

next 135 days the Company does not reasonably expect to publicly disclose or report to the Audit Committee or the Board, a significant deficiency, material weakness, change in Internal Controls or fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in Internal Controls (each, an “ Internal Control Event ”), any violation of, or failure to comply with, the Securities Laws, or any matter involving internal controls which, if determined adversely, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xxv) Litigation . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings (including any inquiries or investigations by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign) against or affecting the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and no such actions, suits or proceedings (including any inquiries or investigations by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign) are threatened or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated.
     (xxvi) Financial Statements. The historical financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in each Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and eFinancial Group Limited and its subsidiaries, as applicable, as of the dates shown and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and, except as otherwise disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis; the schedules included in each Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein; and the assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial statements included in each Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions or events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma columns therein reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the corresponding historical financial statement amounts.
     (xxvii) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, since the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package (i) there has been no change, nor any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, that, taken as a whole, has or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) except as disclosed in or contemplated by the General Disclosure Package, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock and (iii) except as disclosed in or contemplated by the General Disclosure Package, there has been no material adverse change in the capital stock, short-term indebtedness, long-term indebtedness, net current assets or net assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.
     (xxviii) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”).
     (xxix) Ratings. No “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) (i) has imposed (or has informed the Company that it is considering imposing) any condition (financial or otherwise) on the Company’s retaining any rating assigned to the Company or any securities of the Company or (ii) has indicated to the Company that it is considering any of the actions described in Section 7(c)(ii) hereof.

8


 

     (xxx) Compliance with Law. Each of the Company, its subsidiaries and any of their respective officers, directors, supervisors, managers, agents, or employees, has not violated and its participation in the offering will not violate: (a) anti-bribery laws, including but not limited to, any applicable law, rule, or regulation of any locality, or any other law, rule or regulation of similar purpose and scope, (b) anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to, applicable federal, state, international, foreign or other laws, regulations or government guidance regarding anti-money laundering, and international anti-money laundering principals or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization of which the United States is a member and with which designation the United States representative to the group or organization continues to concur, all as amended, and any Executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder or (c) laws and regulations imposing U.S. economic sanctions measures.
     (xxxi) Tax. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns that are required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect); and, except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have paid all taxes (including any assessments, fines or penalties) required to be paid by them, except for any such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties currently being contested in good faith or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xxxii) No Recent Sales of Common Stock . Except as described in the General Disclosure Package, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of its common stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.
     (xxxiii) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries are insured by insurers with appropriately rated claims paying abilities against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary for the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the General Disclosure Package; and the Company will obtain directors’ and officer’s insurance in such amounts as is customary for an initial public offering.
     (xxxiv) Absence of Unlawful Influence. The Company has not offered or sold, or caused the Underwriters to offer or sell, any Offered Securities to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.
          (b) Each Selling Stockholder severally and not jointly represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:
     (i) Title to Securities. Such Selling Stockholder has and on each Closing Date hereinafter mentioned will have valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date and full right, power and authority to enter into this

9


 

Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder; and upon the delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities on each Closing Date hereunder the several Underwriters will acquire valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date.
     (ii) Absence of Further Requirements . No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by any Selling Stockholder for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Custody Agreement, the Power of Attorney or this Agreement in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and such as may be required under state securities laws;
     (iii) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts Resulting from Transaction . The execution, delivery and performance of the Custody Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions therein and herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to, any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties or any agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the properties of such Selling Stockholder is subject, or the charter or by-laws of any Selling Stockholder that is a corporation or the constituent documents of any Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person or a corporation;
     (iv) Custody Agreement . The Power of Attorney and related Custody Agreement with respect to such Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles;
     (v) Compliance with Securities Act Requirements . (i) (A) At their respective Effective Times, (B) on the date of this Agreement and (C) on each Closing Date, each of the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement (if any) conformed and will conform in all respects to the requirements of the Act, (ii) on its date, at the time of filing of the Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Final Prospectus is included, and on each Closing Date, the Final Prospectus will conform in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) on the date of this Agreement, at their respective Effective Times or issue dates and on each Closing Date, each Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus, any Statutory Prospectus and any prospectus wrapper complied or comply, and such documents and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Final Prospectus, any Statutory Prospectus or any prospectus wrapper, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program. The preceding sentence only applies to statements in or omissions from any such document based upon written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholders specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 8(b) hereof.
     (vi) No Undisclosed Material Information . The sale of the Offered Securities by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not set forth the General Disclosure Package.

10


 

     (vii) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder.
     (viii) No Finder’s Fee. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against such Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.
     (ix) Absence of Manipulation . Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.
          3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company and each Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price of $[•] per share, the respective number of shares of Firm Securities (rounded up or down, as determined by the Representatives in their discretion, in order to avoid fractions) obtained by multiplying [•] Firm Securities in the case of the Company and the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Selling Stockholder in Schedule B hereto, in the case of a Selling Stockholder, in each case by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A hereto and the denominator of which is the total number of Firm Securities.
          Certificates in negotiable form for the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery under this Agreement, under Custody Agreements made with [•], as custodian (“ Custodian ”). Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the shares represented by the certificates held in custody for the Selling Stockholders under such Custody Agreements are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by the Selling Stockholders for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death of any individual Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, or in the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or trustees or the termination of such trust. If any individual Selling Stockholder or any such trustee or trustees should die, or if any other such event should occur, or if any of such trusts should terminate, before the delivery of the Offered Securities hereunder, certificates for such Offered Securities shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death or other event or termination had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event or termination.
          The Company and the Custodian will deliver the Firm Securities to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives against payment of the purchase price in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer or transfers to an account at one or more banks acceptable to the Representatives drawn to the order of [•] in the case of [•] shares of Firm Securities and [•] in the case of [•] shares of Firm Securities, at the office of Davis Polk & Wardwell, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on [•], 2007, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as the Representatives and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “ First Closing Date ”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Offered Securities sold pursuant to the offering. The Firm Securities so to be delivered or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Davis Polk & Wardwell at least 24 hours prior to the First Closing Date.
          In addition, upon written notice from the Representatives given to the Company and the Selling Stockholders from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Final Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to

11


 

be paid for the Firm Securities. The Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to the Underwriters the respective numbers of shares of Optional Securities obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Optional Securities specified in such notice by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares set forth opposite the names of such Selling Stockholders in Schedule B hereto under the caption “Number of Optional Securities to be Sold” and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Optional Securities (subject to adjustment by the Representatives to eliminate fractions). Such Optional Securities shall be purchased from each Selling Stockholder for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name bears to the total number of shares of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by the Representatives to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by each of the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders.
          Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities, being herein referred to as an “ Optional Closing Date ”, which may be the First Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a “ Closing Date ”), shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall be not later than five full business days and not sooner than two business days following the date on which the Company and the Custodian, on behalf of the Selling Stockholders, receives written notice of the election to purchase Optional Securities from the Representatives. The Company and the Custodian will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives, against payment of the purchase price therefore in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to the Representatives drawn to the order of [•] in the case of [•] Optional Securities and [•] in the case of [•] Optional Securities, at the above office of Davis Polk & Wardwell. The Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Davis Polk & Wardwell at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.
          4. Offering by Underwriters . It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Final Prospectus.
          5. Certain Agreements of the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters and each of the Selling Stockholders that:
     (a) Additional Filings. Unless filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) as part of the Additional Registration Statement in accordance with the next sentence, the Company will file the Final Prospectus, in a form approved by the Representatives, with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by the Representatives, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and provide satisfactory evidence to the Representatives of such timely filing. If an Additional Registration Statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will file the additional registration statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by the Representatives.
     (b) Filing of Amendments: Response to Commission Requests. The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of any proposal to amend or supplement at any time the Initial

12


 

Registration Statement, any Additional Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation without the Representatives’ consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the Company will also advise the Representatives promptly of (i) the effectiveness of any Additional Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement), (ii) any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus, (iii) any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment to any Registration Statement, for any supplement to any Statutory Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement or the threatening of any proceeding for that purpose, and (v) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Offered Securities in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
     (c) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Final Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and the dealers and any other dealers upon request of the Representatives, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance. Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor the Underwriters’ delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof.
     (d) Rule 158. As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “ Availability Date ” means the day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Time on which the Company is required to file its Form 10-Q for such fiscal quarter except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “Availability Date” means the day after the date the Company is required to file its Form 10-K.
     (e) Furnishing of Prospectuses. The Company will furnish to the Representatives copies of each Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and will include all exhibits), each related Statutory Prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, the Final Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as the Representatives request. The Final Prospectus shall be so furnished on or prior to 3:00 P.M., New York time, on the business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All other such documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.
     (f) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters, provided the Company will not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not now so

13


 

required.
     (g) Reporting Requirements. During the period of five years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the Company will furnish to the Representatives (i) as soon as available, a copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the Representatives may reasonably request. However, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is timely filing reports with the Commission on its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“ EDGAR ”), it is not required to furnish such reports or statements to the Underwriters.
     (h) Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and each Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) any filing fees and other expenses (including fees and disbursements of Davis, Polk & Wardwell, counsel to the Underwriters) incurred in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and the preparation and printing of memoranda relating thereto, (ii) any costs and expenses related to the review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”) of the Offered Securities (including filing fees and the fees and expenses of Davis Polk & Wardwell, counsel for the Underwriters relating to such review), which shall not exceed $20,000 in the aggregate (not including filing fees), (iii) costs and expenses relating to investor presentations or any “road show” in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities including, without limitation, any travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expenses of the Company including the chartering of airplanes, (iv) any fees and expenses incident to listing the Offered Securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (v) any fees and expenses in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities under the Exchange Act, any transfer taxes on the sale by the Selling Stockholders of the Offered Securities to the Underwriters and (vi) any expenses incurred in printing and distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Final Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters and (vii) any expenses incurred for preparing, printing and distributing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses to investors or prospective investors; provided that this paragraph shall not affect or modify any separate, valid agreement relating to the allocation of payment of expenses between the Company, on the one hand, and the Selling Stockholders, on the other hand. It is understood, however, that except as provided by this Section 5 and Sections 8, 9 and 10 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the legal and other fees and expenses of their counsel, other than the aforementioned fees and expenses of Davis Polk & Wardwell referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) , and any advertising expenses incurred in connection with the offers they make.
     (i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it in connection with this offering in the manner described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the General Disclosure Package and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.
     (j) Absence of Manipulation. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.
     (k) Restriction on Sale of Securities by Company. For the period specified below (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the Company will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to its Securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of its Securities (“ Lock-Up Securities ”): (i) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise

14


 

dispose of Lock-Up Securities, (ii) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase Lock-Up Securities, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Securities, (iv) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in Lock-Up Securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (v) file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to Lock-Up Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of each of the Representatives, except grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof, issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the exercise of such options or the exercise of any other employee stock options outstanding on the date hereof and the filing by the Company of any registration statement with the Commission on form S-8 relating to the offering of stock pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof. The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and continue for 180 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that the Representatives consent to in writing; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the materials news or material event, as applicable, unless each of the Representatives waives, in writing, such extension. The Company will provide each of the Representatives with notice of any announcement described in clause (2) of the preceding sentence that gives rise to an extension of the Lock-Up Period. The abovementioned restrictions on sale of securities by the Company will not apply to the issuance by the Company of shares of common stock or any security convertible into shares of common stock in connection with a bona fide merger or acquisition transaction; provided that the aggregate number of shares issued in these transactions shall not exceed 5% of the Offered Securities and that any recipient of these shares executes a copy of the lock-up agreement referred to in Section 7(h) hereof substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

15


 

     (l) Restriction on Sale of Securities by Selling Stockholders. On or prior to the date hereof, each of the Selling Stockholders will execute and deliver to the Representatives lock-up letters, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
     (m) Transfer Restrictions. In connection with the Directed Share Program, the Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by the NASD or the NASD rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Designated Underwriter will notify the Company as to which Participants will need to be so restricted. The Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time.
     (n) Payment of Expenses Related to Directed Share Program. The Company will pay all fees and disbursements of counsel (including non-U.S. counsel) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.
     (o) Compliance with Foreign Laws. The company will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.
          6. Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and agrees that, unless they obtain the prior consent of each of the Representatives, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and each of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representatives is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .” The Company represents that it has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.
          7. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date, if any, will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein (as though made on such Closing Date), to the accuracy of the statements of Company officers made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:
          (a) Accountants’ Comfort Letter. The Representatives shall have received letters, dated, respectively, the date hereof and each Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, of BDO Seidman, LLP, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on a Closing Date shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date.
          (b) Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate . The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

16


 

          (c) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later time as shall have been consented to by the Representatives. The Final Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section 5(a) hereof. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of any Selling Stockholder, the Company or the Representatives, shall be contemplated by the Commission.
          (d) No Material Adverse Change. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole which, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt securities of the Company by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)), or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the Company (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such rating); (iii) any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical to market or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iv) any suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, or any setting of minimum or maximum prices for trading on such exchange; (v) or any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (vi) any banking moratorium declared by any U.S. federal or New York authorities; (vii) any major disruption of settlements of securities, payment or clearance services in the United States or any other country where such securities are listed or (viii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the Representatives, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency is such as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities.
          (e) Opinion of Counsel for the Company. The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of each of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, and Howard Polsky, Senior Vice President and General Counsel to the Company, substantially in the form set forth on Exhibits A and B, respectively.
          (f) Opinion of Counsel for Selling Stockholders. The Representatives shall have received (i) on or prior to the date hereof, the opinion contemplated in the Power of Attorney executed and delivered by each Selling Stockholder and (ii) an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of counsel for each Selling Stockholder, substantially to the effect that:
     (i) Title to Securities. Each Selling Stockholder had valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date and had full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder; and the several Underwriters have acquired valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities purchased by them from the Selling Stockholders on such Closing Date hereunder;
     (ii) Absence of Further Requirements. No consent, approval, authorization or

17


 

order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by each Selling Stockholder for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Custody Agreement or this Agreement in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities sold by each Selling Stockholder, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and such as may be required under state securities laws;
     (iii) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts Resulting from Transaction. The execution, delivery and performance of the Custody Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions therein and herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any Selling Stockholder pursuant to, any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties or any agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the properties of any Selling Stockholder is subject, or the charter or by-laws of such Selling Stockholder that is a corporation or the constituent documents of such Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person or a corporation;
     (iv) Custody Agreement. The Power of Attorney and related Custody Agreement with respect to such Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and
     (v) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.
     (g) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received from Davis Polk & Wardwell, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may require, and the Selling Stockholders and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
     (h) Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of an executive officer of the Company and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers shall state that: the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct; the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge and after reasonable investigation, are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule 462(b) was timely filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) and Regulation S-T of the Commission; and, subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the General Disclosure Package, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package or as described in such certificate.
     (i) Lock-Up Agreements. On or prior to the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received lock-up letters, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, from each of the executive officers and directors of the Company, each Selling Stockholder and each other

18


 

stockholder of the Company.
     (j) The Custodian will deliver to the Representatives a letter stating that they will deliver to each Selling Stockholder a United States Treasury Department Form 1099 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the United States Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) on or before January 31 of the year following the date of this Agreement.
The Selling Stockholders and the Company will furnish the Representatives with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representatives reasonably request. The Representatives may in their sole discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.
          8. Indemnification and Contribution . (a) Indemnification of Underwriters by Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, and in connection with the enforcement of this provision with respect to any of the above as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.
          The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Designated Underwriter and its affiliates and each person, if any, who controls the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (the “ Designated Entities” ), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) arising out of or based upon the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) arising out of, related to, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Designated Entities.
          (b) Indemnification of Underwriters by Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing

19


 

Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, and in connection with the enforcement of this provision with respect to the above as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholders will only be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the information appearing on the table in the section entitled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and in the footnotes related to such information pertaining to such Selling Stockholder constitute the only information concerning such Selling Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Stockholder for inclusion in the Registration Statement and Final Prospectus; provided, further, that the liability under this subsection of any Selling Stockholder shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate gross proceeds after underwriting commissions and discounts, but before expenses, to such Selling Stockholder from the sale of Offered Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder.
          (c) Indemnification of Company and Selling Stockholders. Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and each of its officers who signs a Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each Selling Stockholder (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus at any time, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through either of the Representatives specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Underwriter Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Final Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the twelfth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” relating to stabilizing transactions.
          (d) Actions against Parties; Notification. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with

20


 

the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to the last paragraph in Section 8(a) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Designated Underwriter for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share Program, and all persons, if any, who control the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act of Section 20 of the Exchange Act. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.
          (e) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (e). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 8(e).
          9. Default of Underwriters . If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to

21


 

purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to each of the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except as provided in Section 10 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
          10. Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Selling Stockholders, of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the occurrence of any event specified in clauses (iii), (iv), (vii) or (viii) of Section 7(c), or any breach by the Underwriters of any representation set forth herein, the Company and the Selling Stockholders will, jointly and severally, reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, and the respective obligations of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8 hereof shall remain in effect. In addition, if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder, the representations and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect.
          11. Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to each of the Representatives at: Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Legal Department and at Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010-3629, Attention: LCD-IBD, or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at K12, Inc., 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia 20171, Attention: General Counsel or, if sent to the Selling Stockholders or any of them, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to [•]; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8 will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Underwriter.
          12. Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.
          13. Representation . The Representatives will act for the several Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representatives will be binding upon all the Underwriters. [•] will act for the Selling Stockholders in connection with such transactions, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by [•] will be binding upon all the Selling Stockholders.
          14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.
          15. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that:

22


 

          (a) No Other Relationship. The Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company or the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Representatives, on the other, has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Prospectus, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or are advising the Company or the Selling Stockholders on other matters;
          (b) Arms’ Length Negotiations. The price of the Offered Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company and the Selling Stockholders following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
          (c) Absence of Obligation to Disclose. The Company and the Selling Stockholders have been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company or the Selling Stockholders and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and
          (d) Waiver. The Company and the Selling Stockholders waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims they may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agree that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company or the Selling Stockholders in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.
           16. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
          The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

23


 

          If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Selling Stockholders, the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.
         
  Very truly yours,


K12 INC.
 
 
  By    
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
         
  The Selling Stockholders named in
Schedule I hereto, acting severally
 
 
     
  By:   
         Attorney-in-Fact  
     
 
   
The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
             
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
 
     
Acting on behalf of themselves and as the Representatives of the several Underwriters.
   

24


 

SCHEDULE A
     
    Number of
    Firm Securities
Underwriter   to be Purchased
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
  [       •       ]
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
  [       •       ]
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
  [       •       ]
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
  [       •       ]
BMO Capital Markets Corp
  [       •       ]
ThinkEquity Partners LLC
  [       •       ]
 
   
Total
  [       •       ]

25


 

SCHEDULE B
         
    Number of   Number of
    Firm   Optional
    Securities to   Securities to
Selling Stockholder   be Sold   be Sold
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Total
       
 
       

26


 

SCHEDULE C
1.   General Use Free Writing Prospectuses (included in the General Disclosure Package)
     [  •  ]
2.   Other Information Included in the General Disclosure Package
     The following information is also included in the General Disclosure Package:
     1. The initial price to the public of the Offered Securities.
     2. [  •  ]

27


 

EXHIBIT A
[Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP]

 


 

EXHIBIT B
[Form of Opinion of Howard Polsky]

 


 

EXHIBIT C
[Form of Lock-up Agreement]

 


 

         
EXHIBIT D
[Form of Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate]

 

 

Exhibit 3.3
State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 08:19 PM 12/15/2006
FILED 07:28 PM 12/15/2006
SRV 061154385 — 3150167 FILE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
K12 INC.
It is hereby certified that:
  1.   Section 2(g)(1) of Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as follows:
 
      “(1) incur indebtedness in respect of borrowed money in excess of an aggregate of $22,000,000 in principal amount outstanding at any time; provided , however , that financing provided by vendors or suppliers (including, without limitation, equipment lessors) in connection with the provision of goods and services shall not be deemed to be “indebtedness in respect of borrowed money” for the purposes hereof; or”
 
  2.   This amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the Sate of Delaware.
Dated: December 15, 2006
/s/       David S. Kyman      
David S. Kyman,
Secretary

 

Exhibit 3.4
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
K12 INC.
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
     K12 Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     1. The name of the Corporation is K12 Inc. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name PremierSchool.com, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Original Certificate ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 28, 1999. The Original Certificate was amended effective April 25, 2000 (the “ Amended Certificate ”). The Amended Certificate was amended and restated effective July 27, 2001 (the “ First Amended and Restated Certificate ”). The First Amended and Restated Certificate was amended effective September 13, 2001, June 13, 2002, March 31, 2003, October 10, 2003 and December 16, 2003 (the “ Amended First Amended and Restated Certificate ”). The Amended First Amended and Restated Certificate was amended and restated effective December 19, 2003 the (“ Second Amended and Restated Certificate ”). The Second Amended and Restated Certificate was corrected by a Certificate of Correction filed on December 22, 2003 and was amended effective October 11, 2006 and December 15, 2006 (the “ Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate ”).
     2. This amendment (the “ Amendment ”) to the Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law by the directors of the Corporation. In addition, the Amendment has been duly adopted by written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in lieu of a meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.
     3. The Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate shall be amended as follows:
     Section 1 of Article VII of the Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate is amended and restated to read in full as follows:
     “1. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is fifty nine million seventy one thousand two hundred and fifty (59,071,250) shares consisting of: (i) thirty three million three hundred sixty two thousand five hundred (33,362,500) shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock” ), $0.0001 par value per share, and (ii) twenty five million seven hundred eight thousand seven hundred fifty (25,708,750) shares of Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock” ), $0.0001 par value per share, of which fourteen million nine hundred fifteen thousand (14,915,000) shares are designated as Series B

 


 

Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock ”) and ten million seven hundred ninety three thousand seven hundred fifty (10,793,750) shares are designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock” ).”
     4. The shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, which are outstanding immediately before this Certificate of Amendment is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware will be combined so that, when this Certificate of Amendment is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, each 5.0955 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, will become one share of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, with any holder who would be entitled to a fraction of a share as a result of the combination receiving, in lieu of that fraction of a share, cash in an amount determined by the Board of Directors.
* * *

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on November 2, 2007.
         
 
  By:   /s/ Howard D. Polsky
 
       
    Name: Howard D. Polsky
Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

3


 

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
FILED TO CORRECT
AN ERROR IN THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF THE
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
K12 INC.
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
     K12 Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     1. The name of the Corporation is K12 Inc.
     2. A Certificate of Amendment (the “ Amendment ”) to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 2, 2007, and such Amendment requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     3. The inaccuracy or defect in such Amendment is that Section 1 of Article VII of the Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate, as set forth in such Amendment, incorrectly set forth the authorized number of shares of the Corporation.
     4. Section 1 of Article VII of the Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate is corrected to read in full as follows:
     “1. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred sixty four million three hundred sixty two thousand five hundred (164,362,500) shares consisting of: (i) thirty three million three hundred sixty two thousand five hundred (33,362,500) shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock” ), $0.0001 par value per share, and (ii) one hundred thirty one million (131,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock” ), $0.0001 par value per share, of which seventy six million (76,000,000) shares are designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock ”) and fifty five million (55,000,000) shares are designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock” ).”
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on November 7, 2007.
         
     
  By:   /s/ John D. Baule    
    Name:   John D. Baule   
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer   
 

 

Exhibit 3.5
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
K12 INC.
     K12 INC., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     FIRST: The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name PremierSchool.com, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Original Certificate ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 28, 1999. The Original Certificate was amended effective April 25, 2000 (the “ Amended Certificate ”). The Amended Certificate was amended and restated effective July 27, 2001 (the “ First Amended and Restated Certificate ). The First Amended and Restated Certificate was amended effective September 13, 2001, June 13, 2002, March 31, 2003, October 10, 2003 and December 16, 2003 (the “ Amended First Amended and Restated Certificate ”). The Amended First Amended and Restated Certificate was amended and restated effective December 19, 2003 the “ Second Amended and Restated Certificate ”). The Second Amended and Restated Certificate was corrected by a Certificate of Correction filed on December 22, 2003 and was amended effective October 11, 2006, December 15, 2006 and November 2, 2007 (the “ Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate ”).
     SECOND: This Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of K12 Inc., has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation and prompt written notice was duly given pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to those stockholders who did not approve the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by written consent.
     THIRD: The Amended Second Amended and Restated Certificate as heretofore amended or supplemented and so adopted is hereby amended and restated now to read in full as follows:
I.
     The name of this corporation is K12 Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).
II.
     The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Trust Company.
III.
     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).

 


 

IV.
      A.  CLASSES OF STOCK . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred ten million (110,000,000) shares, of which (i) one hundred million (100,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”) and (ii) ten million (10,000,000) shares shall be shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).
      B.  PREFERRED STOCK . Subject to the limitations and in the manner provided by law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) or a duly-authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, is hereby authorized to, from time to time, provide by resolution for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and, by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as “ Preferred Stock Designation ”), setting forth such resolution, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following: (i) the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title; (ii) the number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding); provided that, in case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall upon the taking of any action required by applicable law resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series as well as the number of shares authorized for issuance in each series; (iii) the amounts or rates at which dividends will be payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative; (iv) dates at which dividends, if any, shall be payable; (v) the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series; (vi) the terms and amount of any sinking fund, if any, provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series; (vii) the amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation; (viii) whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable, or redeemable for, shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other Corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made; (ix) the voting rights, if any, of the Holders of shares of the series generally or upon specified events; and (x) any other rights, powers, preferences of such shares as are permitted by law.
V.
     For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its Board

2


 

of Directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:
      A.    BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
           1. POWERS; NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.
           2. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide. Shareholders of the Corporation shall not have the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Directors, whether elected at an annual meeting of stockholders or elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her death, retirement, resignation or removal.
           3. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any director may be removed with cause by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.
           4. VACANCIES. Any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a majority of the members of the Incumbent Board then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled. Any director elected in accordance with this section shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. The “Incumbent Board” shall mean those directors of the Corporation who, as of the date of effectiveness of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Effective Date ”), constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation, provided that (i) any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders, is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Corporation, as such terms are used Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or (ii) any person appointed by the Incumbent Board to fill a vacancy, shall also be considered a member of the Incumbent Board of the Corporation.
      B.    ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS .
           1. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the holders of at least 40% of the outstanding voting power of the

3


 

Corporation. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons.
           2. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.
           3. No action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
           4. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.
      C.    BYLAWS
           1. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, adopt, alter, amend, change or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation by resolutions adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, subject to any bylaw requiring the affirmative vote of a larger percentage of the members of the Board of Directors.
           2. Stockholders may not make, adopt, alter, amend, change or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation except upon the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
VI.
     The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
VII.
      A.  The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended or supplemented.
      B.  If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
      C. The Corporation shall have power, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended or supplemented, to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to an action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw,

4


 

agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.
      D.  Indemnification conferred pursuant to this Article VII shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person receiving advancement to repay the amount advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this Article VII.
      E.  Neither any amendment or repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
VIII.
     The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and, except as expressly provided herein, all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, alteration, change or repeal may be made to Article V or this Article VIII without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting power of the Corporation, voting together as a single class.
* * *

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Howard D. Polsky, its Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, this [ ] day of [ ], 2007.
         
    K12 INC.,
a Delaware Corporation
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
    Name: Howard D. Polsky
Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

6

 

Exhibit 3.6
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
K12 INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
K12 INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
      Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of K12 Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.
      Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
CORPORATE SEAL
      Section 1. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and the inscription, “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
ARTICLE III
STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
      Section 1. Location of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.
      Section 2. Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given, which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 


 

      Section 3. Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
           (a) The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and only such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business (including the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and any other business to be considered by the stockholders) must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation.
           (b) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a) of this Section 3, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice (a “Stockholder Notice”) shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty days before or more than seventy days after such anniversary date, the Stockholder Notice must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Stockholder Notice as described above. Such Stockholder Notice shall set forth: (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (and such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (as subsequently amended and/or restated, the “Bylaws”), the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (B) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (C) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in

2


 

person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (D) any material interest of the stockholder in such business and (E) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends, or is part of a group which intends to: (1) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (2) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.
           (c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (b) of this Section 3 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
           (d) For purposes of this Section 3 and Section 4, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
      Section 4. Special Meetings.
           (a) Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may only be called in accordance with the provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as subsequently amended and/or restated, the “Certificate of Incorporation”). Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to only such business brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.
           (b) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has specified in its notice of meeting that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who provides a timely Stockholder Notice to the Secretary of the Corporation that complies with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of Section 3. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the Stockholder Notice required by this paragraph (b) of this Section 4 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation

3


 

not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth day prior to such special meeting, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
      Section 5. Compliance with Procedures. Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3 or Section 4, as applicable, shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3 or Section 4, as applicable. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to (i) determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3 or Section 4, as applicable and (ii) if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with Section 3 or Section 4, as applicable (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicits (or is part of a group which solicits), or fails to so solicit (as the case may be), proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (iii)(E) of paragraph (b) of Section 3), to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.
      Section 6. Compliance with Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3 and Section 4, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the matters set forth in Section 3 and Section 4. Nothing in either Section 3 or Section 4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
      Section 7. Quorum, Adjournment. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

4


 

      Section 8. Vote Required. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of voting power held by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or a contractual right, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors, except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.
      Section 9. Voting Procedures. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the Corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 4 hereof.
      Section 10. Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
      Section 11. No Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Effective from and after the closing of an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of the corporation to the public, no stockholder action may be taken except at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

5


 

ARTICLE IV
DIRECTORS
      Section 1. Number . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be not less than seven (7) and not more than eleven (11). The exact number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. The provisions of this Section 1 may be amended only with the approval of 75% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
      Section 2. Powers. The powers of the Corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.
      Section 3. Election and Tenure. Each director shall be elected in the manner specified in the Certificate of Incorporation and shall hold office until such time as is set forth therein.
      Section 4. Vacancies. Any vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled only in the manner specified in the Certificate of Incorporation. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, disability, disqualification, removal or resignation of any director.
      Section 5. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
      Section 6. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, and subject to any limitation imposed by applicable law, any director may be removed with cause by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.
      Section 7. Meetings.
           (a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing. The directors may have one or more offices and keep the books of the Corporation outside of the State of Delaware.
           (b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

6


 

           (c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
           (d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given orally or in writing, by telephone, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
           (e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
      Section 8. Quorum and Voting .
           (a) Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the number of directors then serving on the Board of Directors; provided, however , that a quorum shall in no case be less than one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided further, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.
           (b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.
      Section 9. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall

7


 

be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
      Section 10. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.
      Section 11. Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Each committee may keep regular minutes of its meetings and shall report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
      Section 1. Officers Designated. The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary, all of whom shall be appointed at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Operating Officer, a Controller, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(h) of this Article V. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then the directors may, at the time of the appointion of the officers, by

8


 

resolution determine the order of their rank. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law.
      Section 2. Compensation of Officers. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.
      Section 3. Tenure and Duties of Officers .
           (a) Appointment, Removal and Vacancies. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly appointed and qualified, unless their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.
           (b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if such an officer is appointed, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 3.
           (c) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Operating Officer, if such officer is appointed, may assume and perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer.
           (d) Duties of Vice Presidents. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Operating Officer, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, if such officers are appointed, may assume and perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
           (e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts, proceedings, and votes thereof in the minute book of the Corporation, and shall perform like duties for the standing

9


 

committees when required by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation, and when authorized by the Board of Directors, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Chief Executive Officer may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
           (f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
           (g) Duties of Treasurer. The Chief Executive Officer may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, if any shall be appointed, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller, if any shall be appointed to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer, if any shall be appointed and each Controller and Assistant Controller, if any shall be appointed shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
           (h) Duties of Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

10


 

      Section 5. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.
      Section 6. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI
EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING
OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
      Section 1. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.
     All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by the Chief Financial Officer or such person or persons as the Chief Financial Officer or the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.
     Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
      Section 2. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall, if permitted by law, be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if appointed.

11


 

ARTICLE VII
SHARES OF STOCK
      Section 1. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if appointed, or the Chief Executive Officer or vice-president and by the Treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the Secretary or an assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. Certificates for the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.
      Section 2. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the Corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
      Section 3. Transfers .
           (a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.
           (b) The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).
      Section 4. Fixing Record Dates . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a

12


 

record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
      Section 5. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE VIII
OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
      Section 1. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, if any, other than stock certificates (covered in Article VII, Section 1), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if appointed, the Chief Executive Officer, any vice-president or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, if appointed, the Treasurer, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Controller of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IX
DIVIDENDS
      Section 1. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting.

13


 

Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.
      Section 2. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR
      Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of July and shall end on the thirtieth day of June of each year.
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION
      Section 1. Indemnification .
           (a) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under the DGCL from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by the DGCL, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.
           (b) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action

14


 

or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.
           (c) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
           (d) To the extent that a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 1, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
           (e) Any indemnification under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 1. Such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.
           (f) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Section 1. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

15


 

           (g) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Section 1 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
           (h) The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Section 1.
           (i) For purposes of this Section 1, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 1 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as the person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
           (j) For purposes of this Section 1, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Section 1.
           (k) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 1 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
           (l) The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this Section 1 or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine the Corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).

16


 

      Section 2. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.
      Section 3. Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the Corporation.
ARTICLE XII
NOTICES
      Section 1. Notices .
           (a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Article III, Section 2 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.
           (b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Article IV, Section 7 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENTS
      Section 1. Amendments. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders only in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. The power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws as set forth therein.

17


 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
OF
K12 INC.
a Delaware Corporation
     I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:
     (1) That I am the duly appointed and acting Secretary of K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation; and
     (2) That the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws, comprising seventeen (17) pages, constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation as of [ ], 2007.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this [ ] date of [ ], 2007.
     
 
 
 
 
  Howard D. Polsky
 
  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
 
  Secretary

18

 

Exhibit 4.1
(CERTIFICATE)

 


 

The Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the number of shares constituting each class or series of stock and the designation thereof, and a copy of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating or optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM — as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT custodian (Cust)~ (Minor) . TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors JTTEN — as joint tenants with right of survivorship Act and not as tenants in common (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS. INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated NOTICE- THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST COARESPONDt NAME AS UPON THE FACE (THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICUlAR, WITHOUT AlTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OB y CHANGE WHATEVE Signature(s) Guaranteed:. THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO SEC. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

 

Exhibit 4.8
K12 INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the K12 Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of K12 Inc. (the “ Company ”) by linking the personal interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
     Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.
     2.1 “ Administrator ” means the entity or person that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided herein. With reference to the administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Independent Directors, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board. With reference to the administration of the Plan with respect to any other Award, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan generally as provided in Section 12.1. With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 12.5 of the Plan, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation.
     2.2 “ Award ” means an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Stock Appreciation Right award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Stock Payment award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, an Other Stock-Based Award, or a Performance Bonus Award granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan.
     2.3 “ Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium.
     2.4 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.5 “ Change in Control ” means and includes each of the following:
          (a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange

 


 

Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or
     (b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.5(a) or Section 2.5(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or
     (c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:
     (i) Which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and
     (ii) After which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.5(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.
     The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.
     2.6 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2


 

     2.7 “ Committee ” means the committee of the Board described in Article 12.
     2.8 “ Consultant ” means any consultant or adviser if:
          (a) The consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary;
          (b) The services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the securities of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary; and
          (c) The consultant or adviser is a natural person.
     2.9 “ Covered Employee ” means an Employee who is, or could be, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
     2.10 “ Director ” means a member of the Board, or as applicable a member of the board of directors of a Subsidiary.
     2.11 “ Disability ” means “disability,” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
     2.12 “ Dividend Equivalents ” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.1 to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Stock) of dividends paid on Stock.
     2.13 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
     2.14 “ Eligible Individual ” means any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Director, as determined by the Administrator.
     2.15 “ Employee ” means any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary.
     2.16 “ Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the shares of Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Stock underlying outstanding Awards.
     2.17 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     2.18 “ Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.
     2.19 “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of a share of Stock on the date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established from time to time by the Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as of any given date shall be (a) if Stock is traded on any

3


 

established stock exchange, the closing price of a share of Stock as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or such other source as the Administrator may deem reliable for such purposes) for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the first trading date immediately prior to such date during which a sale occurred; or (b) if Stock is not traded on an exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the last sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the date immediately prior to such date on which sales price are reported.
     2.20 “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option and meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
     2.21 “ Independent Director ” means a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.
     2.22 “ Misconduct ” means the occurrence of any of, but not limited to, the following: (i) the Participant is charged with any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty; (ii) the Participant’s participation (whether by affirmative act or omission) in a fraud, act or dishonesty or other act of misconduct against the Company and/or any Parent or Subsidiary; (iii) conduct by the Participant which, based upon a good faith and reasonable factual investigation by the Company (or, if the Participant is an executive officer, by the Board), demonstrates the Participant’s unfitness to serve; (iv) the Participant’s violation of any statutory or fiduciary duty, or duty of loyalty owed to the Company and/or any Parent or Subsidiary; (v) the Participant’s violation of state or federal law in connection with the Participant’s performance of his or her job which has an adverse effect on the Company and/or any Parent or Subsidiary; and (vi) the Participant’s violation of Company policy which has a material adverse effect on the Company and/or any Parent or Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s Disability shall not constitute Misconduct as set forth herein. The determination that a termination is for Misconduct shall be by the Administrator it its sole and exclusive judgment and discretion.
     2.23 “ Non-Employee Director ” means a Director of the Company who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor definition.
     2.24 “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option that is not intended to be or otherwise does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
     2.25 “ Option ” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 5 of the Plan to purchase a specified number of shares of Stock at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
     2.26 “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted or denominated in Stock or units of Stock pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Plan.
     2.27 “ Parent ” means any “parent corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder, of the Company or any other entity which beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power of the Company.

4


 

     2.28 “ Participant ” means any Eligible Individual who, as a member of the Board, Consultant or Employee, has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.
     2.29 “ Performance-Based Award ” means an Award granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to Articles 6 and 8, but which is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article 9.
     2.30 “ Performance Bonus Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5.
     2.31 “ Performance Criteria ” means the criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), operating earnings, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on net assets, return on stockholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, return on sales, gross or net profit margin, working capital, earnings per share of Stock, and price per share of Stock, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group, number of new states entered, number of new countries entered, number of new schools, number of students/new students, student retention percentage, number of new courses, number of classrooms using our curriculum, academic performance, and contract renewals. To the extent an Award is intended to be Qualified Performance-Based Compensation, the Administrator shall, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.
     2.32 “ Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division or other operational unit, or an individual. To the extent an Award is intended to be Qualified Performance-Based Compensation, the Administrator, in its discretion, may, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event, or development, or (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.
     2.33 “ Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award.
     2.34 “ Plan ” means this K12 Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

5


 

     2.35 “ Public Trading Date ” means the first date upon which the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
     2.36 “ Qualified Performance-Based Compensation ” means any compensation that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
     2.37 “ Restricted Stock ” means Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 6 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.
     2.38 “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right to receive a share of Stock during specified time periods granted pursuant to Section 8.3.
     2.39 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     2.40 “ Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 11.
     2.41 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right granted pursuant to Article 7 to receive a payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
     2.42 “ Stock Payment ” means (a) a payment in the form of shares of Stock, or (b) an option or other right to purchase shares of Stock, as part of any bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, made in lieu of all or any portion of the compensation, granted pursuant to Section 8.2.
     2.43 “ Subsidiary ” means any “subsidiary corporation” as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder of the Company or any other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
     2.44 “ Successor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.
     2.46 “ Termination of Consultancy ” means the time when the engagement of a Participant as a Consultant to the Company or to a Parent or Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding: (a) terminations where there is a simultaneous employment or continuing employment of the Participant by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, and (b) terminations where there is a simultaneous reestablishment of a consulting relationship or continuing consulting relationship between the Participant and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Consultancy, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Consultancy. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary has

6


 

an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate a Consultant’s service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.
     2.47 “ Termination of Directorship ” means the time when a Participant, if he or she is or becomes an Independent Director, ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement. The Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Directorship with respect to Independent Directors.
     2.48 “ Termination of Employment ” means the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability or retirement; but excluding: (a) terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of the Participant by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, and (b) terminations where there is a simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship or continuing consulting relationship between the Participant and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment.
     2.49 “ Termination of Service ” shall mean the last to occur of a Participant’s Termination of Consultancy, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Employment, as applicable. A Participant shall not be deemed to have a Termination of Service merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (i.e., a Participant who is an Employee becomes a Consultant) or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service (i.e., an Employee of the Company becomes an Employee of a Subsidiary), unless following such change in capacity or service the Participant is no longer serving as an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
ARTICLE 3
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     3.1 Number of Shares .
          (a) Subject to Article 11 and Section 3.1(b), the aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be the sum of: (i) 784,313 shares of Stock; plus (ii) with respect to awards granted under the K12 Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (the “ Existing Plan ”) on or before the Effective Date that expire or are canceled without having been exercised in full or shares of Stock that are forfeited or repurchased pursuant to the terms of awards granted under the Existing Plan, the number of shares of Stock subject to each such award as to which such award was not exercised prior to its expiration or cancellation or which are forfeited or repurchased by the Company. The aggregate number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding awards under the Existing Plan was 3,429,608 shares of Stock. In addition, subject to Article 11, commencing on July 1,

7


 

2008, and on each July 1 thereafter during the term of the Plan, the number of shares of Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be increased by that number of shares of Stock equal to the least of: (i) 4% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Stock on the applicable July 1; (ii) 2,745,098 shares; and (iii) a lesser number of shares of Stock as determined by the Board (the “ Evergreen ”). Accordingly, the number of shares of Stock which shall be available for sale under the Plan shall be subject to increase under the preceding sentence only on July 1, 2008 and on each subsequent July 1 through and including July 1, 2017. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1(a) to the contrary, the number of shares of Stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 4,213,921 shares of Stock, plus the increases in the shares of Stock pursuant to the Evergreen, subject to Article 11. In order that the applicable regulations under the Code relating to Incentive Stock Options be satisfied, the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be delivered upon exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be the number specified in the preceding sentence, and, if necessary to satisfy such regulations, such maximum limit shall apply to the number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with each other type of Award under the Plan (applicable separately to each type of Award).
          (b) To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. Additionally, any shares of Stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. If any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited by a Participant or repurchased by the Company pursuant to Article 6 hereof, such shares shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares of Stock issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall not be counted against shares of Stock available for grant pursuant to the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan.
          (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1(b), no shares of Stock may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
     3.2 Stock Distributed . Any shares of Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
     3.3 Limitation on Number of Shares and Values Subject to Awards . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Article 11, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one Participant during any calendar year shall be 392,156 and the maximum amount that may be paid in cash during any calendar year with respect to any Performance-Based Award (including, without limitation, any Performance Bonus Award) shall be $1,000,000 ; provided, however, that the foregoing limitations shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material

8


 

modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1); (b) the issuance of all of the shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
ARTICLE 4
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     4.1 Eligibility . Each Eligible Individual shall be eligible to be granted one or more Awards pursuant to the Plan.
     4.2 Participation . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. No Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.
     4.3 Foreign Participants . In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in foreign countries, the Administrator may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. Moreover, the Administrator may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however , that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the limitations on the number of shares of Stock (a) issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan, as detailed in Section 3.1, and (b) issued or transferred pursuant to Awards granted to any one Participant during any calendar year, as detailed in Section 3.3 of the Plan.
ARTICLE 5
STOCK OPTIONS
     5.1 General . The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals on the following terms and conditions:
          (a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Stock subject to an Option shall be determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that, subject to Section 5.2(d), the exercise price for any Option shall not be less than par value of a share of Stock on the date of grant.
          (b) Time and Conditions of Exercise . The Administrator shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. The Administrator shall also determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.

9


 

          (c) Payment . The Administrator shall determine the methods, terms and conditions by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, and the form and manner of payment, including, without limitation, payment in the form of: (i) cash, (ii) promissory note bearing interest at no less than such rate as shall then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code, (iii) shares of Stock held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof, or (iv) other property acceptable to the Administrator (including through the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale). The Administrator shall also determine the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option in any method which would violate Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.
          (d) Evidence of Grant . All Options shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Administrator.
     5.2 Incentive Stock Options . The terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan must comply with the conditions and limitations contained in Section 13.2 and this Section 5.2.
          (a) Eligibility . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or a Subsidiary which constitutes a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code or a Parent which constitutes a “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.
          (b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Stock shall be set by the Administrator; provided that subject to Section 5.2(e) the exercise price for any Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.
          (c) Expiration . Subject to Section 5.2(e), an Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the tenth anniversary of the date it is granted, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement.
          (d) Individual Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock

10


 

Options.
          (e) Ten Percent Owners . An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) only if such Option is granted at an exercise price per share that is not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the date of grant and the Option is exercisable for no more than five years from the date of grant.
          (f) Notice of Disposition . The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within (i) two years from the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such shares of Stock to the Participant.
          (g) Transferability; Right to Exercise . An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.
          (h) Failure to Meet Requirements . Any Option (or portion thereof) purported to be an Incentive Stock Option, which, for any reason, fails to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code shall be considered a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
     5.3 Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option, subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 hereof; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of shares of Stock for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable.
ARTICLE 6
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
     6.1 Grant of Restricted Stock . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
     6.2 Issuance and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such repurchase restrictions, forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Administrator may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Administrator determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

11


 

     6.3 Repurchase or Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited or subject to repurchase by the Company (or its assignee) under such terms as the Administrator shall determine; provided, however , that the Administrator may (a) provide in any Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service under certain circumstances, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.
     6.4 Certificates for Restricted Stock . Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine. If certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse or the Award Agreement may provide that the shares shall be held in escrow by an escrow agent designated by the Company.
ARTICLE 7
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
     7.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall impose and shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
     7.2 Stock Appreciation Rights .
          (a) A Stock Appreciation Right shall have a term set by the Administrator. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable in such installments as the Administrator may determine. A Stock Appreciation Right shall cover such number of shares of Stock as the Administrator may determine. The exercise price per share of Stock subject to each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator; provided, however, that the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised subsequent to a Termination of Service or following a Change in Control of the Company, or because of the Participant’s retirement, death or Disability, or otherwise.
          (b) A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying (i) the amount (if any) by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price per share of the Stock Appreciation Right, by (ii) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.

12


 

     7.3 Payment and Limitations on Exercise .
          (a) Payment of the amounts determined under Section 7.2(b) above shall be in cash, in Stock (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.
          (b) To the extent any payment under Section 7.2(b) is effected in Stock it shall be made subject to satisfaction of all provisions of Article 5 above pertaining to Options.
ARTICLE 8
OTHER TYPES OF AWARDS
     8.1 Dividend Equivalents .
          (a) Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may be granted Dividend Equivalents based on the dividends on the shares of Stock that are subject to any Award, to be credited as of dividend payment dates, during the period between the date the Award is granted and the date the Award is exercised, vests or expires, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator.
          (b) Dividend Equivalents granted with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that are intended to be Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be payable, with respect to pre-exercise periods, regardless of whether such Option or Stock Appreciation Right is subsequently exercised.
     8.2 Stock Payments . Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may receive Stock Payments in the manner determined from time to time by the Administrator. The number of shares of Stock or the number of options or other rights to purchase shares of Stock subject to a Stock Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon the Performance Criteria or other specific performance goals determined appropriate by the Administrator.
     8.3 Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Eligible Individual to whom the Award is granted. On the maturity date, the Company shall, subject to Section 10.5(b), transfer to the Participant one unrestricted, fully transferable share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that is vested and scheduled to be distributed on such date and not previously forfeited. The

13


 

Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Participant to the Company for such shares of Stock.
     8.4 Other Stock-Based Awards . Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may be granted one or more Awards that provide Participants with shares of Stock or the right to purchase shares of Stock or that have a value derived from the value of, or an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to, or that are otherwise payable in shares of Stock and which may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. In making such determinations, the Administrator shall consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of Award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant.
     8.5 Performance Bonus Awards . Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may be granted one or more Performance-Based Awards in the form of a cash bonus (a “ Performance Bonus Award ”) payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Any such Performance Bonus Award paid to a Covered Employee shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established in accordance with Article 9.
     8.6 Term . Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of any Award of Dividend Equivalents, Stock Payments, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Award shall be set by the Administrator in its discretion.
     8.7 Exercise or Purchase Price . The Administrator may establish the exercise or purchase price, if any, of any Award of any Stock Payments, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Awards; provided, however , that such price shall not be less than the par value of a share of Stock on the date of grant, unless otherwise permitted by applicable state law.
     8.8 Form of Payment . Payments with respect to any Awards granted under this Article 8 shall be made in cash, in Stock or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.
     8.9 Award Agreement . All Awards under this Article 8 shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator and shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement.
ARTICLE 9
PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS
     9.1 Purpose . The purpose of this Article 9 is to provide the Administrator the ability to qualify Awards other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and that are granted pursuant to Articles 6 and 8 as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. If the Administrator, in its discretion, decides to grant a Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee, the provisions of this Article 9 shall control over any contrary provision contained in

14


 

Articles 6 or 8; provided, however , that the Administrator may in its discretion grant Awards to Covered Employees that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 9.
     9.2 Applicability . This Article 9 shall apply only to those Covered Employees selected by the Administrator to receive Performance-Based Awards. The designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive an Award for the period. Moreover, designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Covered Employee as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one Covered Employee as a Participant shall not require designation of any other Covered Employees as a Participant in such period or in any other period.
     9.3 Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards . To the extent necessary to comply with the Qualified Performance-Based Compensation requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted under Articles 6 and 8 which may be granted to one or more Covered Employees, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any fiscal year in question or any other designated fiscal period or period of service (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Administrator shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Covered Employees, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Administrator shall certify in writing whether the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned by a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Administrator may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.
     9.4 Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary on the day a Performance-Based Award for such Performance Period is paid to the Participant. Furthermore, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to a Performance-Based Award for a Performance Period only if the Performance Goals for such period are achieved.
     9.5 Additional Limitations . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Award which is granted to a Covered Employee and is intended to constitute Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any amendment to Section 162(m) of the Code) or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as qualified performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

15


 

ARTICLE 10
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
     10.1 Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards . Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.
     10.2 Award Agreement . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include the term of an Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participant’s employment or service terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.
     10.3 Limits on Transfer . No right or interest of a Participant in any Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company, a Parent, or a Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company, a Parent, or a Subsidiary. Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator, no Award shall be assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The Administrator by express provision in the Award or an amendment thereto may permit an Award (other than an Incentive Stock Option) to be transferred to, exercised by and paid to certain persons or entities related to the Participant, including but not limited to members of the Participant’s family, charitable institutions, or trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are members of the Participant’s family and/or charitable institutions, or to such other persons or entities as may be expressly approved by the Administrator, pursuant to such conditions and procedures as the Administrator may establish. Any permitted transfer shall be subject to the condition that the Administrator receive evidence satisfactory to it that the transfer is being made for estate and/or tax planning purposes (or to a “blind trust” in connection with the Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company, a Parent, or a Subsidiary to assume a position with a governmental, charitable, educational or similar non-profit institution) and on a basis consistent with the Company’s lawful issue of securities.
     10.4 Beneficiaries . Notwithstanding Section 10.3, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of

16


 

descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator.
     10.5 Stock Certificates; Book Entry Procedures .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded. All Stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.
          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, the Company shall not deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing shares of Stock issued in connection with any Award and instead such shares of Stock shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).
     10.6 Paperless Administration . In the event that the Company establishes for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.
ARTICLE 11
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
     11.1 Adjustments .
          (a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, distribution of Company assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends), or any other corporate event affecting the Stock or the share price of the Stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such changes with

17


 

respect to (i) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 3.1 and 3.3); (ii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan. Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.
          (b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 11.1(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by amendment of the terms of any outstanding Awards or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:
               (i) To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been received upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 11.1(b) the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
               (ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and
               (iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards and options, rights and awards which may be granted in the future;
               (iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and

18


 

               (v) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.
          (c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 11.1(a) and 11.1(b):
               (i) The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, will be proportionately adjusted. The adjustments provided under this Section 11.1(c)(i) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company.
               (ii) The Administrator shall make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the Award Limit).
     11.2 Acceleration Upon a Change in Control . Notwithstanding Section 11.1, and except as may otherwise be provided in any applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement entered into between the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary, or other Company affiliate and a Participant, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not continued, converted, assumed, or replaced by (i) the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) a Successor Entity, then immediately prior to the Change in Control such Awards shall become fully exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Awards shall lapse. Upon, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control, the Administrator may cause any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future, including but not limited to the date of such Change in Control, and shall give each Participant the right to exercise such Awards during a period of time as the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine.
     11.3 No Other Rights . Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.
     11.4 Restrictions on Exercise . In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Stock or the share price of the Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of 30 days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

19


 

ARTICLE 12
ADMINISTRATION
     12.1 Administrator . Unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee as set forth below, the Plan shall be administered by the full Board. The term “Administrator” as used in this Plan shall apply to any person or persons who at the time have the authority to administer the Plan. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise, subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, from and after the Public Trading Date, a Committee of the Board shall administer the Plan and such committee shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board each of whom is a Non-Employee Director, and with respect to awards that are intended to be Performance-Based Awards, an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; provided that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 12.1 or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to all Awards granted to Independent Directors and for purposes of such Awards the term “Administrator” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (b) the Board or the Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 12.5. In addition, in its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which, following the Public Trading Date, are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder. Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment; Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board; and vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.
     12.2 Action by the Administrator . Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Company or the Committee, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by a majority of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to assist in the administration of the Plan.
     12.3 Authority of Administrator . Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:

20


 

          (a) Designate Participants to receive Awards;
          (b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;
          (c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate;
          (d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any reload provision, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
          (e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
          (f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;
          (g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;
          (h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
          (i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement; and
          (j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.
     12.4 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.
     12.5 Delegation of Authority . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board or the Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards to Participants other than (a) Employees who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees, or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or the Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board or the Committee may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 12.5 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board or the Committee.

21


 

     12.6 Amendment or Exchange of Awards . The Administrator may (i) amend any Award to reduce the per share exercise price of such an Award below the per share exercise price as of the date the Award is granted and (ii) grant an Award in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of an Award having a higher per share exercise price.
ARTICLE 13
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATE
     13.1 Effective Date . The Plan is effective as of the day prior to the Public Trading Date (the “ Effective Date ”).
     13.2 Expiration Date . The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the date this Plan is approved by the Board (the “ Expiration Date ”). Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
     13.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders . The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial approval of the Plan. Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval; provided that such Awards shall not be exercisable nor shall such Awards vest prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders; and, provided further, that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve-month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void. In addition, if the Board determines that Awards other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights which may be granted to Covered Employees should continue to be eligible to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the Performance Criteria must be disclosed to and approved by the Company’s stockholders no later than the first stockholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which the Company’s stockholders previously approved by the Plan.
ARTICLE 14
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
     14.1 Amendment, Modification, And Termination . With the approval of the Board, at any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however , that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, and (b) stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan that increases the number of shares of Stock available under the Plan.
     14.2 Awards Previously Granted . No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written consent of the Participant.

22


 

ARTICLE 15
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     15.1 No Rights to Awards . No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Participants or any other persons uniformly.
     15.2 No Stockholders Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Stock covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record owner of such shares of Stock.
     15.3 Withholding . The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Participant’s employment tax obligations) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of this Plan. The Administrator may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, as applicable, withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of shares of Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of shares of Stock which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award within six months (or such other period as may be determined by the Administrator) after such shares of Stock were acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy the Participant’s federal, state, local and foreign income and payroll tax liabilities with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall be limited to the number of shares of Stock which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.
     15.4 No Right to Employment or Services . Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
     15.5 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
     15.6 Indemnification . To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Administrator or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or

23


 

proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
     15.7 Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.
     15.8 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.
     15.9 Titles and Headings . The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
     15.10 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares of Stock or whether such fractional shares of Stock shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.
     15.11 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
     15.12 Government and Other Regulations . The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register pursuant to the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock paid pursuant to the Plan. If the shares of Stock paid pursuant to the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares of Stock in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

24


 

     15.13 Section 409A . To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the adoption of the Plan the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the adoption of the Plan), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.
     15.14 Governing Law . The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

25

 

Exhibit 4.9
K12 INC.
2007 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
     The purposes of this K12 Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to assist Eligible Employees of K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and its Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company pursuant to a plan which is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code, and to encourage Eligible Employees to remain in the employment of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
     All share numbers set forth in this Plan give effect to the reverse stock split implemented by the Company in connection with its initial public offering.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
     Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.
     2.1 “ Administrator ” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided herein. The term “ Administrator ” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan generally as provided in Article 3.
     2.2 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.3 “ Change in Control ” means and includes each of the following:
          (a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or
          (b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.3(a) or Section 2.3(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 


 

          (c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:
               (i) Which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and
               (ii) After which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.4(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.
     The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.
     2.4 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations issued thereunder.
     2.5 “ Committee ” means the committee of the Board described in Article 3.
     2.6 “ Compensation ” of an Eligible Employee shall mean the gross base compensation received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments.
     2.7 “ Designated Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 3.3(ii).
     2.8 “ Eligible Employee ” shall mean an Employee of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary: (i) who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Stock or other stock of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code); (ii) whose customary employment is for more than twenty hours per week; and (iii) whose customary employment is for more than five months in any calendar year; provided , however , that the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that (x) Employees who are highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code, and/or (y) Employees who have not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years), shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period. For purposes of clause (i) above, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock which an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as

2


 

stock owned by the Employee. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-7(h)(2).
     2.9 “ Employee ” means any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.
     2.10 “ Enrollment Date ” shall mean the first day of each Offering Period.
     2.11 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
     2.12 “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of a share of Stock on the date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established from time to time by the Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as of any given date shall be (a) if Stock is traded on any established stock exchange, the closing price of a share of Stock as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or such other source as the Administrator may deem reliable for such purposes) for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the first trading day immediately prior to such date during which a sale occurred; or (b) if Stock is not traded on an exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the last sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the date immediately prior to such date on which sales price are reported.
     2.13 “ First Offering Period Effective Date ” shall mean the date determined by the Board in its sole discretion for the commencement of the first Offering Period, which date shall be no earlier than the first anniversary, and no later than the fourth anniversary, of the day immediately preceding the IPO Effective Date.
     2.14 “ IPO Effective Date ” shall mean the first date upon which Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.
     2.15 “ Offering Document ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 5.1.
     2.16 “ Offering Period ” shall mean each Offering Period designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document pursuant to Section 5.1; provided, however, that the Board shall determine the commencement of the first Offering Period.
     2.17 “ Parent ” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
     2.18 “ Participant ” means any Eligible Employee who has executed a participation agreement and been granted rights to purchase Stock pursuant to the Plan.
     2.19 “ Purchase Date ” shall mean the last day of each Purchase Period.

3


 

     2.20 “ Purchase Period ” shall mean each Purchase Period designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document pursuant to Section 5.1. A new Purchase Period will begin on the day immediately following a Purchase Date.
     2.21 “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the purchase price designated by the Board and set forth in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided , however , that, in the event no purchase price is designated in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 95% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date); provided , further , that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article 9; provided , further , that the Purchase Price shall not be less than the par value of a share of Stock.
     2.22 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
     2.23 “ Stock ” means the common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 9.
     2.24 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
     3.1 Administrator . The Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan) (such committee, the “ Committee ”), which Committee shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board each of whom is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 which has been adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act and which Committee is otherwise constituted to comply with applicable law. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.
     3.2 Action by the Administrator . A majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and, subject to applicable law and the Bylaws of the Company, acts approved in writing by a majority of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.
     3.3 Authority of Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

4


 

               (i) To determine when and how rights to purchase stock of the Company shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).
               (ii) To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.
               (iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.
               (iv) To amend the Plan as provided in Article 10.
               (v) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.
     3.4 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any participation agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.
ARTICLE IV
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     4.1 Number of Shares . Subject to Article 9, the aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 588,235 shares. In addition to the foregoing, subject to Article 9, commencing on the first July 1 following the First Offering Period Effective Date, and on each July 1 thereafter during the term of the Plan, the number of shares of Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be increased by that number of shares of Stock equal to the least of (a) 2% of the Company’s outstanding shares on such date, (b) 1,372,549 shares, or (c) a lesser amount determined by the Board. Accordingly, subject to earlier termination of the Plan, the number of shares of Stock which shall be available for sale under the Plan shall be subject to increase under the preceding sentence only on the first July 1 following the First Offering Period Effective Date and on each subsequent July 1 through and including July 1, 2017 (the “ Evergreen ”). If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Stock not purchased under such right shall again become available for the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary, the number of shares of Stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 588,235 shares plus the share increases as a result of the Evergreen, subject to Article 9.
     4.2 Stock Distributed . Any Stock distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury stock or Stock purchased on the open market.

5


 

ARTICLE V
OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES
     5.1 Offering Periods . The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Stock of the Company under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “ Offering Period ”) selected by the Administrator commencing on such dates (each, an “ Enrollment Date ”) selected by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Offering Period shall commence prior to the First Offering Period Effective Date, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “ Offering Document ” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The Administrator shall establish in each Offering Document one or more dates during an Offering Period (the “ Purchase Date(s) ”) on which rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised and purchases of Stock carried out during such Offering Period in accordance with such Offering Document and the Plan. The provisions of separate Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.
     5.2 Offering Documents . Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):
               (i) the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven months;
               (ii) the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period;
               (iii) the Purchase Date(s) during such Offering Period;
               (iv) the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period;
               (v) in connection with each Offering Period that contains more than one Purchase Date, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be purchased by any Eligible Employee on any given Purchase Date during the Offering Period; and
               (vi) such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.
ARTICLE VI
PARTICIPATION
     6.1 Eligibility . Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the day immediately preceding a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article 6 and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.
     6.2 Enrollment in Plan . Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a participation agreement to the Company prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document), in such form as the Administrator provides. Each such agreement

6


 

shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. An Eligible Employee may designate any whole percentage of Compensation which is not less than 1% and not more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be 20% in the absence of any such designation) as payroll deductions. The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. A Participant may change the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her participation agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 6.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, or may resume payroll deductions pursuant to a new participation agreement, at any time during an Offering Period; provided , however , that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period and/or Purchase Period in the applicable Offering Document. Any such change, suspension or resumption of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five business days after the Company’s receipt of the new participation agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article 8. Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.
     6.3 Payroll Deductions . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in the Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article 9.
     6.4 Effect of Enrollment . A Participant’s completion of a participation agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each successive Purchase Period and each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new participation agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article 8 or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.
     6.5 Limitation on Purchase of Stock . An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Plan only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.
     6.6 Decrease of Payroll Deductions . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 6.5, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period.

7


 

ARTICLE VII
GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS
     7.1 Grant of Rights . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of shares of Stock specified under Section 5.2(iv) and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of shares of the Company’s Stock as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price. The right shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period.
     7.2 Exercise of Rights . On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole shares of Stock of the Company, up to the maximum number of shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. The amount, if any, of accumulated payroll deductions remaining in each Participant’s account after the purchase of shares on each Purchase Date shall be distributed in full to the Participant after such Purchase Date.
     7.3 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares . If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of shares of Stock with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Stock that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Stock are to be exercised pursuant to this Article 7 on such Purchase Date, and shall either (x) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (y) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article 10. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant which has not been applied to the purchase of shares of stock shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.
     7.4 Withholding . At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Stock. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Stock by the Participant.
     7.5 Conditions to Issuance of Stock . The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

8


 

          (a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Stock is then listed; and
          (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; and
          (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and
          (d) The payment to the Company of all amounts which it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and
          (e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.
ARTICLE VIII
WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR ELIGIBILITY
     8.1 Withdrawal . A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Administrator. All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant delivers to the Company a new participation agreement.
     8.2 Future Participation . A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.
     8.3 Cessation of Eligibility . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article 8 and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 12.4, as soon as reasonably practicable and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated.

9


 

ARTICLE IX
ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK
     9.1 Changes in Capitalization . Subject to Section 9.3, in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization, distribution of Company assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends), or any other corporate event affecting the Stock or the share price of the Stock, the Administrator may make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 5.2 on the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased); (ii) the class(es) and number of shares and price per share of Stock subject to outstanding rights; and (iii) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.
     9.2 Other Adjustments . Subject to Section 9.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 9.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, and whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions:
          (a) To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
          (b) To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;
          (c) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights which may be granted in the future;
          (d) To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Stock prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) terminated; and
          (e) To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.
     9.3 No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances . No adjustment or action described in this Article 9 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

10


 

     9.4 No Other Rights . Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION
     10.1 Amendment, Modification and Termination . The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however , that approval by a vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote shall be required to amend the Plan to: (a) change the aggregate number of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 4.1 (other than any adjustment as provided by Article 9); (b) change the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan; or (c) change the Plan in any manner that would cause the Plan to no longer be an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect on the fourth anniversary of the day immediately preceding the IPO Effective Date if the Board does not take action on or prior to such date to establish the First Offering Period Effective Date on or prior to such date.
     10.2 Rights Previously Granted . Except as provided in Article 9 or this Article 10, no termination, amendment or modification may make any change in any right theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any Participant without the consent of such Participant, provided that an Offering Period may be terminated, amended or modified by the Administrator if the Administrator determines that the termination of the Offering Period or the Plan is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
     10.3 Certain Changes to Plan . Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code, the Administrator shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.
ARTICLE XI
TERM OF PLAN
     The Plan shall be effective on November ___, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”). The effectiveness of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. No right may be granted under the Plan prior to such

11


 

stockholder approval. The Plan shall be in effect until the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated under Article 10. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
     12.1 Restriction upon Assignment . A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.
     12.2 Rights as a Stockholder . With respect to shares of Stock subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
     12.3 Interest . No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or lump sum contributions of a Participant under the Plan.
     12.4 Designation of Beneficiary .
          (a) A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.
          (b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.
     12.5 Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

12


 

     12.6 Equal Rights and Privileges . All Eligible Employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary will have equal rights and privileges under this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code.
     12.7 Use of Funds . All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.
     12.8 Reports . Statements of account shall be given to participating Employees at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.
     12.9 No Employment Rights . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or to affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.
     12.10 Notice of Disposition of Shares . Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of stock purchased upon exercise of a right under the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.
     12.11 Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

13

 

Exhibit 5.1

LATHAM & WATKINS LLP
[                                          ], 2007
555 Eleventh Street, N.W., Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20004-1304
Tel: +202.637.2200 Fax: +202.637.2201
www.lw.com
FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
     
Barcelona
  New Jersey
Brussels
  New York
Chicago
  Northern Virginia
Frankfurt
  Orange County
Hamburg
  Paris
Hong Kong
  San Diego
London
  San Francisco
Los Angeles
  Shanghai
Madrid
  Silicon Valley
Milan
  Singapore
Moscow
  Tokyo
Munich
  Washington, D.C.
File No. 036646-0003


K12 Inc.
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Herndon, VA 20171
Re:   Registration Statement No. 333-144894; [                    ] shares of Common
Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as special counsel to K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed sale of up to [                                        ] shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S—1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on July 27, 2007 (File No. 333— 144894), as amended, (the “Registration Statement”). The Shares include (i) a total of [                                        ] shares offered by the Company (the “Company Shares”) and (ii) a total of [                                        ] shares (the “Secondary Shares”) offered by the selling stockholders listed in the selling stockholders’ table of the Registration Statement (the “Selling Stockholders”); and (iii) up to [                                        ] shares, subject to the underwriters’ over allotment option (the “Option Shares” and together with the Secondary Shares, the “Selling Stockholder Shares”), offered by the Selling Stockholders. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus (the “Prospectus”), other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.
     As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.
     Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof:

 


 

[                                        ], 2007
Page 2
LATHAM & WATKINS LLP
     1. When the Company Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor (not less than par value) in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Company Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Company Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
     2. The Selling Stockholder Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
     In rendering the foregoing opinions, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the DGCL.
     This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Very truly yours,

 

 

Exhibit  10.18
K12 INC.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     WHEREAS, K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) entered into an employment agreement, dated as of June 1, 2004 (the “ Agreement ”) with Howard D. Polsky (the “ Executive ”); and
     WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company desire to amend the Agreement to recognize Executive’s subsequent appointment by the Board of Directors to be the Secretary of the Company, and for the additional duties and responsibilities associated therewith as a public company, and to memorialize and bring current certain changes to the Executive’s compensation approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors:
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the Executive and the Company hereby agree that effective as of July 1, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), the Agreement be, and it hereby is, amended as follows (the “ Amendment ”):
1. Responsibilities . The second sentence of Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
          “Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company.”
2. Compensation . Section 2.2 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
          “Executive shall receive, as a fixed base salary for the full time employment referred to in Section 1 hereof and all other obligations of Executive hereunder, compensation at the rate of Two Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars( $230,000) per year payable not less frequently than semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices as in effect from time to time(“Compensation”). Company agrees to review Executive’s Compensation annually for a potential increase in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company based upon performance of Executive and Company.”
3. Bonus . The second sentence of Section 2.3 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and the following substituted in lieu thereof:
          “Depending upon the performance of Executive and Company, the Executive shall be eligible for a target bonus of forty percent (40%) of Executive’s Compensation.”

 


 

To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Agreement remains in full force and effect. The undersigned do hereby consent to the foregoing amendment effective as of July 1, 2007.
         
  K12 INC.
 
 
  /s/ Andrew Tisch    
  Andrew Tisch   
  Chair, Compensation Committee   
 
  EXECUTIVE
 
 
  /s/ Howard D. Polsky    
  Howard D. Polsky   
     
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.19
K12 Inc.
School Leasing Corporation
American School Supply Corporation
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Herndon, Virginia 20171
October 5, 2007
PNC Bank, National Association
808 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006-3944
      Re: Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We refer to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated December 21, 2006, (as from time to time amended and in effect called the “Credit Agreement”), by and among K12 Inc., School Leasing Corporation, American School Supply Corporation and PNC Bank, National Association.
All of the words and expressions used in this letter of agreement which are not defined herein, but which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same respective meanings in this letter of agreement as the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
Accordingly, in consideration of these premises, the promises, mutual covenants and agreements contained in this letter of agreement, and fully intending to be legally bound by this letter of agreement, we hereby agree with you as follows:
      1. Amendments to Credit Agreement. Effective on the date hereof, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in each of the following respects:
           1.1 Amended and Restated Definitions . The definitions of the following terms in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety and shall hereafter provide as follows:
               “Accumulated Cash” means, at any measurement date, the total of (a) (1) with respect to the December 31, 2006 measurement date, $8,638,000 and (2) with respect to all other measurement dates, Accumulated Cash at the end of the Fiscal Quarter preceding the measurement date plus (b) EBITDA for the Fiscal Quarter ended on the measurement date plus (c) the net cash proceeds, after deducting all related underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses, to Parent during the Fiscal Quarter ending on the measurement date from the issuance of Capital Stock of Parent other than Redeemable Capital Stock minus (d) the sum of (1) 1.2 times Fixed Charges for the Fiscal Quarter ended on the measurement date and (2) Product Development Expenditures for the Fiscal Quarter ended on the measurement date and (3) Permitted Acquisition Cash Purchase Price for the Fiscal Quarter ended on the measurement date and (4) all investments, loans and advances made by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries during the Fiscal Quarter ended on the measurement date in or to any Person other than (x) a Borrower

 


 

PNC Bank, National Association
October 5, 2007
Page 2
or Guarantor or (y) a school(s) or school district(s) to the extent permitted by Section 6.14(b). Solely for purposes of determining Accumulated Cash, EBITDA for the Fiscal Quarter ended June 30, 2007 shall be increased by $3,000,000 (which amount shall remain in Accumulated Cash for all calculations made thereafter), and EBITDA for the Fiscal Quarter ended September 30, 2007 shall be reduced by $3,000,000 (which amount shall remain in Accumulated Cash for all calculations made thereafter).
               “Commitment” means, as to the Lender, the obligation to make Revolving Loans and to issue Letters of Credit for the account of Borrowers hereunder in an aggregate principal or face amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $20,000,000, as the same may be reduced or modified at any time or from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.
               “Net Worth” means, at any time the same is to be determined, the total shareholders equity (including capital and accumulated surplus or deficit) plus the carrying value (to the extent not reflected as shareholders equity) of Parent’s preferred stock outstanding on the date of this Agreement, in each case that would appear on the balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
           1.2 Amendment and Restatement of Section 6.11(d). Section 6.11(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and shall hereafter provide as follows:
                (d) Purchase Money Indebtedness. Purchase money Indebtedness (excluding Capitalized Lease Obligations) of Parent and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
           1.3 Amendment and Restatement of Section 6.11(e). Section 6.11(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and shall hereafter provide as follows:
                (e) Capitalized Lease Obligations . Capitalized Lease Obligations of Parent and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amounts set forth below at the times set forth below in the aggregate at any one time outstanding:
         
Period   Limitation
From the Closing Date through June 30, 2007
  $ 6,500,000  
From July 1, 2007 through June 30, 2008
  $ 15,000,000  
From July 1, 2008 through the Termination Date
  $ 17,500,000  

 


 

PNC Bank, National Association
October 5, 2007
Page 3
      2. Consents and Waivers.
           2.1 Subsidiary Formation. The Lender hereby consents pursuant to Section 6.18 of the Credit Agreement to Parent’s formation of the following Subsidiaries (the “Foreign Subsidiaries”):
K12 International Holdings B.V. (to be a
direct Subsidiary of Offshore Knowledge
Ventures, Inc.)
K12 Middle East FZ LLC
     The Lender further waives the requirements that the Foreign Subsidiaries become Guarantors and that the Foreign Subsidiaries grant the Lender a security interest in their assets pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of the Credit Agreement.
           2.2 Joint Venture Formation. The Lender waives to the extent set forth in this letter of agreement the prohibition set forth in Section 6.14 of the Credit Agreement against entering into any joint ventures and hereby consents to Parent’s formation through Offshore Knowledge Ventures, Inc. and K12 International Holdings B.V. of a United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) joint venture to be known as “K12 Middle East FZ LLC” (the “UAE JV”).
           2.3 Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries and UAE JV . The Lender waives to the extent set forth in this letter of agreement the prohibition set forth in Section 6.14 of the Credit Agreement against investments in the Foreign Subsidiaries and the UAE JV and hereby consents to Parent’s investment through Offshore Knowledge Ventures, Inc. and K12 International Holdings B.V. in the Foreign Subsidiaries and the UAE JV of amounts as follows:
                (a)  $1,000,000 of total investments in the UAE JV whether in the form of investments, loans, advances or otherwise;
                (b)  From the date of this letter of agreement through June 30, 2008, $2,500,000 of total investments in TW in excess of those permitted as part of a Permitted Acquisition whether in the form of investments, loans, advances or otherwise; and
                (c)  From July 1, 2008 through June 30, 2009, additional (beyond the amount described above in this Section 2.3) total investments in TW of $3,500,000 in excess of those permitted as part of a Permitted Acquisition whether in the form of investments, loans, advances or otherwise.
          None of the amounts described in this Section 2.3 shall be counted towards the $500,000 amount set forth in Section 6.14(i) of the Credit Agreement,

 


 

PNC Bank, National Association
October 5, 2007
Page 4
           2.4 License to the Foreign Subsidiaries and UAEJV. The Lender waives to the extent set forth in this letter of agreement the prohibition set forth in Section 6.13(c) of the Credit Agreement against the disposition of assets to a Foreign Subsidiary and hereby consents to Parent’s and the Subsidiaries grant of non-exclusive, non transferable and non-sublicenseable licenses of Parent’s and the Subsidiaries’ educational programs to the Foreign Subsidiaries and the UAE JV to the extent necessary for the Foreign Subsidiaries and the UAE JV to execute their respective business plans.
           2.5 Power-Glide Guarantee . The Lender waives to the extent set forth in this letter of agreement the prohibition set forth in Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement with respect to the guarantee of mortgage debt having an outstanding principal amount of $340,000.00 (the “Guaranteed Amount”) by a Subsidiary, Power-Glide Language Courses, Inc., a Utah corporation, for the benefit of Zions First National Bank (the “Mortgage Guarantee”), and hereby consents to such Mortgage Guarantee; provided, however, that for so long as such Mortgage Guarantee remains effective, the availability under the Commitment shall be blocked and reduced by the Guaranteed Amount. Borrower shall provide Lender with evidence of the termination of the Mortgage Guarantee at which point the block and reduction of the Commitment will be terminated.
      3. Representations and Warranties. Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender as follows:
           3.1 Representations in Loan Documents. Each of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of Borrower to the Lender in any of the Loan Documents was true and correct when made and is true and correct on and as of the date of this letter of agreement with the same full force and effect as if each of such representations and warranties had been made by Borrower on the date hereof and in this letter of agreement (except to the extent (a) of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted by the Credit Agreement and (b) that such representations and warranties related expressly to an earlier date).
           3.2 No Events of Default. No Default or Event of Default exists on the date of this letter of agreement (after giving effect to all of the arrangements and transactions contemplated by this letter of agreement).
           3.3 Binding Effect of Documents. This letter of agreement has been duly executed and delivered to you by Borrower and is in full force and effect as of the date hereof, and this agreements and obligations of Borrower contained herein and in Credit Agreement, as amended, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.
      4. Provisions of General Application.
           4.1 No Other Changes. Except as otherwise expressly provided by this letter of agreement, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Credit Agreement and each of the

 


 

PNC Bank, National Association
October 5, 2007
Page 5
other Loan Documents remain unaltered. The Credit Agreement and this letter of agreement shall be read and construed as one agreement.
           4.2 Governing Law. This letter of agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of each of the parties hereto shall be governed by and interpreted and determined in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.
           4.3 Binding Effect; Assignment. This letter of agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and this respective successors in title and assigns.
           4.4 Conflict with other Agreements. If any of the terms of this letter of agreement shall conflict in any respect with any of the terms of any of the Loan Documents, the terms of this letter of agreement shall be controlling.
           4.5 Counterparts. This letter of agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same agreement. In making proof of this letter of agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one counterpart thereof signed by each of the parties hereto.
           4.6 Conditions Precedent. This letter of agreement shall become and be effective provided that (a) the form of acceptance at the end of this letter of agreement shall be signed by the Lender; (b) the Promissory Note, the form of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit A shall be executed and delivered by Borrower to Lender; (c) Offshore Knowledge Ventures, Inc. shall have pledged 65% of the outstanding stock of K12 International Holdings B.V. to the Lender pursuant to a Pledge Agreement in the form of Exhibit B; and (d) Parent shall have paid an amendment fee of $8,333 to the Lender.
[Signature page follows.]

 


 

PNC Bank, National Association
October 5, 2007
Page 6
     If you are in agreement with all and each and every part of the foregoing, please sign the form of acceptance on the enclosed counterpart of this letter of agreement and return such counterpart to the undersigned, whereupon this letter of agreement, as so accepted by you, shall become a binding agreement among you and each of the undersigned.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    K12 Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
   
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
   
 
   
 
           
    School Leasing Corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
   
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
   
 
   
 
           
    American School Supply Corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
   
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
   
 
   
     The forgoing letter of agreement and each and every part thereof is hereby accepted by the undersigned, and each of the undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the foregoing letter of agreement.
             
    PNC Bank, National Association    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
   
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
   
 
   

 

 

Exhibit 10.20
Execution Version
STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
     This STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 6, 2007, is made by and among K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation, with headquarters located at 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia 20171 (the “ Company ”), and KB Education Investments Limited, a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Investor ”).
RECITALS:
     A. The Company and the Investor are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); and
     B. The Investor desires to purchase, and the Company wishes to sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, the maximum amount of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), purchasable for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000,000.00 (“ Purchase Price ”).
AGREEMENT
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Investor hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     1.1 Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth below:
          (a) “ 430A Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus and retroactively deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b).
          (b) “ 430C Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus then deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430C.
          (c) “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day that is a federal legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.
          (d) “ Closing ” means the closing of the purchase and sale of the Common Shares pursuant to Section 2.1 .
          (e) “ Closing Date ” means the date upon which the shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the S-1 are purchased by the underwriters pursuant to the Underwriters

1


 

Agreement. The Closing shall occur immediately prior to the closing of the purchase and sale by the underwriters of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.
          (f) “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
          (g) “ Common Shares ” means the aggregate amount of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by the Investor, which shall be equal to the Purchase Price divided by the Per Share Price.
          (h) “ Company Counsel ” means Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to the Company.
          (i) “ Demand Date ” means the date on which the Company receives a Demand Notice.
          (j) “ Disclosure Materials ” means documents and information relating to the Company’s business, management, and financial affairs listed on Schedule I hereto, which were provided to the Investor by the Company in connection with Investor’s due diligence process completed prior to the date hereof.
          (k) “Distribution Compliance Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rules 902(f) and 903(b)(3)(iii) of Regulation S.
          (l) “ Effective Date ” means the date that the S-1 is first declared effective by the Commission.
          (m) “ Effectiveness Deadline ” means, (i) with respect to the initial Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to Section 5.1(a) , the date that is 45 days after the Filing Date applicable to such Registration Statement or, in the event that the Registration Statement is subject to the Commission’s review, the date that is 90 days after such Filing Deadline, and (ii) with respect to any additional Registration Statement(s) that may be required to be filed pursuant to Section 5.1(b) , the 120th day following (a) the date or time on which the Commission shall indicate as being the first date or time that such Registrable Securities may then be included in a Registration Statement if such Registration Statement is required because the Commission shall have notified the Company that certain Registrable Securities were not eligible for inclusion on a previously filed Registration Statement, or (b) if such additional Registration Statement is required for a reason other than as described in (a) above, the date on which the Company first knows, or reasonably should have known, that such additional Registration Statement(s) is required.
          (n) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          (o) “ Holder ” means an Investor or any transferee or assignee thereof to whom an Investor assigns its rights under this Agreement and who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX hereof and any transferee or assignee thereof to whom a transferee or assignee assigns its rights under this Agreement and who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX hereof.
          (p) “ Filing Deadline ” means, with (i) respect to the initial Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to Section 5.1(a) , the date that is 45 days after the Demand Date,

2


 

provided, however, that the Company may extend such date for up to an additional 45 days if in the Company’s reasonable business judgment the Company is in possession of material non-public information regarding its business, results of operations or financial condition and that early disclosure of such information could cause material harm to the Company and (ii) with respect to any additional Registration Statements that may be required pursuant to Section 5.1(b) , the 60th day following (a) the date or time on which the Commission shall indicate as being the first date or time that such Registrable Securities may then be included in a Registration Statement if such Registration Statement is required because the Commission shall have notified the Company in writing that certain Registrable Securities were not eligible for inclusion on a previously filed Registration Statement, or (b) if such additional Registration Statement is required for a reason other than as described in (a) above, the date on which the Company first knows, or reasonably should have known, that such additional Registration Statements is required.
          (q) “ Lien ” means any lien, charge, claim, security interest, encumbrance, right of first refusal or other restriction.
          (r) “ Person ” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.
          (s) “ Proceeding ” means an action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened in writing.
          (t) “ Per Share Price ” means the per share “Price to Public” set forth on the cover of the prospectus filed with the Commission by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, which shall be the price per share paid by the underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement excluding commissions and discounts.
          (u) “ Registrable Securities ” means all of the Common Shares sold pursuant to this Agreement, together with any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon any stock split, dividend or other distribution, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the foregoing.
          (v) “ Registration Period ” means the period between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of (i) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities have been sold by the Holders pursuant to an effective Registration Statement or (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities may be sold without registration and without restriction as to the number of Registrable Securities that may be sold under Rule 144 or otherwise.
          (w) “ Registration Statement” means a registration statement or registration statements of the Company on Form S-1 or S-3 filed under the Securities Act during the Registration Period.
          (x) “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing one or more Registration Statements (as defined above) in compliance with the Securities Act and pursuant to Rule 415 and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such Registration Statement(s) by the Commission.

3


 

          (y) “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.
          (z) “ Rule 415 ” means Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor rule providing for offering securities on a continuous or delayed basis.
          (aa) “ S-1 ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-144894), as amended, originally filed by the Company with the Commission on July 26, 2007.
          (bb) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          (cc) “ SEC Guidance ” means (i) any publicly-available guidance, comment, press release or rule of general applicability of the SEC staff, or (ii) written comments, requirements or requests of the SEC staff to the Company in connection with the review of a Registration Statement or otherwise.
          (dd) “ Short Sales ” means, without limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 3b-3 of the Exchange Act.
          (ee) “ Statutory Prospectus ” with reference to a particular time means the prospectus included in the S-1 immediately prior to that time, including any 430A Information or 430C Information with respect to such Registration Statement. For purposes of the foregoing definition, 430A Information shall be considered to be included in the Statutory Prospectus as of the actual time that form of prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 462(c) and not retroactively.
          (ff) “ Stockholders ” means the holders of the Company’s securities party to the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement between the Company and the persons listed on the Schedule of Stockholders attached thereto.
          (gg) “ Subsidiary ” means any “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of the Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act.
          (hh) “ Trading Market ” means New York Stock Exchange or any national securities exchange, market or trading or quotation facility on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.
          (ii) “ Underwriting Agreement ” refers to an Underwriting Agreement in substantially the form to be filed by the Company pursuant to Item 601(b)(1) of Regulation S-K as adopted by the Commission.
          (jj) “ U.S. Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S.
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMMON SHARES
     2.1 Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, the Company will issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor will purchase from the

4


 

Company the Common Shares. The Closing shall take place at the offices of the Company Counsel on the Closing Date or at such other location or time as the parties may agree.
     2.2 Closing Deliveries .
          (a) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Investor evidence of delivery of an irrevocable instruction letter to the Company’s transfer agent instructing the transfer agent to deliver a stock certificate evidencing the Common Shares to the Investor within ten Business Days of such instruction.
          (b) At the Closing, the Investor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company the Purchase Price, in United States dollars and in immediately available funds, by wire transfer to an account designated in writing by the Company for such purpose.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
     The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investor that:
     3.1 Subsidiaries . The Company has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than as specified in the Disclosure Materials. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, the Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock of each Subsidiary free and clear of any and all Liens, other than restrictions on transfer under applicable securities laws, and all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights.
     3.2 Organization and Qualification . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary is an entity duly incorporated or otherwise organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as applicable, with the requisite power and authority to own, lease and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any of the provisions of its respective certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents. The Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, would not, individually or in the aggregate, have (i) a material and adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, (ii) a material and adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, capitalization, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) a material adverse impairment to the Company’s ability to perform on a timely basis its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (as used in this Agreement, any of (i), (ii) or (iii), shall be referred to as a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).
     3.3 Authorization; Enforcement . The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders and no further action is required by such parties in connection therewith other than the filings referred to in Section

5


 

3.5 hereof. This Agreement has been duly executed by the Company and, when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.
     3.4 No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents, or any stockholders agreement between the Company and holders of the Company’s equity securities, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any agreement, credit facility, debt or other instrument (evidencing a Company or Subsidiary debt or otherwise) or other understanding to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or affected, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or governmental authority to which the Company or a Subsidiary is subject (including federal and state securities laws and regulations), or by which any property or asset of the Company or a Subsidiary is bound or affected; except in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), such as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     3.5 Filings, Consents and Approvals . The Company is not required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, other than (i) the filing with the Commission of one or more Registration Statements in accordance with the requirements of Article V hereof, (ii) filings with the Commission required by the Exchange Act as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (iii) those that have been made or obtained prior to the date of this Agreement.
     3.6 Issuance of the Common Shares . The purchased Common Shares have been duly authorized for issuance and sale by all necessary action by the Company and its stockholders and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens and shall not be subject to preemptive or similar rights of stockholders.
     3.7 Capitalization . The number of shares and type of all authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company, and all shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company’s various option and incentive plans is set forth in the Disclosure Materials as of the date set forth therein. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights to subscribe to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of the Company. No securities of the Company are entitled to preemptive or similar rights, and no Person has any right of first refusal, preemptive right, right of participation, or any similar right to

6


 

participate in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and, except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities, rights or obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or giving any Person any right to subscribe for or acquire, any shares of Common Stock, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue additional shares of Common Stock, or securities or rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock. The issue and sale of the Common Shares will not obligate the Company to issue shares of Common Stock or other securities to any Person and will not result in a right of any holder of Company securities to adjust the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price under such securities.
     3.8 Financial Statements. The financial statements of the Company for the years ended June 30, 2007, June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005, and the three interim quarters to March 31, 2007, included in the Disclosure Materials, comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto as of the date hereof. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods indicated (“ GAAP ”), except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, year-end audit adjustments disclosed therein.
     3.9 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials, since June 30, 2007, there has been no event, occurrence or development that has had or that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company has not (i) varied its business plan or practices, in any material respect, from past practices, (ii) entered into any material financing, joint venture, license or similar arrangements or (iii) suffered or permitted to be incurred any liability or obligation against any of its properties or assets that would limit or restrict its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
     3.10 Absence of Litigation . Except as disclosed in the Company’s Disclosure Materials, there is no Proceeding, or, to the Company’s knowledge, inquiry or investigation, before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     3.11 Compliance . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) is in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body, or (ii) is or has been in violation of any statute, rule or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation all foreign, federal, state and local laws relating to taxes, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, product quality and safety and employment and labor matters, except in each case as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     3.12 Regulatory Permits . The Company and the Subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Commission Reports, except where the failure to possess such permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect (“ Material Permits ”), and to the Company’s knowledge neither the

7


 

Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Material Permit.
     3.13 Title to Assets . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good title to or a valid leasehold interest in all of its properties that are material to their respective businesses, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except for (1) statutory liens not yet delinquent which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and liens for taxes not yet due, (2) pledges of assets in the ordinary course of business to secure public deposits, (3) defects and irregularities of title and encumbrances that do not materially impair the use thereof for the purposes for which they are held, (4) mechanics’, materialmen’s, workmen’s, repairmen’s, warehousemen’s, carriers’ and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business, (5) properties and assets the loss of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, and (6) Liens disclosed in the Disclosure Materials.
     3.14 Intellectual Property Rights . The Company owns or possesses the licenses or rights to use all patents, patent applications, patent rights, inventions, know-how, trade secrets, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, service names, trade names and copyrights necessary to enable it to conduct its business as now operated or as currently proposed to be operated (the “ Intellectual Property ”). Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, there are no material outstanding options, licenses or agreements relating to the Intellectual Property, nor is the Company bound by or a party to any material options, licenses or agreements relating to the patents, patent applications, patent rights, inventions, know-how, trade secrets, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, service names, trade names or copyrights of any other person or entity. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials, there is no claim or action or proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened that challenges the right of the Company with respect to any Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s Intellectual Property does not infringe any intellectual property rights of any other person which, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would have a Material Adverse Effect.
     3.15 Employment Matters . The Company is in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where failure to be in compliance would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, the Company is not bound by or subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by or subject to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to the Company’s knowledge, has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of the Company. There is no strike or other labor dispute involving the Company pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened nor is the Company aware of any labor organization activity involving its employees. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee, or that any group of officers or key employees, intends to terminate their employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing.
     3.16 Transactions With Affiliates and Employees . Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, none of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the employees of the Company is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental

8


 

of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.
     3.17 No Brokers . The Company has taken no action which would give rise to any claim by any person for brokerage commissions, finder’s fees or similar payments relating to the transaction contemplated hereby.
     3.18 Insurance . The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as management of the Company believes to be prudent and customary in the businesses in which the Company and such Subsidiaries are engaged.
     3.19 Investment Company Status . The Company is not and upon consummation of the sale of the Common Shares under this Agreement and the distribution of Common Stock pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will not be an “investment company,” a company controlled by an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     3.20 Regulation S . To the Company’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in “directed selling efforts” in the United States which is defined in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S to be any activity undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for any of the Common Shares being offered hereby in reliance on Regulation S.
     3.21 Registration Rights . Except as provided in Article V hereof, the Company has not granted or agreed to grant, and is not under any obligation to provide, any rights to register the Common Shares under the Securities Act.
     3.22 Tax Status . The Company has timely made or filed all federal, state and foreign income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject (unless and only to the extent that the Company has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) and has timely paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith, and has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no unpaid taxes claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, the Company has not executed a waiver with respect to the statute of limitations relating to the assessment or collection of any foreign, federal, state or local tax. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, none of the Company’s tax returns is presently being audited by any taxing authority.
     3.23 Environmental Laws . Except as set forth in the Disclosure Materials, the Company (i) is in compliance with all applicable foreign federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or

9


 

wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business and (iii) is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval where, in each of the three foregoing clauses, the failure to so comply would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
     3.24 Statutory Prospectus . When filed, the Statutory Prospectus did not contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS
     Investor represents and warrants to the Company, with respect to itself and its purchase hereunder, that:
     4.1 Organization; Authority . Investor is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with the requisite corporate or partnership power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or, if Investor is not a corporation, such partnership, limited liability company or other applicable like action, on the part of Investor. This Agreement has been duly executed by Investor, and when delivered by the Investor in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.
     4.2 Experience of the Investor . Investor has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Common Shares, and has so evaluated the merits and risks of such investment. Such Investor is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Common Shares and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.
     4.3 General Solicitation . Investor is not purchasing the Common Shares as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding the Common Shares published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or presented at any seminar or any other general solicitation or general advertisement or as a result of any filing by the Company with the Commission. Investor understands and acknowledges that its discussions with the Company, as well as the Disclosure Materials and any other written information provided by the Company, (i) were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business and prospects which

10


 

the Company believes to be material, but were not necessarily an exhaustive description, and (ii) may have contained forward-looking statements involving known and unknown risks and uncertainties which may cause the Company’s actual results in future periods or plans for future periods to differ materially from what was anticipated and that no representations or warranties were or are being made with respect to any such forward-looking statements or the probability of achieving any of the results projected in any of such forward-looking statements. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Article II of this Agreement or the right of the Investors to rely thereon.
     4.4 Access to Information . Investor acknowledges that it has reviewed the Disclosure Materials and has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Common Shares and the merits and risks of investing in the Common Shares; (ii) adequate access to information about the Company and the Subsidiaries and their respective financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the investment.
     4.5 Governmental Review . Investor understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Common Shares or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Common Shares nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Common Shares.
     4.6 Regulation S . (a) Investor understands and acknowledges that (i) the Common Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, are being sold in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded by Regulation S and that the Common Shares have not been registered with any state securities commission or authority and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and Investor’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgements and understandings of Investor set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemption and the eligibility of the Investor to acquire the Common Shares; (ii) Investor will not be afforded the protection of Section 11 of the Securities Act and that, pursuant to Regulation S, the Common Shares may not be transferred, sold or otherwise exchanged unless in compliance with the provisions of Regulation S and Rule 144, pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption thereunder; and (iii) Investor is under no obligation to register the Common Shares under the Securities Act or any state securities law, or to take any action to make any exemption from any such registration provisions.
          (b) (i) Investor is not a U.S. Person and is not acquiring the Common Shares for the account of any U.S. Person; (ii) no director or executive officer of Investor is a national or citizen of the United States; and (iii) Investor is not otherwise deemed to be a “U.S. Person” within the meaning of Rule 902(k) of Regulation S.
          (c) Investor was not formed specifically for the purpose of acquiring the Common Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement.
          (d) Investor is purchasing the Shares for its own account and risk and not for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person as defined in Regulation S and no other Person has any interest in

11


 

or participation in the Common Shares or any right, option, security interest, pledge or other interest in or to the Common Shares. Investor understands, acknowledges and agrees that it must bear the economic risk of its investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time and that prior to any such offer or sale, the Company may require, as a condition to effecting a transfer of the Common Shares, an opinion of counsel, acceptable to the Company, as to the registration or exemption therefrom under the Securities Act and any state securities acts, if applicable.
          (e) Investor agrees that it will neither offer nor sell any Common Shares during the Distribution Compliance Period to U.S. Persons. Investor will, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer any of the Common Shares only in accordance with Regulation S, following the effective date of a Registration Statement registering the resale of the Common Shares, or pursuant to an available exemption under the Securities Act and, in any case, in accordance with applicable state securities laws. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement have neither been pre-arranged with a purchaser who is in the United States or who is a U.S. Person, nor are they part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the United States federal securities laws.
          (f) The offer leading to the sale evidenced hereby was made in an “offshore transaction.” For purposes of Regulation S, Investor understands that an “offshore transaction” as defined under Regulation S is any offer or sale not made to a person in the United States and either (i) at the time the buy order is originated, the purchaser is outside the United States, or the seller or any person acting on his behalf reasonably believes that the purchaser is outside the United States; or (ii) for purposes of (A) Rule 903 of Regulation S, the transaction is executed in, or on or through a physical trading floor of an established foreign exchange that is located outside the United States or (B) Rule 904 of Regulation S, the transaction is executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither the seller nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States.
          (g) Neither the Investor nor any affiliate or any person acting on the Investor’s behalf, has made or is aware of any “directed selling efforts” in the United States, which is defined in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S to be any activity undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for any of the Common Shares being offered hereby in reliance on Regulation S.
          (h) Investor understands that the Company is the seller of the Common Shares which are the subject of this Agreement, and that, for purpose of Regulation S, a “distributor” is any underwriter, dealer or other person who participates, pursuant to a contractual arrangement, in the distribution of securities offered or sold in reliance on Regulation S and that an “affiliate” is any partner, officer, director or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with any person in question. Investor agrees that Investor will not, during the Distribution Compliance Period set forth under Rule 903(b)(iii)(A) of Regulation S, act as a distributor, either directly or through any affiliate, nor shall it sell, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey the Common Shares other than to a non-U.S. Person.
          (i) Investor acknowledges that until (A) the Common Shares may be sold in compliance with Regulation S and Rule 144 or (B) such time as the resale of the Common Shares has been registered under the Securities Act, the certificates representing the Common Shares will bear a restrictive legend substantially in the following form (and a stop-transfer may be placed against transfer of the certificates for such Common Shares):

12


 

     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN OFFERED AND SOLD IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” IN RELIANCE UPON REGULATION S AS PROMULGATED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OTHER THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, THE AVAILABILITY OF WHICH IS TO BE ESTABLISHED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE COMPANY.
     The legend set forth above will be removed and the Company will issue a certificate without the legend to the holder of any certificate upon which it is stamped, in accordance with the terms of Article VII hereof.
ARTICLE V
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     5.1 Demand Registration .
          (a) If at any time commencing six months after the Closing Date and ending 60 days prior to the expiration of the Registration Period, the Company receives a written demand from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Registration Statement (the “ Demand Notice ”), then the Company shall prepare, and, as soon as practicable but in no event later than the applicable Filing Deadline, file with the Commission a Registration Statement covering the resale of all of the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders to be included in such registration statement, which shall not be less than 25% of the Registrable Securities. Within 10 days of receipt of the Demand Notice, the Company will send written notice (the “ Company Notice ”) of the Demand Notice and its intention to comply therewith to each other Holder and include in such registration all Registrable Securities of the Holders with respect to which the Company has received written request for inclusion within 10 days after the date of delivery of the Company Notice. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the applicable Effectiveness Deadline. By 9:30 a.m. New York Time on the Business Day following the Effective Date, the Company shall file with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424 under the Securities Act the final prospectus to be used in connection with sales pursuant to such Registration Statement.
          (b) If for any reason the Commission does not permit all of the Registrable Securities to be included in the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 5.1(a) , or for any other reason any Registrable Securities are not then included in a Registration Statement filed under this Agreement, then the Company shall prepare, and, as soon as practicable but in no event later than the applicable Filing Deadline, file with the Commission an additional Registration Statement covering the resale of all Registrable Securities not already covered by an existing and effective Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415. The

13


 

Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as possible but, in any event, no later than the applicable Effectiveness Deadline. By 9:30 a.m. New York Time on the Business Day following the Effective Date, the Company shall file with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424 under the Securities Act the final prospectus to be used in connection with sales pursuant to such Registration Statement.
     5.2 Piggy-Back Rights . Commencing six months after the Effective Date and ending 60 days prior to the expiration of the Registration Period, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities for its own account or for the account of others, then the Company will promptly give the Holders written notice thereof and will use its reasonable best efforts to include in such registration all or any part of the Registrable Securities requested by such Holders to be included therein. This requirement does not apply to Company registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 or their equivalents relating to equity securities to be issued solely in connection with an acquisition of any entity or business or equity securities issuable in connection with stock option or other employee benefit plans. Each Holder must give its request for registration under this paragraph to the Company in writing within 25 days after receipt from the Company of notice of such pending registration. If the registration for which the Company gives notice is an underwritten public offering, the Company will so advise the Holders as part of the above-described written notice. If the managing underwriter of any proposed underwritten public offering advises the Company that the total amount of Registrable Securities that the Holders and any other shares of Common Stock that Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Common Stock offered or the market for the Common Stock, then the shares of Common Stock to be included in such underwritten offering shall include the number of shares of Common Stock that such managing underwriter advises the Company can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated (i) first, to the Company; (ii) second, to the Stockholders who have requested participation in the underwritten offering; (iii) third, pro rata among the Holders who have requested participation in such underwritten offering, based, for each Holder, on the fraction derived by dividing (x) the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by such Holder in such underwritten offering by (y) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by all Holders in such underwritten offering; and (iv) fourth, any other Person holding Common Stock requesting participation in such underwritten offering. If the registration for which the Company gives notice is other than an underwritten public offering, the Company, at its sole discretion, may exclude all or any portion of the Registrable Securities from the Registration Statement pursuant to applicable SEC Guidance.
     5.3 Notice . In connection with the registration rights granted pursuant to this Agreement, during the Registration Period, the Company shall:
          (a) notify (by telephone and also by facsimile and reputable overnight courier) each Holder who holds Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement of the happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus included in the Registration Statement as then in effect includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will promptly prepare and file a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement to correct such untrue statement or omission, and will deliver a number of copies of such supplement or amendment to each Holder as such Holder may reasonably request; and

14


 

          (b) notify the suspension to all Holders whose securities are covered by the Registration Statement if the use of the Registration Statement is suspended by the Company, and subsequently notify each such Holder as soon as the use of the Registration Statement may be resumed, provided, however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company will cause its transfer agent to deliver unlegended shares of Common Stock to a transferee of a Holder in accordance with the terms hereof in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities with respect to which such Holder has entered into a contract for sale prior to receipt of notice of such suspension and for which such Investor has not yet settled, unless otherwise prohibited by law.
     5.4 Listing of Securities . With respect to any registration of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to this Article 5, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible, cause all Registrable Securities covered by any Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed.
     5.5 Registration Expenses . All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Article 5 will be borne by the Company; provided, however, the Company shall not bear the costs and expenses of brokerage fees or transfer taxes for any selling Holder, or the fees and expenses of any attorneys, accountants or other representatives retained by any selling Holder.
     5.6 Indemnification .
          (a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify each Holder, its officers, directors and agents and each person who “controls” such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified Holder ”), against losses, claims, damages, including amounts incurred in settlement, liabilities and expenses arising out of, based upon or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in this Agreement or any Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities or any prospectus which forms a part of such Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Holder or its representative expressly for the use therein. Additionally, the Investor agrees that the Company will not be liable for any untrue statement or omission regarding any joint venture or business arrangement between the Company and the Investor contained in any Registration Statement or document incorporated by reference therein. With respect to the foregoing sentence, Investor may provide such information regarding any such joint venture or business relationship in writing to the Company expressly for the use therein.
          (b) Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities. Each Holder participating in a Registration agrees to indemnify the Company, its directors, officers and agents and each person who “controls” the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) against losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities or any prospectus which forms a part of such Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, to the extent, and only to the extent, that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of, is based upon or results from any untrue statement (or alleged untrue

15


 

statement) or omission (or alleged omission) based upon, in reliance on and in conformity in all material respects with, information furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder or its representative expressly for use therein. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
          (c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will: (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party after the receipt by the indemnified party of a written notice of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation or threat thereof made in writing for which such indemnified party will claim indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding Section 5.6(a) or 5.6(b), as applicable, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice, and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified and indemnifying parties with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Whether or not such defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will be required to consent to the entry of any judgment or to enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation. Any indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel in any one jurisdiction for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties, in which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.
          (d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Sections 5.6(a) or 5.6(b), as applicable, is unavailable to an indemnified party as contemplated by such Section, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnification, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, but also the relative fault of the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
     5.7 Holders’ Obligations . In connection with the registration rights granted pursuant to this Agreement, the Holders shall:
          (a) furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by it as is reasonably required by the Company to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities at least ten Business Days prior to the first anticipated filing date of a Registration Statement for any registration under this Agreement;
          (b) cooperate with the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company, in connection with the preparation and filing of any Registration Statement hereunder, unless such

16


 

Holder has notified the Company in writing of such Holder’s election to exclude all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from the Registration Statement;
          (c) upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5.3 , each Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until it receives copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 5.3 , and if so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of destruction) all copies in the Holder’s possession (other than a limited number of file copies) of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice;
          (d) comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as applicable to it or an exemption therefrom in connection with sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement; and
          (e) if participating in an underwritten public offering, enter into and perform such Holder’s obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, including, without limitation, customary indemnification and contribution obligations, with the managing underwriter of such offering, and will take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities, unless such Holder has notified the Company in writing of such Holder’s election to exclude all of its Registrable Securities from such Registration Statement.
ARTICLE VI
OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES
     6.1 Rule 144 . In order to make available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation of the Commission that may at any time permit the Holders to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company will file with the Commission in a timely manner, and make and keep available, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so long as the Company remains subject to such requirements and file and make available of such reports and other documents as required for the applicable provisions of Rule 144.
     6.2 Short Sales . Investor has not directly or indirectly, nor has any Person acting on behalf of or pursuant to any understanding with such Investor, executed any Short Sales in the securities of the Company, nor will Investor, at any time, use any of the Common Shares to cover any short position in the Common Stock. Additionally, Investor understands and acknowledges that the Commission currently takes the position that coverage of short sales of the Common Stock “against the box” prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement issuable hereunder is a violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act, as set forth in Item 65 under Section A, of the Manual of Publicly Available Telephone Interpretations, dated July 1997, compiled by the Office of Chief Counsel, Division of Corporation Finance.
     6.3 Lock-Up Agreement . On or before the date hereof, Investor will sign a “lock-up” agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock.

17


 

ARTICLE VII
TRANSFER AGENT INSTRUCTIONS; REMOVAL OF LEGENDS
     7.1 Issuance of Certificates . The Company will, or will instruct its transfer agent to, issue certificates, registered in the name of Investor or its nominee, for the Common Shares. All such certificates will bear the restrictive legend described in Section 4.6(i) , except as otherwise specified in this Article VII . The Company will not give to its transfer agent any instruction other than as described in this Article VII and stop transfer instructions to give effect to Section 4.6(i) hereof (prior to registration of the Common Shares under the Securities Act). Nothing in this Article VII affects in any way the Investor’s obligations to comply with all applicable prospectus delivery requirements, if any, upon resale of the Common Shares.
     7.2 Unrestricted Securities . If, unless otherwise required by applicable state securities laws, (a) the Common Shares represented by a certificate have been registered under an effective Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act, (b) a Holder of Common Shares provides the Company and its transfer agent with an opinion of counsel, in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Common Shares may be made without registration under the Securities Act and such sale either has occurred or may occur without restriction on the manner of such sale or transfer, (c) such Holder provides the Company and its transfer agent with reasonable assurances that the Holder has sold such Common Shares under Regulation S and Rule 144, or (d) the Common Shares represented by a certificate can be sold without restriction as to the number of securities sold under Regulation S and Rule 144(k), the Company will permit the transfer of the Common Shares, and the Company’s transfer agent will issue one or more certificates, free from any restrictive legend, in such name and in such denominations as specified by such Holder.
ARTICLE VIII
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT; TERMINATION
     8.1 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the Company . The obligation of the Company to issue and sell the Common Shares to Investor at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction by Investor, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions. These conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion.
          (a) The representations and warranties of the Investor must be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which representations and warranties must be correct as of such date).
          (b) Investor shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with each covenant, agreement and condition required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by Investor at or prior to the Closing.
          (c) No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction will have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

18


 

          (d) The S-1 shall have been declared effective by the Commission.
          (e) The Company and the other parties thereto shall have executed and delivered the Underwriting Agreement.
     8.2 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the Investor . The obligation of Investor to purchase the Common Shares from the Company at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions. These conditions are for Investor’s benefit and may be waived by Investor at any time in its sole discretion.
          (a) The representations and warranties of the Company must be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which representations and warranties must be correct as of such date).
          (b) The Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with each covenant, agreement and condition required hereby to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing
          (c) No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction will have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) The S-1 shall have been declared effective by the Commission.
          (e) The Company and the other parties thereto shall have executed and delivered the Underwriting Agreement.
          (f) Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect, and no event shall have occurred or circumstance shall exist that, in combination with any other events or circumstances, could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     8.3 Termination . The obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate upon (a) mutual written consent of the parties, or (b) unless extended by mutual written consent of the parties, at 5:00 p.m. New York Time on June 30, 2008, if the Closing shall have not occurred prior to that time and date.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
     9.1 Fees and Expenses . Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its advisers, counsel, accountants and other experts, if any, and all other expenses incurred by such party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
     9.2 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Jury Trial Waiver . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and

19


 

construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States federal and state courts located in the State of New York for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any Proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, or that such Proceeding has been commenced in an improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such Proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR WITH ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. If either party shall commence a Proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing party in such Proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such Proceeding.
     9.3 Counterparts; Signatures by Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.
     9.4 Headings . The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and do not affect its interpretation.
     9.5 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision will be deemed modified in order to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof that may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
     9.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into such documents, exhibits and schedules.
     9.7 Amendments; Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and the Investors or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or

20


 

omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.
     9.8 Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile (provided the sender receives a machine-generated confirmation of successful transmission) at the facsimile number specified in this Section prior to 6:30 p.m. (New York Time) on a Business Day, (b) the next Business Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number specified in this Section on a day that is not a Business Day or later than 6:30 p.m. (New York Time) on any Business Day, (c) the Business Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows:
         
 
  If to the Company:   Howard D. Polsky
 
      Senior Vice President and General Counsel
 
      K12 Inc.
 
      2300 Corporate Park Drive
 
      Herndon, VA 20171
 
      Fax: (703) 483-7496
 
       
 
  With a copy to:   William P. O’Neill
 
      Latham & Watkins LLP
 
      555 Eleventh Street, NW, Suite 1000
 
      Washington, DC 20004
 
      Fax: (202) 637-2201
 
       
 
  If to Investor:   Attn: Kamal Bahamdan
 
    KB Education Investments Limited
 
      c/o Sara Holding
 
      112-116 Al Dugaither Center
 
      Tahliyah Street
 
      Riyadh 11561
 
      Telephone: +9661 463 6324
 
      Fax: +9661 463 6370
     Each party will provide written notice to the other parties of any change in its address in accordance with the notice provisions hereof.
     9.9 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns. The Company may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Investor, and no Investor may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights of the Investor to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, may be assigned by the Investor to transferees or assignees of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities, but only if (i) the Investor agrees in writing with the transferee or assignee to assign such rights, and a copy of such agreement is furnished to the Company within a reasonable time after such assignment, (ii) the Company is, within

21


 

a reasonable time after such transfer or assignment, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned, (iii) after such transfer or assignment, the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, (iv) at or before the time the Company received the written notice contemplated by clause (ii) of this sentence, the transferee or assignee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the provisions contained herein, (v) such transfer is made in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Agreement, and (vi) the transfer is in compliance with Regulation S.
     9.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person.
     9.11 Further Assurances . Each party will do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and will execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as another party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     9.12 No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement is deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.
[Signature page follows]

22


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the undersigned Investor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
                                                                                                                                 
    COMPANY:                                                                                                                    
 
                                                                                                                               
    K12 INC.                                                                                                                    
 
                                                                                                                               
 
  By:   /s/   Ronald J. Packard                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                             
 
      Name:    Ronald J. Packard                                                                                                                    
 
                                                                                                                               
 
      Title:      Chief Executive Officer                                                                                                                  
 
                                                                                                                               
 
                                                                                                                               
    INVESTOR:                                                                                                                    
 
                                                                                                                               
    KB EDUCATION INVESTMENTS LIMITED
 
                                                                                                                               
 
  By:   /s/ Kamal Bahamdan                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                             
 
      Name:   Kamal Bahamdan                                                                                                                    
 
                                                                                                                               
 
      Title:   Director                                                                                                                    
 
                                                                                                                               

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Page to Stock Subscription Agreement

 


 

Exhibit A
[Form of Lock-Up Agreement]

 


 

Schedule I
The Statutory Prospectus
The Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-144894), as amended, originally filed by the Company with the Commission on July 26, 2007, including any and all exhibits filed therewith.

 

 

Exhibit 10.21
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED EDUCATIONAL PRODUCTS AND,
ADMINISTRATIVE, AND TECHNOLOGY SERVICES AGREEMENT
Between the
Ohio Virtual Academy
and K12 Ohio L.L.C.
     This Second Amended and Restated Education, Administrative, and Technology Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 19th day of April, 2007, supersedes the Amended and Restated Education, Administrative, and Technology Services Agreement entered December 20, 2007, and becomes effective July 1, 2007, by and between K12 Ohio L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“K12”), and the Ohio Virtual Academy (“OHVA,” or the “Academy”), a community school established under charter granted pursuant to the Ohio Community School Act.
RECITALS
     A. The Academy entered into a charter contract (the “Charter”) with the Ohio Council of Community Schools (the “Sponsor”) allowing it to operate a program for students in kindergarten through high school graduation.
     B. The Academy is an Ohio non-profit corporation organized under Chapter 1702 of the Ohio Revised Code (the “Code”) and will operate as a community school pursuant to Chapter 3314 of the Code; the governing authority of the Academy (the “Governing Authority”) may carry out any act and ensure the performance of any function that is in compliance with the Ohio Constitution, the Code, federal law and other statutes applicable to community schools (“Applicable Law”) and the Charter.
     C. K12 Ohio L.L.C. was established, among other things, for the following purposes:
    promoting and encouraging new methods of effective education;
 
    implementing innovative and effective instructional systems in elementary and secondary education.
     D. Charter schools are intended by Ohio law to create “potential desirable effects, including providing parents a choice of academic environments for their children and providing the education community with the opportunity to establish limited experimental educational programs in a deregulated setting.”
     E. The Academy and K12 seek to create an enduring educational relationship whereby the Academy will govern and oversee and K12 will manage and operate a virtual charter school called the Ohio Virtual Academy, as permitted by Applicable Law and the Charter.

 


 

     F. This Agreement treats solely the provision of a curriculum and certain management services to the Academy and does not describe any other agreement between the parties.
     THEREFORE, the parties mutually agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
STATUS AND NATURE OF PROGRAM TO BE OFFERED
     1.01 General . For and during the term of this Agreement, upon approval of the Governing Authority, K12 shall support and assist the Academy consistent with its mission, vision, and educational philosophy, as well as Applicable Law, the Charter and this Agreement. The Academy’s Governing Authority, as well as its faculty and staff, shall actively support and assist K12, so that together they may strive to achieve academic excellence and fulfill the mission and vision of the Ohio Virtual Academy.
     1.02 Relation of K12 to OHVA . K12 shall operate as an independent contractor to the Academy and shall be responsible for delivering the services required by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties. It is understood by the parties that K12 engages in other activities with other parties, separate from this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
EDUCATIONAL PRODUCTS AND ADMINISTRATIVE,
AND TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
     2.01 Educational Products .
     (a) K12 recognizes its obligation to comply with all federal and state statutes regarding curriculum and assessment and all other matters covered herein, and to conform its performance under this Agreement with the terms of the Charter regarding curriculum, assessment, and other matters therein, except to the extent expressly waived by the Ohio State Board of Education in accordance with law.
     (b) During the Term (as defined in Article III below), K12 will (except as otherwise specified below) provide or cause to be provided to the Academy the following educational products (the “Educational Products”) at the prices set forth in Section 5.01(d) of this Agreement:
     (i) Curriculum . As set forth in greater detail in Exhibit 1: (a) the K12 ® Curriculum (a/k/a Online School or OLS) in all subjects and grades K12 generally offers to its customers; (b) third-party curriculum for all other subjects required by Applicable Law; and (c) additional curriculum and supplementary curriculum, or educational programs (e.g. hybrid programs in which students

 


 

receive instruction through classroom attendance and web access, and other tools K12 recommends to achieve the goals of the Educational Program (as defined in 2.01(c) below)). Additional and supplementary curriculum will be provided when the Academy has funds in excess of the Reserve Fund and there are no outstanding Reserve Credits (as defined in Section 2.07 below), sufficient to purchase the additional and supplementary curriculum or the Academy has received prior agreement from K12 to do so;
     (ii) Instructional Tools . Such instructional tools, equipment, and supplies including textbooks, computers, computer peripherals, printers, software, and multi-media teaching tools as K12 determines to be necessary in its reasonable discretion, with advice and input from the Governing Authority; and
     (iii) Additional Educational Products . Any other services (a) described in the Addendum to this Agreement or (b) necessary or expedient for the provision of teaching and learning for students enrolled in the Academy, as agreed to from time to time between the parties.
     (c) The Educational Products will be provided in accordance with the educational goals, curriculum, methods of pupil assessment, admissions policy, student recruitment policy, school calendar, school day schedule, and age and grade range of pupils to be enrolled at OHVA (the “Educational Program”) and consistently with the Charter. The Educational Program has been reviewed and approved by the Governing Authority. The Educational Program complies with and the parties will ensure that it will continue to comply with the Charter and Applicable Law.
     (d) Subject to this Agreement, the Charter, and Applicable Law, K12 may by agreement with the Academy modify the Educational Program; it being understood that an essential principle of this Educational Program is its flexibility and adaptability to meet the unique learning needs of each student, and that the Academy and K12 are focused on academic results, not micromanaging processes.
     2.02 Administrative Services .
     (a) During the Term (as defined in Article III below), K12 will provide or cause to be provided to the Academy the following administrative services (the “Administrative Services”) using the proceeds set forth in Section 5.01(e) of this Agreement:
     (i) Personnel Management . Management of all personnel providing Educational Products, Administrative Services, and Technology Services;
     (ii) Facility Management . Management of the administrative facility (the “Facility”) of the Academy to the extent consistent with any and all leases or other documents pertaining to the Facility;

 


 

     (iii) Business Administration . Administration of all business aspects and day-to-day management of the Academy. These services shall include:
     (A) Consulting and liaison services with the Sponsor, the Ohio Department of Education, and other governmental offices and agencies;
     (B) Advisory services regarding special education programs, processes, related services and reimbursements;
     (C) Drafting and maintenance of forms, operations manuals, handbooks, guides, and policies and procedures, as necessary;
     (D) Consultation, monitoring, and oversight of Education Management Information System (EMIS) and other state reporting systems;
     (E) Assistance to the Academy in applying for grants; and
     (F) Other reasonable administrative and consulting services as requested and mutually agreed upon by K12 and the Governing Authority;
     (iv) Budgeting and Financial Reporting .
     (A) Annual balanced budgets (“Budgets”) will be proposed by K12 early during the fourth quarter of the school year. The Governing Authority shall not unreasonably withhold approval of such budget. Approval of the annual balanced budget must occur no later then June 30 th , for the succeeding school year. The proposed annual budget will include, but not be limited to, projected revenues and expenditures, relating to the administration and operation of the Academy.
     (B) Detailed statements of all revenues received, by source, with respect to the Academy and detailed statements of all direct and indirect expenditures for services rendered to or on behalf of OHVA, at a minimum, on a quarterly basis.
     (C) Reports on the finances of the Academy upon the request of the Governing Authority, or as required by the Charter, and Applicable Law, including a monthly report on expenditures as required in the Code of Regulations of the Academy.
     (D) Other information on a periodic basis as reasonably necessary and appropriate to enable the Governing Authority to monitor the performance of the Academy under this and related agreements, including the effectiveness and efficiency of its operation.
     (v) Maintenance of Financial and Student Records .

 


 

     (A) K12 will maintain accurate financial records pertaining to its operation of OHVA and retain all such records for a period of seven (7) years (or longer if required by Applicable Law) from the close of the fiscal year to which such books, accounts, and records relate.
     (B) K12 will maintain accurate student records pertaining to students enrolled at OHVA, as is required and in the manner provided by the Charter and Applicable Law, and retain such records permanently at the OHVA site, on behalf of the Academy, until this Agreement or its successor (if any) is terminated, at which time such records will be retained by and become the sole responsibility of the Academy. K12 and OHVA will maintain the proper confidentiality of personnel, students, and other records as required by law and the Charter.
     (vi) Pupil Recruitment . K12 shall be responsible for the recruitment of students subject to the Charter and the Academy’s recruitment and admissions policies, including the cost of information sessions, open houses, expos and other pupil recruiting events;
     (vii) Admissions . Implementation of the Academy’s admissions policy, including management of the application and enrollment process, in compliance with all nondiscrimination and other legal requirements and terms of the Charter;
     (viii) Student Discipline . Provision of necessary information to and cooperation with the Academy in handling all student disciplinary matters as required by law, Sponsor policy, and Academy policy;
     (ix) Annual Reports . K12 and the Academy will provide to the Sponsor on an annual basis a report detailing (a) the Academy’s students’ academic performance, and (b) performance of the Educational Products, Administrative Services, and Technology Services;
     (x) Rules and Procedures . K12 will assist the Academy in complying with all applicable Sponsor policies as reasonably interpreted by the Academy or the Sponsor to apply to OHVA. K12 will enforce the rules, regulations, and procedures adopted for OHVA in a manner that does not conflict with this Agreement, the Charter, or Applicable Law. ;
     (xi) Public Relations . Any and all public relations with the community and the media;
     (xii) Subcontracting . K12 reserves the right to subcontract any and all aspects of the services it provides to the Academy. K12 shall provide names and information regarding particular subcontractors to the Governing Authority upon request;

 


 

     (xiii) Nondiscrimination Requirements . Compliance with all general and specific nondiscrimination requirements imposed by federal, state, or local law or Sponsor or Academy policy; and
     (xiv) Additional Administrative Services . Any other services (A) described in the Addendum to this Agreement, or (B) reasonably necessary or expedient for the effective administration of the Academy as mutually agreed upon in writing by K12 and the Academy.
     (b) The Administrative Services will be provided in accordance with the Educational Program and the Agreement.
     (c) Subject to this Agreement, the Charter, and Applicable Law, K12 may modify details of the methods, means, and manner by which such Administrative Services are provided at any time, provided such modification does not amount to a material change in any term of this Agreement.
     (d) The Governing Authority shall work and cooperate with K12 to develop policies and procedures, rules and regulations, and programs and budgets, which K12 shall follow and implement.
     2.03 Technology Services . During the Term (as defined in Article III below), K12 will provide or cause to be provided to the Academy the following technology services (the “Technology Services”) using the proceeds set forth in Section 5.01(f) of this Agreement:
     (a) 24-7 monitoring of production services, i.e., SAMS, OLS and VHS;
     (b) Monitor and analyze data, to fix production issues as they may arise;
     (c) . Generate reports on pupil academic performance, attendance and progress;
     (d) Seek and secure competitive pricing and centralized purchase discounts for computers, monitors, printers, software and other peripherals for the Academy;
     (e) Train school staff, and parents and students, as deemed appropriate and necessary, on technology systems;
     (f) Develop, design, publish, and maintain the Academy’s interactive web site;
     (g) Maintain the Academy’s computer and telephone network;
     (h) Generate reports e.g., omnibus report, demographic reports, etc.;

 


 

     (i) Develop community tools on the OHVA web site and K12 platform (including password protected threaded discussion and message boards, moderation functionality, directories, etc.);
     (j) Determine hardware configurations (including software and operating systems) for the school’s technology needs;
     (k) Provide onsite and telephone support for the OHVA administration in troubleshooting system errors, and telephone support for students;
     (1) Propose for Governing Authority adoption policies and procedures regarding the responsible use of computer equipment and other school property; and
     (m) Other technology support services (a) described in the Addendum to this Agreement or (b) requested and mutually agreed upon by the Governing Authority and K12.
     2.04 Accountable to Governing Authority . K12 will be responsible and accountable to the Governing Authority for the provision of the Educational Products, Administrative Services, and Technology Services in accordance with this Agreement.
     2.05 Place of Performance, Provision of Offices . K12 will maintain and keep the records and books of the Academy at the Facility. K12 may maintain electronic or paper copies of records and provide other services elsewhere, unless prohibited by the Charter, and Applicable Law. K12 recognizes and agrees that, for purposes of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, the Ohio Open Meetings Act, and the Ohio Public Records Act, administrative officials of both the Academy and the Sponsor are school officials with legitimate educational interests for purposes of disclosure of student records maintained by K12 as to Academy students.
     2.06 Academy Expenses . The Academy will be responsible for paying and discharging, at its sole cost and expense, all debts, liabilities, and obligations incurred by the Governing Authority by or on behalf of the Academy except as specifically provided and paid for by K12 in accordance with this Agreement (collectively, “Academy Expenses”). Academy Expenses shall include, but are not limited to the following:
  a)   fees payable to the Sponsor;
 
  b)   legal fees for representation of the Academy and/or the Governing Authority;
 
  c)   directors’ and officers’ liability insurance;
 
  d)   directors’ and officers’ reimbursable expenses;
 
  e)   general accounting, audit, and/or tax preparation fees for the Academy;
 
  f)   taxes, if any;
 
  g)   other fees and/or expenses involved in oversight of the Academy or K12 under this Agreement. The Academy agrees that K12 will not be obligated to advance funds under Section 2.07 for any oversight expenses, including

 


 

      the employment of program or financial oversight personnel or services, that exceed $25,000 per fiscal year;
  h)   Facility expenses (e.g., rent, maintenance, etc.);
 
  i)   ongoing professional development and training expenses, including travel reimbursements for employees of the Academy;
 
  j)   administrators’ office, and travel within Ohio;
 
  k)   administrator’s travel outside of Ohio as agreed to within the Academy budget or with prior approval by the Governing Authority;
 
  1)   teacher salaries, benefits, travel, phone, conferences, supplies, materials, printing/copying and other expenses necessary to fulfill the teacher’s duties;
 
  m)   student support staff (as defined in Section 6.06(b)) salaries, benefits, travel, phone, conferences, supplies, materials, printing/copying and other expenses necessary to fulfill the teacher’s duties;
 
  n)   fees payable to K12 for Educational Products, and Administrative and Technology Services;
 
  o)   Internet service provider reimbursement for students and teachers;
 
  p)   the fair market value of non-consumable materials and computers not returned by students and not paid by available insurance;
 
  q)   cost of proctored examinations, including all costs related to the delivery of such examinations;
 
  r)   school sponsored outings and events for existing students and / or families (but not including K12 sponsored retention programs);
 
  s)   special education services (except as provided by K12 in Section 6.03 of this Agreement);
 
  t)   Academy liability insurance;
 
  u)   annual report expenses; and
 
  v)   all other discretionary expenses approved by the Governing Authority from time to time; provided, however, that the Governing Authority shall not incur or approve any expense that would cause the Academy to operate in a deficit, without prior approval from K12.
     2.07 Academy Loans . During the term of this Agreement, K12 may at its sole discretion pay on the Academy’s behalf, which payments will then become a loan from K12 to the Academy evidenced by loan documents containing terms mutually agreed upon by K12 and the Governing Authority, any properly incurred Academy Expenses under the following terms and conditions: (a) the Academy is unable to pay said Academy Expense without incurring a deficit, (b) the Governing Authority has duly authorized and approved said expense, (c) the expense is submitted in writing to K12, and (d) the maturity date of the loan shall be not later than the end of the current Academy fiscal year and the interest rate of the loan shall not exceed the prime rate as announced from time to time by K12’s financial institution plus 2%.
     2.08 Balanced Budget and Guaranteed Reserve Fund .

 


 

  a)   Annual Balanced Budget . K12 agrees that it will present the Governing Authority with an annual balanced budget in each fiscal year of the Term pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(iv). This budget will be balanced through a combination of increased funding, reduced Academy Expenses, reduced K12 service fees and/or estimated credits to K12 service fees set forth in Section 5.01 subdivisions (e) and (f) (“Service Credits”). In the event, OHVA does not agree with K12’s proposed balanced budget, the parties agree to work together in a good faith, cooperative manner to resolve any disagreements. During that process, OHVA, in consultation with K12, will have discretion over reductions in Academy Expenses, and K12, in consultation with OHVA, will have discretion over reductions in its service fees and/or the issuance of Service Credits.
 
  b)   Reserve Fund . The parties agree that the Academy will maintain a $250,000 reserve (“Reserve Fund”) during the Term. The Reserve Fund is defined as Academy Total Net Assets, at fiscal year end, excluding Net Capital Assets, as those terms are used in the Academy’s audited financial statements.
 
  c)   Fiscal Year Service Credits . At the end of the fiscal year, if necessary based on the Academy’s audited financial statements, K12 will issue Service Credits in an amount sufficient to balance the Academy’s budget and satisfy the Reserve Fund. Except as otherwise stated in Section 2.08(d), the Academy has no obligation to repay the Service Credits.
 
  d)   Repayment of Service Credits . At the end of each fiscal year, if the Academy has surplus funds that exceed the Reserve Fund, as evidenced by the Academy’s audited financial statement for such fiscal year, the Academy will repay the Service Credits of the prior fiscal year, provided the basic state education funding per pupil did not exceed $6000. In the event the basic state education funding per pupil exceeds $6,000 in the fiscal year in which a surplus is experienced, the Academy will retain twenty five percent (25%) of the surplus and the remaining seventy five percent (75%) will be applied to repayment of Service Credits issued the prior fiscal year. In no event will any payment exceed the sum of Service Credits issued the prior fiscal year.
 
  e)   In the event the Academy ceases operations or wrongfully terminates this Agreement, and the Academy has Net Assets (excluding Net Capital Assets), as evidenced by the Academy’s audited financial statement for such fiscal year, the Academy will pay K12 the balance of all Service Credits previously issued by K12. If this Agreement expires and the Academy does not enter into a renewal Agreement with K12 or if K12 rightfully terminates this Agreement as permitted under Sections 7.01(a), (d) or (e) then the Academy will reimburse K12 in an amount equal to all “Service Credits” previously issued by K12 as long as the Net Assets (excluding Net Capital Assets) of the Academy do not fall below $100,000.

 


 

2.09 Reasonable Discretion . It is understood by both parties that the services provided by K12 under this Agreement will be provided to the extent deemed necessary and appropriate by K12 in its professional judgment and discretion to satisfy the requirements of Applicable Law, the Charter and the Sponsor’s and the Academy’s policies.
ARTICLE III
TERM
     3.01 Term . Subject to Article VII and Section 3.02 below, this Agreement will become effective as of July 1, 2007 and end on June 30, 2017 (the “Termination Date”).
     3.02 Renewal . This Agreement will automatically renew for an additional, successive two-year term unless one party notifies the other party at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the then-current term of its intention not to renew this Agreement.
     3.03 Five-year Evaluation. At the end of the 2011 fiscal year, the parties agree to review this Agreement in light of changed circumstances, if any, and if the parties deem it necessary, will begin good faith negotiations to amend the Agreement in light of those changed circumstances. Failure to agree to an amendment will not be grounds for termination.
ARTICLE IV
RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES
     4.01 Status of the Parties . K12 is not a division or any part of the Academy. The Academy is a body corporate authorized under the Code and is neither a division nor a part of K12. The relationship between the parties was developed and entered into through arms-length negotiations and is based solely on the terms of this Agreement and those of any other agreements that may exist from time to time between the parties. Nothing herein will be construed to create a partnership or joint venture by or between the Academy and K12 or to make one the agent of another (except to the extent otherwise specifically provided by this Agreement). The Academy shall in no case represent to third parties, and shall whenever needed disclaim to such parties, any ability to bind K12 to any duty imposed by contract, other than this Agreement. All personnel performing educational or administrative services for K12 shall comply with all applicable licensure or other requirements of the Code and any regulations promulgated there under, and shall be entitled to all perquisites provided thereby, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, or in the Charter.
     4.02 No Related Parties or Common Control . K12 will not have any role or relationship with the Academy that, in effect, substantially limits the Academy’s ability to

 


 

exercise its rights, including cancellation rights, under this Agreement. None of the voting power of the Governing Authority will be vested in K12 or its directors, trustees, members, managers, officers, shareholders, or employees, and none of the voting power of the Board of Directors or Shareholders of K12 will be vested in the Academy or its directors, trustees, members, managers, officers, shareholders (if any), or employees. Furthermore, the Academy and K12 will not be members of the same control group, as defined in Section 1.150(f) of the regulations under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (or its successor), or related persons, as defined in Section 144(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (or its successor). Nothing in this section shall prevent parents of students enrolled in OHVA from being eligible for consideration for appointment to the Governing Authority in accordance with existing regulations. In addition, the Academy agrees to take such action as is necessary to permit employees or agents of K12 to have a nonvoting presence at Governing Authority meetings, consistent with Applicable Law, for the term of this Agreement.
     4.03 Other Schools . The parties acknowledge that this arrangement is not exclusive and that K12 will have the right to render similar services to other persons or entities including other public or private schools or institutions within and outside of the State of Ohio (“Other Schools”). K12 will maintain separate accounts for reimbursable expenses incurred on behalf of the Academy and Other Schools, if any. All grants or donations received by the Academy, or by K12 for the specific benefit of the Academy, will be maintained in separate accounts and used solely for the Academy.
ARTICLE V
PAYMENTS
     5.01 Definitions and Payments .
     (a) “Qualified Gross Revenues” shall mean revenues and income received by the Academy from the following sources: Basic State Foundation Funding, Basic State Foundation Kindergarten Funding and Special Education Funding, DPIA Class-Size Funding, DPIA Safety Funding, EMIS and SchoolNet Funding, Title I, Title IIA, Title IID, Title IV, Title V, IDEA and ECSE-IDEA and other federal funding, Latchkey Fees and other income or revenue sources provided by law and obtained by the Academy which are not specifically excluded herein.
     (b) “Contributions and Grants” shall mean all contributions and grants received by the Academy, which are to assist in the improvement of facilities, the implementation of the Educational Program, and/or day-to-day Academy operations.
     (c) “Other Funds” shall mean all other funds paid to, earned by, or donated to the Academy other than Qualified Gross Revenues and Contributions and Grants.
     (d) In consideration of K12’s provision of the Educational Products, the Academy will pay K12 for the Educational Products at K12’s Managed Virtual School

 


 

rates. K12 modifies its Managed Virtual School rates, from time to time, but no more frequently than once during a fiscal year.
     (e) In order that K12 can make provision for the Administrative Services, the Academy shall pay to K12 twelve percent (12%) of the Academy’s Qualified Gross Revenues and Contributions and Grants as an Administrative Service fee (“Administrative Service Fee”). For a list of services provided by K12 that are to be covered by this fee, see Section 2.02 of this Agreement as well as the Addendum to this Agreement. Said Administrative Service Fee is exclusive of other fees/expenses associated with producing the services under this Agreement.
     (f) In order that K12 can make provision for the Technology Services, the Academy shall pay to K12 seven (7%) of the Academy’s Qualified Gross Revenues and Contributions and Grants as a Technology Services fee (“Technology Services Fee”). For a list of services provided by K12 that are to be covered by this fee, see Section 2.03 of this Agreement as well as the Addendum to this Agreement. Said Technology Service Fee is exclusive of other fees/expenses associated with producing the services under this Agreement
     (g) In the event the Academy has a surplus that exceeds the Reserve Fund (defined in Section 2.08) after all Service Credits have been paid pursuant to Section 2.08(d), the Academy will pay to K12, in addition to the amount specified for the Administrative Service Fee and the Technology Service Fee as defined in Section 5.01(e) and (f), the following: in any year of this Agreement, an additional one-half percent (.5%) for the Administrative Service Fee and an additional one-half percent (.5%) for the Technology Service Fee. The Academy will only be required to pay these additional fees to the extent that the Academy is able to maintain its Reserve Fund, and, in the event the basic state education funding per pupil exceeds six thousand ($6,000) in the fiscal year, maintain 25% of the surplus for that fiscal year.
     (h) The Academy shall remit payments under Section 5.01 (d) within forty-five (45) days of the invoice date.
     (i) The Academy shall remit payments required under Sections 5.01(e) and (f) monthly within forty-five (45) days of the invoice date. Monthly invoicing will be 1/12 th of the estimated Qualified Gross Revenues and Contributions and Grants to be earned by the Academy during the fiscal year. At the conclusion of each fiscal year, the parties will make year-end adjustments as described in Section 5.02(b). These payment terms do not alter the fact that the Administrative and Technology Services Fees are earned by K12 when services are provided.
     (j) Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, K12 assumes the risk that its fees will not allow it to operate profitably nor to fully cover the costs of business during any given period.

 


 

     (k) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the amounts allocated above in this Section 5.01 are reasonable, necessary, and fair market value compensation for services rendered.
     5.02 Time and Priority of Payments .
     (a) The Academy will satisfy its payment obligations under this Article to K12 by paying the oldest amounts due first.
     (b)  Year-End Adjustments . Within thirty (30) days after completion of the Academy’s audited financial statements for each fiscal year, K12 will prepare and submit to the Governing Authority a statement of the total amounts of the Administrative Services Fees and Technology Services Fees payable with respect to such fiscal year, including the calculation of such amounts (which calculations will be based upon the Academy’s audited financial statements for such fiscal year). If the total amount of the Administrative Services Fees or the Technology Services Fees calculated in accordance with the foregoing sentence exceeds the total amount invoiced by K12 pursuant to Section 5.01(h), then the excess amount will be payable to K12; if such total amount is less than the total amount invoiced by K12 pursuant to Section 5.01(h), then the shortfall amount will be payable to the Academy. Payment of any excess Administrative Services Fees or excess Technology Fees payable to K12 will be due thirty (30) days after the submission of the statement thereof. Reimbursement to the Academy of any overpayment of Administrative Services Fees or Technology Services Fees will be due thirty (30) days after the submission of the statement thereof, provided, that K12 may elect in its sole discretion to set-off the amount of any such overpayment against any outstanding obligations of the Academy to K12 or any Affiliate of K12.
     (c) Any payment required under this Article V that is not paid when due will be subject to interest on the amount in arrears calculated at the prime rate of interest announced by Bank of America as its prime rate plus 2%. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.02(c), no interest or no late fee shall be required if untimely payment is a direct result of an act or omission by K12. If K12 claims that interest is due, then K12 must specifically bring this to the attention of the Governing Authority within 5 days after such claim is made, and provide an explanation as to why such invoice was not paid timely.
     5.03 Other Revenue Sources .
     (a) Subject to Section 5.01(a) of this Agreement, the Academy and K12 may, together or independently, solicit and receive grants and donations from public and private sources consistent with the mission and Charter of the Academy, in the name of either K12 or the Academy; provided, however, that any solicitation of such grants by K12 shall be subject to the prior approval of the Academy.

 


 

     (b) Nothing in this Section 5.03 will be construed to prohibit K12 from soliciting funds or grants solely for its own general corporate purposes and using such funds or grants solely for such purposes.
ARTICLE VI
PERSONNEL AND TRAINING
     6.01 Personnel Responsibility .
     (a) Subject to Sections 2.01 and 2.02 above, the Charter, and Applicable Law, K12 will have the responsibility and authority, subject to consultation with the Governing Authority, to determine staffing levels, and to select, evaluate, assign, discipline, supervise, manage, dismiss, and transfer personnel necessary to carry out the Educational Products, the Administrative Services, the Technology Services, and all other programs and services provided under this Agreement. The responsibilities and performance of K12 employees will be consistent with those outlined in the Academy’s Charter. If the Governing Authority has a problem or concern about the job performance of a K12 employee or the services provided by K12 under this Agreement, the Governing Authority will discuss the matter with the Head of School (“HOS”) who will in turn notify K12 School Management to discuss next steps. In the event the Governing Authority has a concern or is not satisfied with the HOS’s the job performance, the Governing Authority will provide K12 official notice pursuant to Section 12.06, and set forth the specific issues and requested action with supporting documentation.
     (b) K12 shall determine, in the exercise of its discretion in providing the Academy’s Administrative and Technology Services as defined in Sections 2.02 and 2.03 above, and in accordance with Applicable Law, whether the personnel who perform services at the Academy shall be employees of K12. The parties anticipate, subject to Applicable Law, that the Head of School (as defined in Section 6.02 below), administrators, and support staff provided by K12 pursuant to this Agreement will be employees of K12. K12 reserves the right to revisit such determination from time to time through discussion with the Governing Authority. If K12 determines to cause the Academy to employ such persons, then K12 shall reimburse the Academy for all costs associated with such persons’ employment. K12 will be responsible for conducting criminal background checks on its employees to the extent required under the Code, the Charter and Applicable Law. Upon request by the Academy or Sponsor, K12 will provide the Academy or Sponsor documentary evidence of such background checks or evidence of application therefore.
     6.02 Head of School . Subject to Section 6.01(b) of this Agreement, K12 will determine the employment terms for the position of Head of School. K12 will have the authority, consistent with the Charter, and Applicable Law, to select and supervise the Head of School and to hold him or her accountable for the success of the Academy. Decisions regarding the selection and dismissal of the Head of School shall be made by K12, subject to consultation with the Governing Authority. Decisions regarding

 


 

dismissal or reassignment will be solely that of K12. The Head of School shall also be accountable to the Governing Authority for his or her performance in serving as the chief administrative officer of the Academy.
     6.03 Director of Special Education . Subject to Section 6.01(b) of this Agreement, K12 will determine the employment terms for the position of Director of Special Education, subject to Applicable Law. K12 will have the authority, consistent with Applicable Law, to select and supervise the Director of Special Education and to hold him or her accountable for the success of the Academy’s special education program.
     6.04 Business Manager . Subject to Section 6.01(b) of this Agreement, K12 will determine the employment terms for the position of Business Manager, subject to Applicable Law. K12 will have the authority, consistent with Applicable Law, to select and supervise the Business Manager and to hold him or her accountable for the success of the Academy’s finances.
     6.05 Teachers . K12 will recruit and oversee such teachers to assist in the provision of the Educational Products. Unless otherwise determined by K12 and the Governing Authority jointly in writing, teachers will be employed by the Academy, and the Academy will be responsible for all costs associated with the employment of such teachers. K12 shall determine the number and assignments of such teachers. K12 shall determine, in the exercise of its discretion in providing the Academy’s Educational Products as defined above, and in accordance with Applicable Law, an appropriate ratio of teachers to pupils for the Academy, subject to the requirement that the overall student to full-time equivalent teacher ratio (a full-time equivalent teacher is defined as regular education and special education teachers) shall be no less than 47 to one (47 to 1) and no more than fifty to one (50 to 1), and that the actual ratio will be reviewed and determined by the Governing Authority on an annual basis. Such teachers may work on a full- or part-time basis. Each teacher assigned to OHVA will be qualified in his or her grade levels and subjects, hold a valid teaching certificate issued by the Ohio Department of Education under the Code to the extent required under Applicable Law, and have applied for or undergone a criminal background check and unprofessional conduct check to the extent required under Applicable Law. K12 will provide the Academy and the Sponsor with documentary evidence of its compliance with this Section 6.05. The Governing Authority is empowered to hear appeals to disciplinary measures including termination imposed by OHVA administration on teachers, and the Governing Authority is also empowered to formulate and implement binding decisions on such disciplinary matters when it comes to teachers employed by the Governing Authority. In the event that K12 and the Governing Authority jointly determine in writing that K12 will employ the teachers directly, then K12 and the Governing Authority will jointly be empowered to formulate and implement binding decisions on such disciplinary matters pertaining to said teachers. Nothing in this Section 6.05 will be construed to prohibit the use of lead teachers as that position is now defined or may later be defined with the agreement of OHVA.

 


 

          6.06 Additional Staff .
     a. Administrative Staff . K12 will employ and determine the employment terms for additional administrative staff as K12, in consultation with the Academy, shall determine to be required to support the Educational Products, and to provide the Administrative and Technology Services (which may include Principals, Assistant Principals/Assistant Heads of School, Administrative Assistants, Registrar, Operations Manager, Project Managers, Financial Analyst, Student Notification Coordinator, Receptionist, Marketing Personnel, and Accounts Payable). Such administrative staff may work at the OHVA on a full- or part-time basis. K12 will have the sole authority to select, assign, supervise, evaluate discipline and dismiss the administrative staff.
     b.  Support Staff . The Governing Authority in consultation with K12, may retain any personnel, over whom they are solely responsible. The Governing Authority may employ Support Staff and will be responsible for all costs associated with the employment of such staff (including, without limitation, salaries, benefits, travel and other Charter School related expenses). Support Staff is defined as any position that provides direct services to teachers, students and parents (which may include Special Education Coordinators, Truancy Officer, School Nurse, Guidance Counselor, School Psychologist, Instructional Coordinators and Related Services Coordinator (Special Education)). From time to time, K12 will recommend to the Governing Authority the addition or elimination of specific Support Staff positions for action by the Governing Authority. Support Staff positions will be the sole responsibility of the Governing Authority. K12, at the direction of the Governing Authority will recruit, set the terms of employment, hire, supervise, discipline and terminate Support Staff consistent with the approved budget. However, the positions of high school guidance counselor, attendance/truancy officer, and special programs coordinator which currently exist at OHVA and are filled by employees of K12, will remain the responsibility of K12 during the term of this Agreement, provided that any additional Guidance Counselors, Attendance/Truancy officers and special program coordinators may be employed by the Governing Authority.
     6.07 Training . The Academy will be responsible for ensuring that all teachers, administrative staff and support staff have all the in-service training required by Applicable Law. K12 will provide training in K12’s instructional methods, curriculum, educational program, and support technology to the Academy’s teachers on a regular basis. K12 will also provide teachers and other Academy personnel with such training, including in-service training, as K12 determines to be reasonable and necessary under the circumstances and as required by Applicable Law.

 


 

ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
     7.01 Events of Termination
     (a)  Termination Rights of Both Parties . Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event that the other party fails to remedy a material breach or to fulfill any material condition, term, provision, representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation contained in this Agreement within ninety (90) days after written notice (unless a shorter notice period is specified herein) by the non-breaching party of such breach or non-fulfillment provided, however, that if the breach or non-fulfillment is not reasonably capable of being cured, no such notice and opportunity to cure shall be required.
Such termination shall be effective, immediately upon written notice by the terminating party to the other party, unless immediate termination would place the health, welfare, or safety of students at risk.
     (b)  Reduction in Funding . In the event a material reduction occurs in annual funding below the amount for the prior fiscal year, K12 may terminate this Agreement effective (i) immediately upon written notice, if notice or publication of such reduction is given prior to the commencement of the school year to which such reduction is applicable, provided K12’s written notice is provided to the other party within sixty (60) days of the notice or publication of such reduction or (ii) sixty (60) days following written notice by K12, if notice or publication of such reduction is given during the school year to which such reduction is applicable.
     (c)  Termination Upon Loss of Charter . This Agreement will terminate immediately in the event the Academy no longer has a Sponsor as required by Applicable Law.
(d)  Termination for Failure to Approve Budget . K12 may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Charter School in the event that the Governing Authority materially breaches this Agreement (i) by unreasonably withholding approval of a budget or modifications to a budget or (ii) by approving a budget that materially increases the level of services required to be provided hereunder or materially increases the financial risk to K12 and the Governing Authority does not agree to amend this Agreement to reflect the increased level of services or financial risk. The Charter School is not required to approve the exact terms of a proposed budget or proposed modification to the Charter School budget as presented by K12.
     (e)  Termination in the Event of Certain Changes in the Amended Charter, the Academy/Sponsor Agreement or Academy Policies K12 may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Charter School in the event that the Charter or the Charter School/Sponsor Agreement is amended or the Governing Authority or the Sponsor adopts or amends a policy, and the effect of such amendment or policy could

 


 

reasonably be determined to require K12 to increase materially the level of services required to be provided hereunder or to increase materially the financial risk to K12 arising from its performance of its obligations hereunder and in each case without agreement by the Governing Authority to amend this Agreement to reflect the increased level of services or financial risk to K12’s satisfaction. Should a decision unilaterally taken by the Governing Authority cause a material adverse change to the financial obligations of K12 under this Agreement, and after consultation with K12 an amendment to the Agreement to address such material adverse change is not made within thirty (30) days of such action by the Governing Authority, K12 shall be entitled to damages, if any, in an amount to be determined pursuant to the procedures specified in Section 12.04.
     7.02 Change in Applicable Law . If any change in Applicable Law that is enacted after the date hereof has a material adverse effect on the ability of any party to carry out its obligations under this Agreement, such party, upon written notice to the other party (which notice may be given at any time following enactment of such change in Applicable Law, whether or not such change is effective on the date of such enactment or is effective at a later date), may request renegotiation of this Agreement. Such renegotiation will be undertaken in good faith. If the parties are unable to renegotiate and agree upon revised terms within one hundred twenty (120) days after such notice of renegotiation, then this Agreement will be terminated effective at the end of the school year in which such notice was given, unless earlier termination is necessary to protect the health, welfare, or safety of students as determined by OHVA.
     7.03 Effect of Termination . Except as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, termination or expiration does not relieve the Academy of any obligations for payments outstanding to K12 as of the date of termination or other obligations that continue upon termination as provided in this Agreement, including repayment of Service Credits as specified in Section 2.08(e).
     7.04 Non-Solicitation . The Academy hereby agrees that it will not solicit K12 employees and will refrain from hiring K12 employees without the prior approval and written consent of K12 either during the Term or for one year after termination of this Agreement. K12 hereby agrees that it will not directly solicit Academy employees and will refrain from hiring Academy employees without the prior approval and written consent of the Academy either during the Term or for one year after termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 


 

     8.01 Academy Name .
     (a)  Rights of Academy in Academy Name . K12 acknowledges and agrees that, as between K12 and its Affiliates on the one hand and the Academy on the other, the Academy owns all intellectual property rights and interests in the name of the Academy, as referenced in Exhibit 2 hereto (the “Academy Name”). K12 further acknowledges and agrees that neither it nor any of its Affiliates has any intellectual property interest or claims in or to the Academy Name.
     (b)  Licenses of Academy Name . The Academy hereby grants K12 and each of its Affiliates a royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable license, during the Term and for a period of thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, to use the Academy Name in connection with the Academy’s operations as contemplated in this Agreement. The Academy hereby grants K12 and each of its Affiliates a royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable, perpetual license to use the Academy Name in electronic and written marketing materials to promote the goods and services offered by K12 or any of its Affiliates.
     (c)  Limitations on Use of Academy Name by K12 . K12 will use the Academy Name only as provided in this Agreement and will not alter it in any way, nor will K12 act or permit action in any way that would impair the rights of the Academy in the Academy Name. K12’s authorized use will not create any right, title or interest in or to the Academy Name on behalf of K12.
     8.02 Intellectual Property .
     (a)  Rights of K12 in K12 Inc. Proprietary Materials . The Academy acknowledges and agrees that K12 has the right to sublicense from K12 Inc. to the Academy certain intellectual property rights and interests in and to K12 Inc.’s intellectual property, including but not limited to trade secrets, know-how, proprietary data, business and financial models, documents and written materials in any format, artwork, graphics, charts, software, licenses, marketing materials, website design for K12 and its Affiliates, web site design for the Academy and curricular materials (collectively, “K12 Proprietary Materials”). The Academy further acknowledges and agrees that it has no intellectual property interest or claims in the K12 Proprietary Materials and has no right to use the K12 Proprietary Materials unless expressly agreed to in writing by K12.
     (b)  License of K12 Proprietary Materials . K12 hereby grants the Academy a royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable sub-license, during the Term and for a period of thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, to use and distribute the K12 Proprietary Materials in connection with the Academy’s operations as contemplated in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Academy will not be permitted (i) to modify or otherwise create, or permit third parties to modify or otherwise create, derivative works from or using the K12 Proprietary Materials, (ii) to sublicense any rights under this Section 8.02(b) without the advance written approval of K12, which approval may be withheld by K12 in its sole

 


 

discretion or (iii) to frame any website owned by K12. Upon the termination of such license, the Academy will cease use of the K12 Proprietary Materials, and the Governing Authority will return all K12 Proprietary Materials to K12 promptly, including those in the possession of the Governing Authority, the Academy, teachers and school employees participating in the Academy, and students participating in the Academy, except that K12 will cause K12 Inc. to assign all rights and title in the web address “ohva.org” to the Academy within thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.
     (c)  Rights of K12 in K12 Proprietary Marks . The Academy acknowledges and agrees that K12 has the right to sublicense from K12 Inc. to the Academy certain intellectual property rights and interests in K12 Inc.’s trademarks, service marks and trade names (including K12, K12 (& Design), trade names, trade dress, and the logo design featured in Exhibit 3 (the “Academy Logo”)) (collectively, “K12 Proprietary Marks”). The Academy further acknowledges and agrees that it has no intellectual property interest or claims in the K12 Proprietary Marks and has no right to use the K12 Proprietary Marks unless expressly agreed to in writing in advance by K12, which agreement K12 may withhold in its sole discretion.
     (d)  License of K12 Proprietary Marks . K12 hereby grants the Academy a royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable sub-license, during the Term and for a period of thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, to use the K12 Proprietary Marks relating to the Academy solely in connection with the Academy’s operations as contemplated in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Academy will not be permitted to sublicense any rights under this Section 8.02(d) without the advance written approval of K12, which approval may be withheld by K12 in its sole discretion. Upon the termination of such license and the Academy will cease use of the K12 Proprietary Marks.
     (e)  Limitations on Use of K12 Proprietary Materials and K12 Proprietary Marks by the Academy . The Academy will use the K12 Proprietary Materials and the K12 Proprietary Marks only as provided in this Agreement and will not alter them in any way, nor will the Academy act or permit action in any way that would impair the rights of K12 in them. The Academy’s authorized use will not create any right, title or interest in or to the K12 Proprietary Materials or the K12 Proprietary Marks. K12 will have the right to monitor the quality of the Academy’s use of the K12 Proprietary Materials and the K12 Proprietary Marks, and the Academy will notify K12 promptly in writing of any known infringement thereof. Any references to or use of the K12 Proprietary Materials or the K12 Proprietary Marks by the Academy will contain the appropriate trademark, copyright or other legal notice provided from time to time by K12 and will be subject to additional trademark usage standards developed by K12 and modified from time to time by K12 with advance notice in writing.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION

 


 

     9.01 Indemnification of the Academy . K12 will indemnify, defend, and save and hold the Academy and all of its employees, officers, directors, trustees, subcontractors, and agents harmless against any and all claims, demands, suits, or other forms of liability that may arise out of, or by reason of, any (a) noncompliance by K12 with any agreements, covenants, warranties, or undertakings of K12 contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement, (b) noncompliance by K12 with any applicable federal, State, or local law or regulation, court or administrative decision, (c) misrepresentation or breach of the representations and warranties of K12 contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement, and (d) action or omission by K12 or any of its employees, officers, directors, trustees, subcontractors, and agents that results in injury, death, or loss to person or property, breach of contract, or violation of statutory or common law. This indemnification includes any claim, demand, suit, or other form of liability that may arise out of, or by reason of, any alleged noncompliance by K12 with any agreements, covenants, warranties, duties, or undertakings of K12 regarding any other party with whom K12 deals, including, without limitation, employees, contractors, students, or governmental authorities. In addition, K12 will reimburse the Academy for any and all legal expenses and costs associated with the defense of any such claim, demand, or suit covered by this indemnification. The Academy agrees that it will give K12 notice within five (5) business days of any claim under this section, or as soon as reasonably practicable.
     9.02 Indemnification of K12 . The Academy will indemnify, defend, and save and hold K12 and all of its employees, officers, directors, trustees, subcontractors, and agents harmless against any and all claims, demands, suits, or other forms of liability that may arise out of, or by reason of, any (a) noncompliance by the Academy with any agreements, covenants, warranties, or undertakings of the Academy contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement or the Charter, (b) noncompliance by the Academy with any applicable federal, State, or local law or regulation, court or administrative decision, (c) misrepresentation or breach of the representations and warranties of the Academy contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement or the Charter, and (d) action or omission by the Academy or any of its employees, officers, directors, trustees, subcontractors, and agents that results in injury, death, or loss to person or property, breach of contract, or violation of statutory or common law. This indemnification includes any claim, demand, suit, or other form of liability that may arise out of, or by reason of, any alleged noncompliance by the Academy with any agreements, covenants, warranties, duties, or undertakings of the Academy regarding any other party with which the Academy deals, including, without limitation, employees, contractors, students, or governmental authorities. In addition, the Academy will reimburse K12 for any and all legal expenses and costs associated with the defense of any such claim, demand, or suit covered by this indemnification. K12 agrees that it will give the Academy notice within five (5) business days of any claim under this section, or as soon as reasonably practicable.

 


 

     9.03 Relation to Dispute Resolution; Satisfied by Insurance . The indemnification requirements of this Article may be met by the purchase of insurance and shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
ARTICLE X
INSURANCE
     10.01 Insurance Coverage . The Academy will initiate and maintain, at its own expense, general liability insurance, workers’ compensation coverage, and umbrella insurance coverage for Academy operations and its employees in the amounts required of the Academy by the Charter or as otherwise ordinary and customary in the circumstances. The Academy shall provide and maintain, at its own expense, insurance coverage sufficient to provide OHVA with reasonable and adequate protection relating to its operation and to comply with any applicable third party covenant.
     10.02 Workers’ Compensation Coverage . K12 will initiate and maintain workers’ compensation coverage for its employees working at or for OHVA, as required by law.
     10.03 Cooperation . All parties will comply with any information or reporting requirements required by the other party’s insurer(s), to the extent reasonably practicable.
ARTICLE XI
WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS
     11.01 Representations and Warranties of K12 . K12 hereby represents and warrants to the Academy:
     (a) K12 is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Delaware.
     (b) K12 has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of K12, enforceable against K12 in accordance with its terms and conditions, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and by general principles of equity. K12 has had adequate opportunity to review the Charter and agrees to comply with all provisions contained therein.
     11.02 Representations and Warranties of the Academy . The Academy hereby represents and warrants to K12:

 


 

     (a) The Academy is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio.
     (b) The Academy’s Charter authorizes it to operate and receive the State, Federal, and Local education funds identified in this Agreement, as well as other revenues, and otherwise vests the Academy with all powers necessary and desirable for carrying out the Education Program and other activities contemplated in this Agreement.
     (c) The Academy has the authority under Applicable Law to contract with a private entity to perform the Educational Products, Administrative Services, and all other programs and services under this Agreement and execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement, and to incur the obligations provided for under this Agreement.
     (d) The Academy has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Academy, enforceable against the Academy in accordance with its terms and conditions, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and by general principles of equity.
     (e) The Academy has provided and will provide K12 with all authority and power necessary and proper for K12 to undertake its responsibilities, duties, and obligations provided for in this Agreement.
     (f) The Academy is not in default under the Charter and will not allow any default under the Charter during the term of this Agreement.
     (g) The Academy is not in breach or default of any loan or financial obligations, including, but not limited to, salary obligations and related benefits, payroll taxes, and leases for real and personal property.
     (h) The Educational Program has been reviewed and approved by the Governing Authority.
     (i) The Academy has no intellectual or property rights or claims in the name “K12” nor in the software of curricular materials to be utilized by K12 and will make no such claims in the future.
     11.03 Mutual Warranties . Each party to the Agreement warrants to the other that there are no pending actions, claims, suits, or proceedings, to its knowledge, threatened against it, which if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 


 

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
     12.01 Sole Agreement . This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements and understandings between the parties.
     12.02 Force Majeure . Notwithstanding any other sections of this Agreement, no party shall be liable for any delay in performance or inability to perform due to acts of God or due to war, riot, terrorism, civil war, embargo, fire, flood, explosion, sabotage, accident, labor strike, or other acts beyond its reasonable control.
     12.03 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Ohio will govern this Agreement, its construction, and the determination of any rights, duties, and remedies of the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
     12.04 Dispute Resolution . In the event of a dispute between the parties arising under or relating to this Agreement, the parties will attempt to resolve such dispute in good faith as set forth in this Section 12.04. Within five (5) business days after either party provides written notice of its desire to initiate the dispute resolution procedures set forth in this Section 12.04, a representative of each party will begin discussions to resolve such dispute and shall work together in good faith to resolve such dispute. If such dispute is not resolved within ten (10) business days after such initial notice, then either party may escalate such dispute upon written notice. Within five (5) business days after such escalation notice, a designee of K12 and a designee of the Governing Authority will begin discussions to resolve such dispute and shall work together in good faith to resolve such dispute. If such dispute is not resolved within ten (10) business days after such further escalation notice, then either party may refer the dispute to non-binding mediation upon written notice. Within ten (10) business days after such notice, the parties will convene with a professional mediator mutually agreed upon by the parties, or absent mutual agreement, a professional mediator selected through the selection procedures administered by the American Arbitration Association. Each party will cause the individuals specified herein to devote a reasonable amount of time to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in this Section 12.04 with the reasonableness of such amount to be determined in light of the common goal for such individuals to resolve such dispute within the applicable time periods set forth herein. Such individuals will attend meetings and participate in telephone conferences or video conferences as reasonably requested by either party. If the dispute is not resolved within twenty (20) business days after the first convening with a mediator as described above, either party may declare an impasse concluding the mediation process. Neither party may initiate or pursue any legal proceeding relating to a dispute arising under or relating to this Agreement until the parties have completed the dispute resolution procedures set forth in this Section 12.04 provided that nothing in this Section 12.04 shall prohibit either party from seeking or obtaining an order for injunctive relief. The dispute resolution procedures described herein will be deemed complete upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the parties mutually agree in writing to discontinue the dispute resolution procedures; and (ii) the relevant dispute is not resolved within the time periods provided under herein. In the event the relevant dispute is not resolved within the time periods provided here, the

 


 

parties herein mutually agree to proceed to arbitration in Toledo, Ohio pursuant to the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party will bear its own costs and expenses associated with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in this Section 12.04 except that the parties will share equally any fees payable to a professional mediator or arbitrator.
     12.05 Agreement in Entirety . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties.
     12.06 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but both of which will constitute one and the same instrument.
     12.07 Official Notices . All notices and other communications required by the terms of this Agreement will be in writing and sent to the parties hereto at the addresses set forth below (and such addresses may be changed upon proper notice to such addressees). Notice may be given by: certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (ii) facsimile (with confirmation of transmission by sender’s facsimile machine), or (iii) personal delivery. Notice will be deemed to have been given two days after mailing or on the date of personal delivery or on the date of transmission of a facsimile if on a business day during normal business hours (or, if not, the first business day). The addresses of the parties are:
For K12 Ohio L.L.C.
To:
Senior Vice President, School Management
K12 Ohio L.L.C.
2300 Corporate Park Drive, Suite 200
Herndon, VA 20171
(Fax) (703) 483-7330
With a copy to:
General Counsel
K12 Ohio L.L.C.
2300 Corporate Park Drive, Suite 200
Herndon, VA 20171
(Fax) 703-483-7496
For Ohio Virtual Academy
To:
Robin Wooddall-Klein
Root Learning Inc

 


 

1715 Indian Wood Circle
Maumee, OH 43537
With a copy to:
Renisa Dorner
Wise & Dorner, Ltd.
151 North Michigan Street, Suite 333
Toledo, OH 43624
(Fax) 419-327-4302
     12.08 Assignment . Except as otherwise provided in this section, neither party may assign or delegate any rights or duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. Upon notice to the Governing Authority, K12 may assign or delegate its rights or duties under this Agreement to any person or entity that controls K12, is controlled by K12, or is under common control with K12 or to any successor in interest that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of K12.
     12.09 Amendment . This Agreement will not be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented except in a written document approved by the Academy and K12.
     12.10 Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing, nor will such waiver constitute a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly stated.
     12.11 Severability . The invalidity of any of the covenants, phrases, terms, conditions, provisions, or clauses in this Agreement will not affect the remaining portions of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid covenant, phrase, term, condition, provision, or clause had not been contained in this Agreement, and in a manner that most nearly conforms to the invalid provision and original intent of the parties, in a written modification. To the extent that any of the services to be provided by K12 are found to be overbroad or an invalid delegation of authority by the Academy, such services will be construed to be limited to the extent necessary to make the services valid and binding.
     12.12 Successors and Assigns . Except as limited by Section 12.08 above, this Agreement will be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     12.13 No Third Party Rights . This Agreement is made for the sole benefit of the Academy and K12. Nothing in this Agreement will create or be deemed to create a relationship between the parties to this Agreement, or any of them, and any third person, including a relationship in the nature of a third party beneficiary or fiduciary.
     12.14 Survival of Termination . All representations, warranties, and indemnities made in this Agreement will survive termination of this Agreement.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
         
OHIO VIRTUAL ACADEMY INC., an Ohio nonprofit corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/    
 
       
Its:
  vp of board    
 
       
 
       
K12 OHIO L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company    
 
       
By:
  /s/    
 
       
Its:
       
 
       

 


 

Addendum
K12 Services for and on behalf of
the Ohio Virtual Academy
     The list of services below provides an indication of the nature and type of services that K12 is prepared to provide to the Academy. K12 and OHVA will work together to ensure that the services provided fit with the particular priorities and needs of the Academy and to ensure that the services are adapted over time to conform to the changing issues and needs of the Academy.
Educational Services
     Student Account Management System
    Research, study, and select a Web-based student information system to handle student records, grades, attendance, registration, enrollment, health, and other necessary information
 
    Set up and maintain student information and accounting systems
 
    Provide electronic security of student records (through the use of encryption, firewalls, etc.
 
    Prepare for, supervise, and implement all system roll-overs at the end of each academic year
 
    Maintain and improve SAMS to meet evolving student and teacher requirements
 
    Design and implement systems in support of student performance research and analysis
Administrative Services
Human Resources
    Place ads for administration, teacher, and staff recruiting
 
    Arrange for recruiting sites for teaching staff interviews across the state
 
    Review and sort resumes
 
    Assemble interview team
 
    Conduct interviewing across the state (including second- and third-round, if necessary)
 
    Correspond with applicants regarding the status of their applications
 
    Check references / certification / background checks of finalists
 
    Prepare employment agreements on behalf of the Governing Authority
 
    Negotiate and secure benefits for health, retirement, etc. for teachers on the Academy’s behalf
 
    Manage employee benefits for the Academy
Financial
    Assist in obtaining third party financing as agreed to by the Governing Authority
 
    Hire and train the Academy’s Business Manager
 
    Set up and maintain accounting and reporting software

 


 

    Maintain the Academy’s chart of accounts according to state guidelines
 
    Prepare annual budget for adoption by the Governing Authority
 
    Perform accounting services for the Academy
 
    Manage employee benefits for the Academy
 
    Assist with the administration of federal entitlement programs (e.g., Title I, I.D.E.A.)
 
    Assist in identifying and developing fundraising and revenue enhancements on behalf of the Academy
 
    Administer school payroll
 
    Establish and implement policies and procedures to maintain proper internal controls
 
    Assist and coordinate in third-party audit of the Academy
Facility
    Research and identify a location for the Academy’s administrative space
 
    Negotiate a lease for the Academy’s administrative facility
 
    Arrange for the remodeling of space for office and training needs, as needed
 
    Arrange for the wiring of the space for network
 
    Arrange for the set-up of the network
 
    Arrange for the installation of PBX phone system
Administration
    Hire Head of School, Assistant Head of School (as needed), Director of Technology (as needed), Director of Special Education, Business Manager, and other administrators, as needed
 
    Draft and propose policies and procedures for the Academy
 
    Enter student data into the Academy’s student information system and generate administrative reports
 
    Plan, arrange, and lead school orientation sessions
 
    Arrange contracts with school districts, education services centers, and professional service providers for special education and other support services
 
    Manage day-to-day operations with families, students, teachers, Governing Authority, press, vendors, contractors, districts, education service centers, etc.
 
    Oversee compliance with the school’s policies and procedures
 
    Report to the Governing Authority all significant developments in the school
 
    Manage budgets, personnel, and human resources issues
 
    Develop strategic plan for school development (including year-end transitions and addition of new grades) in consultation with the Governing Authority
 
    Work with families to improve the quality of the school’s program
 
    Prepare the school to meet reporting and audit requirements
 
    Prepare the school for the accreditation process
 
    Represent the school at conferences, Open Houses, and other meetings
 
    Work with school staff to create, design, and arrange for the publication and dissemination the Academy’s annual report
 
    Participate in Academy Governing Authority meetings in a nonvoting capacity

 


 

    Arrange for and attend meetings with individuals and groups interested in the Academy
 
    Develop community outreach strategy and connect with local organizations (e.g., YMCA’s, Boys & Girls Clubs)
 
    Work regularly with the administration to develop HR policies, bonus plans, and strategic plans for staffing, development, and growth
 
    Participate in the charter renewal process with the Governing Authority, as needed
Admissions, Enrollment, and Pupil Recruitment
    Create, design, and publish OHVA applications and enrollment packages and make them available on the web site for downloading
 
    Answer enrollment questions from potential families (phone, mail, and e-mail) and assist the school in managing the enrollment process, including the processing of paperwork, data entry, and training and security in the process
 
    Send out letters or notices to families apprising them of their status in the school’s enrollment process, in conjunction with the school’s administration
 
    Work with the school to conduct a random lottery, by grade, if there are more applicants than slots available
 
    Assist with “getting out the word” about the school and its Open Houses and other events via mail, e-mail, newspapers, magazines, journals, radio, television, community forums, town hall meetings, and other forms of communication and outreach
 
    Assist with the drafting and distribution of Academy press releases
 
    Schedule, organize, ship all materials to, and participate in Open Houses for families across the state
 
    Assist the Academy staff in other aspects of the admissions and enrollment process
Family Services
    Field and respond to incoming calls, letters, faxes, and e-mails about the Academy, its curriculum, the application/enrollment process, instructional materials, etc.
 
    Pass along questions and concerns to the administration and work with them in resolving issues
 
    Conduct focus groups, surveys, interviews, observation sessions, and/or user testing on the online school program to obtain feedback on how to improve the program
 
    Create “feedback buttons” on lessons so that students, parents, and teachers may send in lesson comments and suggestions; respond to suggestions and implement improvements
 
    Assist the Academy with setting up the Open Houses and school outings and events throughout the year
 
    Assist with setting up and implementing special education policies, procedures, and services for children with special needs

 


 

    Conduct exit interviews for those who withdraw in order to learn more about how to improve the program for families
Logistics
    Arrange for the negotiation, selection, contracting, distribution, leasing, and re-shipment or return (as necessary) of computers and printers for students, administrators, and teachers
 
    Arrange for the negotiation, selection, contracting, rollout, and reimbursement process (as needed) for Internet Service Provider (ISP) service for students, administrators, and teachers
 
    Arrange for the negotiation, selection, contracting, distribution, and re-shipment or return (as necessary) of instructional materials for students, administrators, and teachers
 
    Create, design, and deliver virtual school binders to Academy teachers and administrators
 
    Set up and disseminate K12 login and password accounts to students, teachers, and administrators and manage changes to those accounts
Teacher Training and Professional Development
    Produce, design, and disseminate a teacher training manual to all OHVA teachers, and an administrator manual for all OHVA administrators, as needed
 
    Design and deliver comprehensive teacher training on the school’s curriculum, technological systems, policies and procedures, and more
 
    Complete and mail a parent manual and/or student handbook which includes a starting kit for logging onto the system
 
    Design and deliver orientation sessions with the school administration, including curriculum, technological systems, policies and procedures, and more
 
    Support teachers as they connect with families via email and phone in the days leading up to launch and throughout the school year
 
    Work with the OHVA administration to address the continuing professional development needs of the staff
Design Team
    Design and continually revise and refresh the look and feel of the OHVA web site
 
    Design and create teacher, administrator, and student recruitment ads
 
    Design and create school recruitment materials
 
    Design and create school letterhead, cards, and logos
 
    Design and create school application and enrollment forms
 
    Design, create, and code teacher web pages, school calendars, threaded discussion groups, message boards, and other community-building aspects of the OHVA web site
 
    Test and ensure the quality and functionality of each web page and link on the OHVA web site
 
    Proof the quality of all new images and text for the OHVA web site
 
    Test and ensure the security of all password-protected sections of the school web site

 


 

Sourcing and Procurement
    Identify and source all curriculum and assessment materials necessary for the educational program
 
    Identify the requirements and software to meet the computing needs of OHVA students, teachers, and administrators
 
    Negotiate a distribution agreement with the Academy’s school supply vendors
 
    Negotiate a distribution agreement with the Academy’s curriculum providers
 
    Negotiate a distribution agreement with the Academy’s computer, printer, ISP and software vendors
 
    Negotiate agreements with the Academy’s professional service providers and testing centers for proctored examinations
Technology Services
    Support teachers and customer care associates in answering technology-related questions from students, parents, teachers, and administrators
 
    Install software to generate master image of computer configurations for teachers, administrators, and students in order to standardize the user experience and lower costs and turn-around time for implementation and trouble shooting
 
    Ensure electronic security of student records (through the use of encryption, firewalls, etc.)
 
    Provide a Web-filtering device to ensure that students do not have access to inappropriate materials on the Internet
 
    Prepare for, supervise, and implement all system roll-overs at the end of each academic year
 
    Work with the school’s Business Manger to send invoices to the appropriate state, local, and federal entities and contractors
 
    Assist with local, state, and federal reporting requirements
 
    Assist the school for audits related to attendance and other subjects
 
    Design and implement inventory management systems with the school’s distribution and hardware vendors, as well as reclamation programs, as needed
 
    Support and design the school’s accounting system as it connects with all other systems
 
    Provide online enrollment, registration and placement services
 
    Provide school email accounts for school employees
 
    Provide customer care and technology support services on OLS, computer and software issues
Project Management
    Oversee changes to the OHVA web site to maintain quality assurance and make sure that there are not “version control” problems
 
    Coordinate security, creative, and content issues pertaining to the web site
 
    Coordinate Web hosting contracts and relationships with vendors across Ohio, as needed
 
    Handle troubleshooting issues for the school’s web site and send issues to the appropriate person or division for resolution

 


 

Exhibit 1
K12 2006-2007 Course Offerings
The following Products and Services are available for the 2006-2007 school year. For the balance of the term of the Agreement such products or equivalent substitutes will be made available.
     
Grades K-8
   
 
  Language Arts, Math, History, Science, Art and Music
High School
   
   Apex
  Algebra II
 
  American History
 
  AP Calculus AB
 
  AP English Language and Composition
 
  AP English Literature and Composition
 
  AP French
 
  AP Macroeconomics (1 Semester)
 
  AP Microeconomics (1 Semester)
 
  AP Physics B
 
  AP Psychology (1 Semester)
 
  AP Spanish
 
  AP Statistics
 
  AP U.S. Government and Politics (1 Semester)
 
  AP ® Biology
 
  AP ® Chemistry
 
  AP ® U.S. History
 
  Chemistry
 
  English II: Critical Reading and Effective Writing
 
  English III: American Literature
 
  Health and Physical Education
 
  Introductory Physical Science
 
  Math Fundamentals
 
  Music Appreciation
 
  Physical Education (1 Semester)
 
  Skills for Health (1 Semester)
 
  U.S. and Global Economics (1 Semester)
 
  U.S. Government and Politics (1 Semester)
 
  World History
 
   
   K12
  Algebra I
 
  Biology
 
  Earth Science
 
  Geometry
 
  Literary Analysis and Composition I
 
  Pre-Algebra B
 
   
   Keystone
  Fine Art
 
   
   Powerglide
  French I
 
  French II
 
  German I
 
  German II
 
  Latin
 
  Spanish I
 
  Spanish II

 


 

Exhibit 2
Academy Name
Ohio Virtual Academy

 


 

Exhibit 3
K12 Trade Names, Trade Dress and Logo Design

 

 

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
K12 Inc.
Herndon, Virginia
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated September 25, 2007, except for Note 15, as to which date is November 2, 2007, relating to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of K12 Inc. which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.
/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
Bethesda, Maryland
November 7, 2007